As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2000
Registration No. 333-90273
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------------
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
Pennsylvania 6021 23-3017653
- ------------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Michael F. Marranca
President and Chief Executive Officer
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC. FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
Blakely and Drinker Streets Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512 Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
(570) 342-8281 (570) 342-8281
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
(Address, including ZIP Code, and telephone (Name, address, including ZIP Code,
number, including area code, of registrant's and telephone number,
principal executive offices) including area code, of agent for service)
</TABLE>
With a Copy to:
Nicholas Bybel, Jr., Esquire
Cheryl A. Zeman, Esquire
SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
P.O. Box 88, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17108
(717) 763-1121
Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of the Registration
Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection
with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General
Instruction G, check the following box. / /
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of Each Class Amount Proposed Proposed Maximum Amount of
of Securities to to be Offering Price Aggregate Registration
be Registered Registered Per Share Offering Price Fee
------------------- ---------- -------------- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock, without
par value 1,901,472 shares
(originally registered,
includes 99,500 shares
to be reserved for
issuance under stock
option plans) $ 18.39(1) $34,968,070.08(1) $9,722.00(2)
Common Stock, without
par value 2,428 shares $ 17.34(3) $ 42,101.52(3) $ 11.11(4)
(additional shares
registered)(3)
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee and
based, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2), upon the book value of the
897,736.20888 outstanding shares of common stock of The Fidelity Deposit
and Discount Bank, par value $1.5625, of $36.78 per share as of September
30, 1999, the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing this
Registration Statement, and estimated based upon the issuance of a maximum
of 1,901,472 shares of Registrant's common stock, without par value, in the
reorganization of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as a subsidiary of
Registrant. Registrant will issue 2 shares of common stock in exchange for
each share of bank common stock, resulting in the proposed offering price
per share which is half of the $36.78. The 1,901,472 shares include 50,000
shares to be reserved for issuance under the bank's Independent Directors
Stock Option Plan and 49,500 shares under the bank's Stock Incentive Plan,
which Registrant will assume.
(2) Fee paid prior to original filing on November 3, 1999.
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee and
based, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2), upon the book value of the
900,392.1402 outstanding shares of common stock of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank, par value $1.5625, of $35.68 per share as of December 31,
1999, the latest practicable date prior to the date of filing this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement, and estimated
based upon the issuance of a total maximum of 1,903,900 shares of
Registrant's common stock, without par value, in the reorganization of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as a subsidiary of Registrant.
Registrant will issue 2 shares of common stock in exchange for each share
of bank common stock, resulting in the proposed offering price per share
which is half of the $35.68. Registrant initially registered 1,901,472
shares, but due to a dividend on March 10, 2000, by the bank and the
issuance of shares for the reinvestment of dividends under the bank's
Dividend Reinvestment Plan, must register 2,428 additional shares.
(4) Fee paid prior to filing Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section
8(a), may determine.
<PAGE>
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
Prospectus for 1,903,900 Shares of Common Stock
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
We provide this proxy statement/prospectus to you in connection with the
solicitation of proxies for the annual meeting of shareholders of The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank, to be held on Tuesday, May 2, 2000, at 3 p.m.,
Eastern Time, at the bank's main office. At the meeting, shareholders will vote
on a proposal to approve the reorganization of the bank as the wholly owned
subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and will vote to elect three Class A
directors for a 3-year term. The proposed reorganization, the election of
directors, and related matters that shareholders will vote on at the meeting are
described in this document. The bank's common stock trades on the OTC Bulletin
Board under the symbol "FDDB."
In addition to being the bank's proxy statement, this document is the
prospectus of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., the proposed holding company for the
bank. If the proposed reorganization takes place, Fidelity D & D Bancorp will
issue 2 shares of its common stock for each share of the bank's outstanding
common stock as part of the reorganization. We anticipate that the holding
company's common stock will trade on a very limited basis in the local over-
the-counter market.
The proposed reorganization involves elements of risk, including material
anti-takeover strategies, which are described under "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 9.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Pennsylvania
Securities Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or
disapproved these securities or determined if this document is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The shares of Fidelity D & D Bancorp common stock offered in this proxy
statement/ prospectus are not savings accounts, deposits, or other obligations
of a bank or savings association and are not insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. There can be no
assurance that the trading price of the common stock being offered will not
decrease at any time.
The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is March 31, 2000.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table of Contents
Page
----
<S> <C>
Questions and Answers about the Proposal to Form a Bank Holding Company...........................................1
Summary .........................................................................................................3
Proposals for Consideration at the Annual Meeting........................................................3
Proposal to Form a Bank Holding Company..................................................................3
Voting at the Annual Meeting.............................................................................7
General Information......................................................................................8
Risk Factors......................................................................................................9
Summary Financial Information....................................................................................12
Per Share Price Information......................................................................................13
General Information about the Annual Meeting.....................................................................13
Time and Place of Annual Meeting........................................................................13
Purpose of the Annual Meeting...........................................................................13
Voting Procedures................................................................................................14
Voting Securities and Record Date.......................................................................14
Quorum ...............................................................................................14
Votes Required for Approval.............................................................................14
Solicitation of Proxies.................................................................................15
Voting by Proxy and Revocation of Proxies...............................................................16
Information about Beneficial Ownership of the Bank's Common Stock by Principal
Shareholders and Management.............................................................................17
Proposal No. 1: Reorganization of the Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as the
Subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc........................................................................19
Description of Reorganization Procedure.................................................................19
Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Reorganization and Plan of Merger...............................20
Exchange of Stock, 2-for-1 Exchange Ratio...............................................................20
Exchange of Stock Certificates..........................................................................21
Failure to Surrender Stock Certificates.................................................................21
Reasons for the Proposed Reorganization.................................................................21
Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal.........................................................................24
Material Conditions.....................................................................................27
Closing Date............................................................................................28
Tax Consequences........................................................................................28
Accounting Treatment....................................................................................29
Trading and Resale of Holding Company Common Stock......................................................30
Stock Options and Stock Option Plans....................................................................31
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Dividend Reinvestment Plan..............................................................................32
Financial Information about the Reorganization..........................................................32
Description of the Holding Company...............................................................................34
Organization and Description of Business................................................................34
Properties..............................................................................................34
Management..............................................................................................35
Executive and Director Compensation.....................................................................35
Information about Beneficial Ownership of Significant Shareholders,
Directors and Executive Officers...................................................................35
Certain Relationships and Transactions with Directors and Officers......................................36
Directors' and Officers' Indemnification and Limits on Liability........................................36
Supervision and Regulation of the Holding Company.......................................................36
Permitted Activities....................................................................................39
Permitted Activities for Financial Holding Companies....................................................43
Proposal No. 2: To Fix the Number of Directors to Be Elected....................................................44
Proposal No. 3: Election of Four Directors to Serve a Three-year Term...........................................44
Description of the Bank..........................................................................................45
History ...............................................................................................45
Offices ...............................................................................................45
Description of Business.................................................................................46
Properties..............................................................................................48
Supervision and Regulation of the Bank..................................................................49
Legal Proceedings.......................................................................................54
Directors...............................................................................................55
Board Meetings, Compensation of Directors...............................................................57
Nominating Directors....................................................................................57
Committees of the Board of Directors....................................................................58
Principal Officers......................................................................................60
Executive Compensation..................................................................................61
Stock Option Grants in Fiscal Year 1999.................................................................62
Exercises of Stock Options in Fiscal Year 1999 and Fiscal Year-end Option Values........................63
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan..............................................................................63
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation.................................................64
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.............................................65
Shareholder Performance Graph...........................................................................66
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.................................................66
Certain Relationships Between Officers and Directors and Certain Transactions
Between Officers and Directors and the Bank........................................................67
Description of the Bank's Capital Securities.....................................................................68
Common Stock............................................................................................68
Comparative Market Prices...............................................................................69
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Trade Price High's and Low's............................................................................70
Stock Option Plans......................................................................................70
Dividend Reinvestment Plan..............................................................................74
Description of the Holding Company's Capital Securities..........................................................75
Common Stock............................................................................................75
Preferred Stock.........................................................................................76
Issuance of Additional Securities.......................................................................77
Legal Opinion...........................................................................................77
Anti-Takeover Provisions in Articles and By-laws........................................................77
Anti-takeover Provisions Applicable to Registered Corporations..........................................80
Comparison of Shareholder Rights.................................................................................84
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk...................................................87
Proposal No. 4: Ratification of Independent Auditors...........................................................111
Shareholder Proposals...........................................................................................111
Other Matters...................................................................................................112
Where You Can Find More Information.............................................................................113
Index to Financial Statements...................................................................................F-1
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Annex A Plan of Reorganization and Plan of Merger.
ANNEX B Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
ANNEX C By-Laws of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
ANNEX D Statutes Regarding Dissenters' Rights.
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
Notice of Anti-Takeover Provisions
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.'s articles of incorporation and by-laws
include provisions that may be considered "anti-takeover" in nature. They may
have the effect of discouraging or making the acquisition of control over the
holding company more difficult by means of an unsolicited tender or exchange
offer, proxy contest or similar transaction. The anti-takeover provisions in the
holding company's articles of incorporation include the following:
o A provision that provides for substantial authorized but unissued
capital stock, including both common stock and preferred stock;
o A provision that eliminates the right of shareholders to cumulate their
votes in the election of directors;
o A provision that establishes broad criteria to be applied by the board
of directors in evaluating an acquisition proposal;
o A supermajority provision that requires greater than a majority vote to
approve a merger or other extraordinary corporate transaction, unless
approved by a supermajority vote of the directors;
o The absence of a provision for shareholders' preemptive rights to
subscribe to purchase additional shares of stock on a pro rata basis;
and
o A supermajority provision that requires greater than a majority vote to
amend some of the provisions of our articles of incorporation, unless
approved by a supermajority vote of the directors.
The provisions of the holding company's by-laws that may be considered
anti-takeover in nature include the following:
o A provision that establishes a classified board of directors; and
o A supermajority provision that requires greater than a majority vote in
order to amend the by-laws.
The overall effect of these provisions may result in the entrenchment of
current management by enabling it to retain its position and placing it in a
better position to resist changes that shareholders may want to make if
dissatisfied with the conduct of our management and business, regardless of
whether these changes are desired by or are beneficial to a majority of the
shareholders. You may determine that these provisions are not in your best
interest because they may substantially limit your voting power.
As a Pennsylvania business corporation, we are also subject to the
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, which includes provisions
applicable to us that may have similar effects. See "Risk Factors" and
"Description of the Holding Company's Capital Securities -- Anti-Takeover
Provisions in Articles and By-laws, Anti-Takeover Provisions Applicable to
Registered Corporations."
iv
<PAGE>
Questions and Answers about the Proposal
to Form a Bank Holding Company
Q: What are you proposing?
A: We are proposing that The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank reorganize as
the subsidiary of a bank holding company. We established Fidelity D & D
Bancorp, Inc. to become the bank holding company for The Fidelity Deposit
and Discount Bank.
Q: How will the reorganization be effected?
A: We formed The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank as a subsidiary of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. The interim bank will merge into The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank. At the time of the merger, shareholders of the
bank will receive shares of common stock of the holding company in exchange
for their shares of the bank. The bank, the interim bank and the holding
company have entered into a plan of reorganization to effect these
transactions if shareholders approve.
Q: What are you asking me to do?
A: Please indicate on your proxy form how you want your shares to be voted at
the annual meeting. On the proxy form, you may mark your selection on how
your shares should be voted on various matters, including the proposal to
adopt the plan of reorganization and related plan of merger and the
election of directors. This will ensure your proper representation at the
annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 2, 2000.
Your vote is very important. Approval of the reorganization requires the
affirmative vote of 662/3% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
bank.
Q: If my shares are held in "street name" by my broker, will my broker vote my
shares for me?
A: Your broker will vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how
to vote. You should follow the directions provided by your broker.
Q: Can I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy?
A: Yes. There are 3 ways for you to revoke your proxy and change your vote.
First, you may give notice to the Secretary of the bank that you would like
to revoke your proxy. Second, you may complete and submit a new proxy with
a later date to the Secretary of the bank. Third, you may vote in person at
the meeting after giving notice to the Secretary.
1
<PAGE>
Q: When do you expect the reorganization to occur?
A: We are working toward completing the bank holding company formation as soon
as possible after shareholders approve the reorganization. In addition to
shareholders' approval, we must also obtain regulatory approvals. We expect
to complete the reorganization by June 30, 2000.
Q: Whom may I contact with any questions I may have?
A: Michael F. Marranca, President
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank
Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
Telephone (570) 342-8281
2
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
The following summary is designed to help you understand various matters
relating to the annual meeting. This summary only highlights information in the
proxy statement/prospectus. The remainder of the proxy statement/prospectus and
annexes contain more detailed information. We urge you to read the entire proxy
statement/prospectus and annexes to fully understand the proposed reorganization
and other matters.
You should rely only on the information contained or referred to in this
document or any supplement. Neither Fidelity D & D Bancorp nor the bank has
authorized anyone else to provide you with different or additional information.
Proposals for Consideration at the Annual Meetung
At the annual meeting, shareholders will be asked to vote on the following
proposals by the bank's Board of Directors:
o To approve and adopt the plan of reorganization and related plan of
merger providing for the reorganization of the bank as the wholly
owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
o To fix the number of Class A directors of the bank to be elected at 4;
o To elect 4 Class A directors to serve on the board of directors of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank for a 3-year term and until their
successors have been duly elected and qualified;
o To ratify the selection of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public
Accountants, of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, as the independent auditors
of the bank for the year ending December 31, 2000;
o If necessary, to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date to permit
further solicitation of proxies if there are insufficient votes at the
time of the meeting to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of
reorganization and plan of merger; and
o To transact other business as may properly come before the annual
meeting and any adjournment of the meeting.
Proposal to Form a Bank Holding Company
We are asking you to approve a plan of reorganization and related plan of
merger that would result in the reorganization of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank into a holding company structure. These agreements provide for the
reorganization of the bank as the wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D
Bancorp, Inc.
3
<PAGE>
Reasons for Forming a Bank Holding Company
In our opinion, the reorganization of the bank into a holding company
structure will provide greater flexibility in:
o Financing,
o Engaging in non-banking activities,
o Protecting against an unfriendly takeover, and
o Responding to changes in law.
2-for-1 Exchange of Stock
Upon the completion of the proposed reorganization, all shareholders of the
bank, except those who exercise dissenting shareholders' rights, will become
shareholders of the holding company and will automatically own 2 shares of the
holding company's common stock for each share of common stock of the bank they
owned. The holding company will not issue fractional shares in connection with
the reorganization. Instead, the holding company will pay the holders of
fractional interests the fair market value of their fractional interests in
cash.
Effect on Stock Value
We cannot predict changes in market value. However, we anticipate that the
2-for-1 exchange ratio will have the same effect as a 2-for-1 stock split of the
bank's common stock. Immediately after the reorganization, the market value per
share of the holding company's common stock is likely to be about 1/2 of the
market value per share of the bank's common stock immediately prior to the
reorganization. As a result, the total market value of your shares immediately
after the reorganization should remain about the same as before the
reorganization.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The proposed reorganization will be a tax-free reorganization under federal
tax laws. The holding company and the bank have obtained a tax opinion on this
matter from special legal counsel, described in detail on page 28. You will not
recognize any gain or loss for federal income tax purposes upon your receipt of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp common stock in exchange for your shares of the bank's
common stock. However, you will recognize a gain or loss upon the receipt of
cash instead of holding company stock if you are a dissenting shareholder or
upon the receipt of cash for any fractional interests you acquire in the stock.
You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the specific tax
consequences of the reorganization to you, including any state or local tax
consequences.
Management of the Holding Company
Management of the bank will not change as a result of the reorganization.
The current members of the bank's board of directors were elected to serve as
the board of directors of the holding company until its first annual meeting of
shareholders in 2001. The executive officers of the holding company, including
the President, are also executive officers of the bank.
4
<PAGE>
Risks Related to the Formation of a Bank Holding Company
The proposed transaction will create new risks for shareholders resulting
from "anti-takeover" provisions contained in the holding company's articles of
incorporation and by-laws and in the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of
1988. The general effect of these anti-takeover strategies may be to delay or
prevent a merger or acquisition that a majority of the shareholders might view
to be in their best interests. Please refer to "Risk Factors" on page 9 for a
description of the "anti-takeover" and other risks associated with the proposed
reorganization.
New Limitations on Shareholders' Rights
Your rights as a shareholder will change in several key ways after the
reorganization. As noted above, the holding company's articles of incorporation
and by-laws, and the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, contain
"anti-takeover" provisions that do not currently exist at the bank level. To the
extent these provisions make it more difficult for an outside party to acquire
control of the bank, they also tend to limit shareholders' rights in general.
The provisions changing or limiting your rights as a shareholder include:
o The elimination of the right to cumulate your votes in the election of
directors;
o The authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock and
determine the rights of such stock, without prior shareholder approval.
The issuance of preferred stock could affect the holding company's
ability to pay dividends to common stock shareholders;
o The requirement that 75%, instead of a majority, of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote approve an amendment to the holding company's
by-laws;
o The requirement that at least 75% of outstanding shares entitled to
vote, instead of two-thirds, approve any merger, consolidation or other
extraordinary transaction, unless 80% of the board of directors has
approved the transaction;
o The requirement that 75%, instead of a majority, of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote approve an amendment to some of the provisions
in the holding company's articles of incorporation;
o The elimination of the ability of shareholders to propose amendments to
the articles of incorporation; and
o The elimination of dissenters' rights of appraisal in transfers of
corporate assets.
Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal
You will be entitled to receive cash payment of the fair value of your
shares if the reorganization is completed if you:
o Do not vote in favor of the plan of reorganization and plan of merger;
and
5
<PAGE>
o If you comply with the statutory requirements of Pennsylvania law
concerning dissenters' rights of appraisal.
To be eligible to demand payment for your shares as a dissenter, you must
file with the bank, prior to the vote on the proposal, a written notice of
intention to demand payment for the fair value of your shares if the
reorganization is completed. Voting against the plan of reorganization and plan
of merger will not perfect a shareholder's dissenter's rights. Please see
"Proposal No. 1: Reorganization of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as the
Subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp - Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal" on page
24 for a full discussion of the statutory requirements you must follow to claim
dissenters' rights of appraisal.
Please also refer to "Voting Procedures," "Information about Beneficial
Ownership of the Bank's Common Stock by Principal Shareholders and Management,"
"Description of the Bank - Directors, Principal Officers," "Description of the
Bank - Executive Compensation," and "Description of the Bank - Certain
Relationships between Officers and Directors and Certain Transactions between
Officers and Directors and the Bank" for general information on voting
procedures, principal shareholders and management.
Stock Certificate Exchange
You must exchange your stock certificates, bearing the name "The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank," for new stock certificates, bearing the name
"Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc." At its option, the holding company may withhold
dividends payable after the reorganization to those who have received
notification to exchange their stock certificates but have not done so. The
holding company will pay any dividends withheld, without interest, upon the
proper surrender of the bank stock certificates.
Holding Company's Assumption of Stock Options
Your stock options will essentially not change as a result of the
reorganization. After the reorganization, the holding company will assume the
bank's obligations under any outstanding stock options and stock option plans.
We will adjust these plans and outstanding stock options under the plans to
account for the 2-for-1 exchange of Fidelity D & D Bancorp common stock for bank
common stock.
Time Frame for Completion of the Holding Company Formation
We would like to complete the reorganization as soon as possible after the
annual meeting. In order to complete the reorganization, the bank, the interim
bank and the holding company must obtain regulatory approvals from the
Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The bank and
holding company have received all necessary regulatory approvals, except for the
approval of the FDIC for the merger of the interim bank into the bank. That
application is pending. If all necessary approvals are issued in time, we
anticipate completing the reorganization immediately after obtaining shareholder
approval, by June 30, 2000.
6
<PAGE>
VOTING AT THE ANNUAL MEETING
Date, Time and Place of the Annual Meeting
Tuesday, May 2, 2000, 3:00 p.m., Eastern Time, at the main office of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore,
Pennsylvania 18512.
Record Date
Holding the bank's common stock at the close of business on March 24, 2000,
the record date, entitles the holder to attend and vote at the meeting. On the
record date, approximately 902,200 shares of the bank's common stock were
outstanding. Each share of the bank's common stock entitles its holder to one
vote on all matters presented at the meeting.
Voting Methods
There are two methods. You may vote by completing and mailing the enclosed
proxy form to the bank or by attending the annual meeting and voting in person.
If you vote by proxy but wish to change your vote prior to the annual meeting,
you may do so by following the procedure described on page 16.
Proxy Holder's Discretionary Authority
If you sign your proxy but do not make any selections, you give
discretionary authority to the proxy holders to vote on the proposals at the
meeting. Also, every proxy gives the holder discretionary authority to vote on
other matters that may arise at the meeting of which management is not currently
aware. However, the proxy holders will not vote any proxy that withholds
authority or that is voted against the reorganization in favor of any
adjournment of the meeting.
Confidentiality
Yes. Only the judges of election and the proxy holders will have access to
your proxy. All comments will remain confidential unless you ask that your name
be disclosed.
Quorum
Each matter to be acted upon at the meeting requires the presence of a
quorum. As of March 24, 2000, approximately 902,200 shares of common stock were
issued and outstanding. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares, or
about 451,101shares, must be present or represented by proxy, in order to
establish a quorum. If you vote in person or by proxy, you will be part of the
quorum.
Votes Required for Approval
Approval and adoption of the plan of reorganization and related plan of
merger require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 2/3 of the
outstanding shares of the bank's common
7
<PAGE>
stock. The 4 nominees for Class A director of the bank receiving the highest
number of votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote for the election of
directors shall be elected.
The following proposals require the affirmative vote of a majority of the
shares present and entitled to vote at the meeting, in person or by proxy:
o Fixing the number of Class A directors to be elected at 4,
o Ratifying the bank's independent auditors, and
o Adjourning the meeting to a later date if necessary.
Percentage of Common Stock Owned by Officers and Directors
Officers and directors owned approximately 20% of our common stock as of
February 29, 2000. Their shares represent about 30% of the affirmative votes
needed to approve the reorganization. We anticipate that these shares will be
voted for the reorganization proposal, for the election of the 4 nominees for
Class A director and for the other proposals.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Address/Telephone Number
The mailing and physical address of the principal executive offices of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank is:
Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
The telephone number of the holding company and the bank is (570) 342-8281.
In addition, the bank maintains a Web site at www.the-fidelity.com.
Type of Organization and Business
Fidelity D & D Bancorp is a Pennsylvania business corporation, and The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank is a Pennsylvania chartered bank and trust
company. The same persons who serve on the board of directors of the bank serve
as the holding company's directors. The holding company has no operating
history.
8
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider all information in this document, especially
the risk factors below, in determining how to vote on the proposed formation of
a bank holding company.
The holding company's articles of incorporation and by-laws have anti-takeover
defenses that could delay or prevent an acquisition and could adversely affect
the price of the common stock.
The articles of incorporation and the by-laws of the holding company
contain provisions that may be considered "anti-takeover" in nature that will
immediately apply to you upon completion of the reorganization. These
anti-takeover provisions will help the holding company's board of directors to
discourage or stop takeover attempts of the holding company by another entity if
the board does not favor the takeover. These anti-takeover defenses constitute a
risk to shareholders for the following reasons:
o The potential acquirer may offer a substantial premium over the market
price of the holding company's common stock, but you would be unable to
take advantage of the offer if the anti-takeover defenses prevented the
takeover.
o You might desire a change in management, but the anti-takeover defenses
will discourage any changes in management.
o A shareholder who disagrees with management's opposition to a tender
offer may have less negotiating power to sell his or her shares to the
potential acquirer at a higher price.
o These provisions could negatively affect the price of the holding
company's common stock and may discourage third parties from bidding
for the holding company.
o These provisions will give the board of directors of the holding
company more control than the board of directors of the bank currently
has. This means that shareholders will generally have less control over
the company.
For a detailed description of these anti-takeover defenses, please refer to the
section entitled "Description of the Holding Company's Capital Securities -
Anti-Takeover Provisions in Articles and By-laws."
Material anti-takeover defenses of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law
will also apply to the holding company and could delay or prevent an
acquisition.
Under the Business Corporation Law, material anti-takeover provisions apply
to corporations that have their securities registered with the SEC under Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. After the reorganization, the holding
company will file with the SEC to register its securities under Section 12.
These anti-takeover provisions of Pennsylvania corporate law do not apply to the
bank. See section entitled "Description of the Holding Company's Capital
Securities - Anti-Takeover Provisions Applicable to Registered Corporations."
9
<PAGE>
As a shareholder of the holding company, your rights will be more limited than
as a shareholder of the bank.
Your rights as a shareholder will change in several key ways after the
reorganization. As noted above, the holding company's articles of incorporation
and by-laws, and the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, contain
"anti-takeover" provisions that do not currently exist at the bank level. To the
extent that these provisions limit a potential acquirer's rights, they tend also
to limit all shareholders' rights. For example, as a shareholder of the holding
company you will not be permitted to cumulate your votes in the election of
directors or to propose amendments to the holding company's articles of
incorporation.
The holding company's issuance of additional shares of common stock or preferred
stock could dilute or depress the value of your shares of the holding company's
common stock.
The holding company's articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of
up to 10 million shares of common stock and 5 million shares of preferred stock.
The issuance of additional stock within these limits will not require prior
shareholder approval. Sales of additional shares of stock, or the perception
that shares may be sold, could negatively affect the market price of the holding
company's stock. The issuance of additional shares could also dilute the
percentage ownership interest and corresponding voting power of the prior
shareholders.
The issuance of preferred stock could limit the holding company's ability to pay
dividends to common stock shareholders.
The holding company's issuance of preferred stock could limit its ability
to pay dividends to common stock shareholders if the holding company granted the
preferred shares preferential dividend rights. The holding company may issue
preferred stock and determine the rights of preferred stock shareholders without
prior approval by the holders of common stock.
Upon the dissolution or winding up of the holding company, the claims of others,
including the holders of preferred stock, may limit your ability to recover your
investment in the holding company.
In the event of dissolution and termination of the holding company, the
proceeds, if any, realized from liquidation of the holding company's assets will
first be used to satisfy all claims of creditors, including depositors. In
addition, if the holding company issues any preferred stock, the holders of
preferred stock will likely have priority over the holders of common stock in
recovering their investment in the case of dissolution. Although the holding
company's board of directors currently has no plans to issue preferred stock, it
may do so at any time without shareholder approval. Because the bank does not
have an authorized class of preferred stock, this risk does not currently exist
for the bank's shareholders.
Accordingly, your ability as a common stock shareholder to recover all or
any portion of your investment under these circumstances will depend on the
amount of funds realized, the claims of creditors, depositors and others to be
satisfied, and the amount of preferred stock issued, if any.
10
<PAGE>
Reorganizing the bank into a holding company structure will add an additional
layer of government regulation that will result in additional costs.
The bank is already subject to extensive governmental supervision,
regulation and control, and the reorganization will result in additional
regulation. The holding company will be subject to the provisions and
restrictions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and to supervision by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
The holding company must also generally file registration statements with
the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as well as with most state securities
commissions under state securities laws, for the offer and sale of its
securities to the public. The bank is exempt from the 1933 Act registration
requirements and most state registration requirements because of exemptions for
bank securities. See "Description of the Holding Company - Supervision and
Regulation of the Holding Company" below.
The forward-looking statements we make in this document are inherently
uncertain.
This proxy statement/prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
including statements regarding intent, belief, anticipation or current
expectations about matters that may or may not occur in the future. A
forward-looking statement is any statement that is not a historical fact. These
statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These include
the risk that projected trends for the continued growth of the bank will not
occur. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur or if underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, actual results, performance or achievements in 1999
and beyond could differ materially from those stated.
Please read the following warnings as to limitations on the accuracy of
information in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the extent of this
offering.
o You should not assume that the information in this proxy
statement/prospectus or any supplement is accurate as of any other date
than the date indicated on those documents.
o This proxy statement/prospectus does not constitute an offer of
securities in any jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, it
is not permitted.
o This proxy statement/prospectus does not cover resales of shares of
holding company common stock after completion of the proposed
reorganization, and no person is authorized to make use of this proxy
statement/prospectus in connection with any resale.
11
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Immediately following the effective time of the reorganization, the
consolidated financial statements of Fidelity D & D Bancorp will be
substantially the same as the bank's financial statements immediately prior to
the reorganization. Prior to the closing of the reorganization, Fidelity D & D
Bancorp will not have commenced operations and will have no material assets or
liabilities. Presented below is summary financial information for The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets, Deposits and Capital
Total assets $ 447,211,017 $ 348,604,421 $ 290,252,442 $ 269,136,881 $ 240,812,179
Total investment securities 109,262,221 78,607,860 72,712,902 87,237,566 71,461,979
Net loans 296,193,518 235,430,079 194,516,933 159,644,245 143,282,316
Loans Available-for-sale 5,254,316 8,858,157 8,202,404 2,964,081 2,825,634
Total deposits 294,700,965 240,000,751 218,025,010 212,069,670 180,904,613
Total shareholders' equity 32,126,236 34,013,705 28,423,777 25,366,382 23,791,705
Operating Results
Total interest income 28,566,085 23,471,372 21,037,613 19,112,187 17,546,782
Total interest expense (15,375,799) (12,308,632) (10,639,884) (9,878,012) (9,471,983)
Net interest income 13,190,286 11,162,740 10,397,729 9,234,175 8,074,799
Provision for loan losses (530,000) (646,000) (622,800) (338,000) (313,000)
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses 12,660,286 10,516,740 9,774,929 8,896,175 7,761,799
Other income 2,227,787 1,902,734 1,303,470 987,106 1,246,713
Other expense (10,170,458) (7,609,162) (6,583,334) (6,063,236) (5,283,320)
Income before provision for
income taxes 4,717,615 4,810,312 4,495,065 3,820,044 3,725,192
Provision for income taxes (903,400) (1,246,760) (1,185,008) (995,340) (916,800)
Net Income 3,814,215 3,563,552 3,310,057 2,824,704 2,808,392
Effective tax rate 19.15% 25.92% 26.36% 26.06% 24.61%
Net income per share (adjusted for
stock split) $ 4.26 $ 4.20 $ 3.97 $ 3.43 $ 3.43
Net income per share (diluted) $ 4.25 $ 4.20 $ 3.97 $ 3.43 $ 3.43
Dividends paid $ 1,344,140 $ 1,200,409 $ 1,062,530 $ 906,793 $ 820,327
Dividends per share (adjusted for
stock split) $ 1.50 $ 1.40 $ 1.28 $ 1.10 $ 1.00
Weighted average number of shares
outstanding (adjusted for stock split) 896,116 848,554 832,994 824,450 820,270
Actual shares outstanding 900,392 893,647 837,260 413,889 411,210
Dividend payout ratio 35.24% 33.69% 32.10% 32.10% 29.21%
Book value per share $ 35.68 $ 38.06 $ 33.95 $ 30.64 $ 28.93
Return on average assets 0.94% 1.14% 1.20% 1.09% 1.17%
Return on average equity 11.38% 11.77% 12.40% 11.69% 12.54%
Equity to assets 7.18% 9.76% 9.79% 9.43% 9.88%
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE>
PER SHARE PRICE INFORMATION
There has never been an organized public trading market for the bank's
common stock. Bank common stock is traded over-the-counter from time to time.
The last reported sale of bank common stock prior to the public announcement of
the reorganization was a trade of 110 shares at $69.50 per share on October 5,
1999. Due to the infrequency of trading and the fact that these trades are
generally private transactions, we are unable to determine actual trading prices
on any given date.
Because Fidelity D & D Bancorp has no substantial assets or liabilities,
the holding company's common stock had no market value at the time of the public
announcement. We anticipate that after the reorganization, the per share market
value of the holding company's common stock will be approximately 1/2 of the per
share market value of the bank's common stock immediately after the
reorganization, based on the 2-for-1 stock exchange ratio.
GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING
Time and Place of Annual Meeting
The board of directors of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, a
Pennsylvania- chartered bank and trust company, is furnishing this proxy
statement to solicit your proxy for use at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of
the bank and any adjournment of the meeting. The annual meeting will be held at
the main office of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker
Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512, on Tuesday, May 2, 2000, at 3:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time.
Purpose of the Annual Meeting
At the annual meeting, the board of directors of the bank will request that
shareholders:
o Consider and act upon a proposal to approve and adopt a plan of
reorganization and related plan of merger dated December 21, 1999,
providing for
o The reorganization of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as the
wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. through the
merger of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank, a
Pennsylvania chartered interim banking institution and subsidiary
of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., into The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank; and
o The exchange of each share of common stock of the bank for 2 shares
of common stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.;
o Fix the number of Class A directors of the bank to be elected at 4;
13
<PAGE>
o Elect 4 Class A directors of the bank to serve for a 3-year term and
until their successors are properly elected and qualified;
o Consider any adjournment of the meeting to a later date, if necessary,
to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event there are not
sufficient votes at the time of the meeting to constitute a quorum or
to approve the plan of reorganization and plan of merger;
o Ratify the selection of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public
Accountants, of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, as independent auditors for
the bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000; and
o Transact any other business that may properly come before the annual
meeting and any adjournment of the meeting.
VOTING PROCEDURES
Voting Securities and Record Date
The board of directors of the bank has fixed the close of business on March
24, 2000, as the record date for the determination of shareholders of the bank
entitled to vote at the annual meeting. On the record date, the bank had
outstanding approximately 902,200 shares of common stock, par value $1.5625 per
share, the only authorized class of stock. Approximately 1,264 shareholders held
these shares. Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the record holder
to one vote.
Quorum
Under Pennsylvania law and the bank's by-laws, the presence of a quorum is
required for each matter to be acted upon at the annual meeting. The holders of
a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, or about 451,101 shares as
of March 24, 2000, must be present at the meeting, either in person or by proxy,
to establish a quorum. For purposes of establishing a quorum, the bank will
count as present shareholders represented by proxies marked "withhold" or
"abstain." "Broker non-votes" will not be counted in determining the presence of
a quorum for the particular matter. "Broker non-votes" are shares represented at
the meeting held by brokers or nominees as to which instructions have not been
received from the beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and the broker
or nominee does not have the discretionary voting power on a particular matter.
In the absence of a quorum, the board of directors of the bank intends to
adjourn the meeting to another place and time without further notice to
shareholders, until a quorum is present.
Votes Required for Approval
Reorganization Proposal. The required vote for the approval of the
reorganization is the affirmative vote of at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares
of common stock. Abstentions and broker non-votes are not votes cast and
therefore do not count either for or against the approval and
14
<PAGE>
adoption of matters before the meeting. Although abstentions and broker
non-votes are not votes cast, they have the practical effect of votes cast
against the reorganization proposal.
If you abstain from voting and do not follow the requirements under
Pennsylvania law for dissenters' rights of appraisal, and if at least 2/3 of the
outstanding shares of bank common stock vote in favor of the reorganization,
each share you own will automatically, without any action on your part,
represent two shares of holding company common stock.
Election of Directors. Assuming the presence of a quorum, the 4 nominees
for director receiving the highest number of votes cast by shareholders entitled
to vote for the election of directors shall be elected. Votes withheld and
broker non-votes count neither for nor against the election of a nominee. In the
election of directors only, each shareholder may, in person or by proxy,
multiply the number of votes to which he or she may be entitled by the number of
directors to be elected. This is known as "cumulative voting." The shareholder
may cast all of his or her votes for one director candidate, or he or she may
distribute the votes among any 2 or more candidates.
Other Proposals. A majority of shares present, in person or by proxy, is
necessary to approve the following proposals:
o Fixing the number of Class A directors to be elected;
o Ratifying the bank's independent auditors; and
o Adjourning the meeting if necessary.
Although broker non-votes do not count either for or against the proposal,
they have the practical effect of reducing the number of affirmative votes
required to achieve a majority for the matter by reducing the total number of
shares voted from which the required majority is calculated.
Solicitation of Proxies
The bank's board of directors is sending this proxy statement and the
enclosed proxy form to shareholders of the bank on or about March 31, 2000.
In connection with the solicitation of proxies, the bank will:
o Bear the cost of soliciting proxies and
o Reimburse brokerage firms and other custodians, nominees and
fiduciaries for their reasonable forwarding expenses to the beneficial
owners of the stock.
We estimate the total amount spent by us on proxy solicitation will be no
more than $2,000. As of February 29, 2000, we have not spent any funds on proxy
solicitation.
The directors, officers and employees of the bank may also solicit proxies
personally or by telephone, telegraph, facsimile transmission or other
electronic means. The bank will not pay additional compensation for such
solicitation.
15
<PAGE>
Voting by Proxy and Revocation of Proxies
By properly completing and signing a proxy form, you will be appointing the
proxy holders to vote your shares at the annual meeting according to your
instructions on the proxy form. If a proxy is completed, signed and returned
without indicating any voting instructions, the shares represented by the proxy
will be voted:
o FOR the approval and adoption of the plan of reorganization and related
plan of merger;
o FOR the proposal to fix the number of Class A directors of the bank to
be elected at 4;
o FOR the election of the 4 nominees for Class A director of the bank
named below;
o FOR the ratification of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public
Accountants of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, as the bank's independent
auditors for the year ending December 31, 2000; and
o FOR the adjournment of the meeting to a later date, if necessary, to
permit further solicitation of proxies in the event there are not
sufficient votes at the time of the meeting to constitute a quorum or
to approve the reorganization proposal.
The proxy holders will not vote any proxy that withholds authority or that
is voted against the reorganization in favor of any adjournment of the meeting.
A proxy also gives the persons named as proxy holders the right to vote on
other matters incidental to the conduct of the meeting. If other matters are
properly brought before the meeting, the proxy holders will vote your proxy in
accordance with the recommendations of the bank's management.
Execution and return of the enclosed proxy will not affect your right to
attend the annual meeting and vote in person if you first give notice to John F.
Glinsky, Jr., Secretary of the bank. A shareholder of the bank who returns a
proxy may revoke the proxy prior to the time it is voted:
o By giving notice of revocation to John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary of
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker Streets,
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512;
o By delivering a properly executed proxy bearing a later date to John F.
Glinsky, Jr., Secretary of the bank; or
o By voting in person after giving notice to John F. Glinsky, Jr.,
Secretary of the bank.
Attendance by a shareholder at the annual meeting will not itself revoke
the proxy.
16
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ABOUT BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF THE BANK'S COMMON
STOCK BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
As of February 29, 2000, we know of no shareholder who owns more than 5% of
the bank's outstanding common stock, either on the bank's records or indirectly
as a "beneficial" owner.
The following table provides information, as of February 29, 2000, with
respect to the following beneficial owners of the bank's common stock:
o Each director of the bank,
o Each nominee for director,
o Each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table on page
61, and
o All bank executive officers and directors as a group.
We determined beneficial ownership by applying the General Rules and
Regulations of the SEC, which state that a person may be credited with the
ownership of common stock:
o Owned by or for the person's spouse, minor children or any other
relative sharing the person's home;
o Of which the person shares voting power, which includes the power to
vote or to direct the voting of the stock; and
o Of which the person has investment power, which includes the power to
dispose or direct the disposition of the stock.
Also, a person who has the right to acquire shares within 60 days after
February 29, 2000, will be considered to own the shares. As of February 29,
2000, the number of common stock issued and outstanding was approximately
900,541. The calculation of percentages is based upon this number, plus 3,500
shares of common stock subject to exercisable options.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT AND NATURE OF PERCENTAGE OF BANK'S
NAME OF INDIVIDUAL AND BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
POSITION WITH BANK BANK'S COMMON STOCK (1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Paul A. Barrett 17,785 (2) 1.967%
Director and Nominee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Samuel C. Cali 26,806 (3) 2.965%
Chairman of the Board
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Patrick A. Calvey, Jr 2,941 (4) *
Director
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John T. Cognetti 3,007 (5) *
Director and Nominee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT AND NATURE OF PERCENTAGE OF BANK'S
NAME OF INDIVIDUAL AND BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
POSITION WITH BANK BANK'S COMMON STOCK (1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Patrick J. Dempsey 15,746 (6) 1.742%
Director
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr 17,102 (7) 1.892%
Secretary, Director and Nominee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael F. Marranca 26,068 (8) 2.883%
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Director
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Herbert M. McDonald 44,527 (9) 4.924%
Director
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. McDonald 19,555 (10) 2.163%
Director and Nominee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David L. Tressler, Sr. 2,708 (11) *
Director
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kevin R. Messett 458 (12) *
Executive Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph E. Quinnan 1,285 (13) *
Senior Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Officers and Directors as a Group (10 178,912 19.790%
Directors, 5 Officers, 14 persons in total)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the bank's common stock.
(1) Information furnished by the directors and the bank. Fractional shares are
rounded to the nearest whole number.
(2) Figure includes 68 shares held solely by Mr. Barrett, 4,560 shares held
solely by Mr. Barrett in an IRA, 997 shares held jointly by Mr. Barrett and
his spouse, 1,062 shares held by Mr. Barrett's spouse, 10,848 shares held
as Trustee and co-owner of the Estate of Mildred Barrett, and 250
exercisable options.
(3) Figure includes 500 shares held jointly by Mr. Cali and his spouse, 24,261
shares held in the S.C. Cali Revocable Trust, 1,795 shares held in Jane
Cali's Revocable Trust, and 250 exercisable stock options.
(4) Figure includes 2,117 shares held solely by Mr. Calvey, 574 shares held by
Calvey Enterprises Inc. of which Mr. Calvey is the former President, and
250 exercisable stock options.
(5) Figure includes 100 shares held solely by Mr. Cognetti in an IRA, 1,378
shares held jointly by Mr. Cognetti and his spouse, 511 shares held by Mr.
Cognetti's spouse, 767 shares held by Mr. Cognetti's spouse and child, and
250 exercisable stock options.
(6) Figure includes 2,000 shares held solely by Mr. Dempsey, 10,548 shares held
by Mr. Dempsey's spouse, 2,947 shares held by Mr. Dempsey's children, and
250 exercisable stock options.
(7) Figure includes 6,204 shares held solely by Mr. Glinsky, 9,998 shares held
jointly by Mr. Glinsky and his spouse, 650 shares held jointly by Mr.
Glinsky and his children, and 250 exercisable stock options.
(8) Figure includes 7,906 shares held solely by Mr. Marranca, 710 shares held
solely by Mr. Marranca in an IRA, 880 shares held jointly by Mr. Marranca
and his spouse, 14,451 shares held by Mr .Marranca's spouse, 1,771 shares
held by Mr. Marranca's spouse and grandchildren and 350 exercisable stock
options.
18
<PAGE>
(9) Figure includes 36,824 shares held solely by Dr. McDonald, 4,997 shares
held jointly by Dr. McDonald and his spouse, 356 shares held by Dr.
McDonald's spouse, 2,100 shares held jointly by Dr. McDonald and his
sister, and 250 exercisable stock options.
(10) Figure includes 16,545 shares held solely by Mr. McDonald, 2,349 shares
held by Mr. McDonald's spouse, 400 shares held by Mr. McDonald's spouse and
children, 11 shares held by Mr. McDonald's children, and 250 exercisable
stock options.
(11) Figure includes 50 shares held solely by Mr. Tressler, 86 shares held
jointly by Mr. Tressler and his spouse, 451 shares held in trust by Mr.
Tressler's spouse and child, 1,713 shares held jointly by Mr. Tressler in
trust with his son, 133 shares held jointly by Mr. Tressler and his
daughter, 25 shares held jointly by Mr. Tressler and his grandchildren, and
250 exercisable stock options.
(12) Figure includes 162 shares held jointly by Mr. Messett and his spouse, 46
shares held jointly by Mr. Messett with his spouse and children, and 250
exercisable options.
(13) Figure includes 766 shares held in revocable trust by Mr. Quinnan and
521shares held in a revocable trust by Mr. Quinnan's spouse.
In terms of the number of shares, as of February 29, 2000, the affirmative
votes of the holders of at least approximately 600,360 shares will result in the
approval of the proposed reorganization. The executive officers and directors,
as a group, beneficially own 178,912 shares, or approximately 30% of the shares
representing affirmative votes needed to approve the reorganization.
PROPOSAL NO. 1:
REORGANIZATION OF THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
AS THE SUBSIDIARY OF FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
DESCRIPTION OF REORGANIZATION PROCEDURE
We are asking that you approve a plan of reorganization and related plan of
merger that would result in the reorganization of the bank as the wholly owned
subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and in Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
becoming a bank holding company. The reorganization involves two steps. First,
we incorporated Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. under the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988 to be the holding company for the bank, and we organized
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank under the Pennsylvania Banking
Code of 1965 as its wholly owned subsidiary. Fidelity D & D Bancorp is a
Pennsylvania business corporation, and the interim bank is a
Pennsylvania-chartered interim banking institution. Neither the holding company
nor the interim bank will conduct any business prior to the reorganization. On
December 28, 1999, the boards of directors of the holding company, the bank and
the interim bank unanimously approved the plan of reorganization and plan of
merger. We are incorporating the plan of reorganization and plan of merger into
this proxy statement/prospectus and attaching them as Annex A.
19
<PAGE>
Next, under the terms of the plan of reorganization and plan of merger, if
the bank's shareholders approve the transaction and other conditions are met,
the interim bank will merge into the bank on the effective date of the
reorganization. The bank will survive as the wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity
D & D Bancorp. At that time, the shareholders of the bank will automatically
become shareholders of the holding company. Each whole outstanding share of the
bank's common stock will automatically represent 2 shares of the holding
company's common stock. The prior shareholders of the bank will cease to have
any rights as shareholders of the bank, and their rights will be based solely on
their shares of holding company common stock. Alternatively, if demanded in
accordance with Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, a shareholder of the bank will have the right to
receive cash in the amount of the appraised value of his or her shares of the
bank's common stock. See "Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal" below. After the
reorganization, the bank will continue its banking business substantially
unchanged and under the same management.
Assuming that no shareholder exercises his or her appraisal rights, the
number of shares of the holding company outstanding immediately after the
reorganization will be approximately double the number of shares of the bank
outstanding prior to the reorganization.
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND PLAN OF MERGER
The boards of directors of the holding company, the bank and the interim
bank may amend the plan of reorganization and plan of merger by mutual consent
either before or after approval by the bank's shareholders. However, no
amendments can be made to the provisions relating to the exchange of shares of
the bank for shares of the holding company without proper shareholder approval.
The boards of directors of the holding company, the bank and the interim
bank may terminate the plan of reorganization and plan of merger by mutual
consent either before or after approval by the bank's shareholders if the bank's
board of directors believes the reorganization would be inadvisable for any
other proper reason.
EXCHANGE OF STOCK, 2-FOR-1 EXCHANGE RATIO
On the day of the reorganization, shareholders of the bank who do not
perfect dissenters' rights will become shareholders of the holding company
without any action by the shareholders. Generally, they will automatically own
twice the number of shares of the holding company's common stock as they
previously owned of the bank's common stock. Each whole outstanding share of the
bank's common stock, par value $1.5625 per share, will be automatically
exchanged for 2 shares of common stock, without par value, of the holding
company. We anticipate that immediately after the reorganization, each share of
common stock of the holding company will have a market value of 1/2 that of each
share of the bank's common stock prior to the reorganization.
Fidelity D & D Bancorp will not issue fractional shares of common stock in
the reorganization. The holding company will pay each former shareholder of the
bank cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of any fractional share
interest in holding company stock resulting from the stock exchange.
20
<PAGE>
You should not interpret the fact that the holding company's stock has
no par value as a negative aspect of the exchange. Par value for corporations
has little, if any, meaning in today's marketplace. In organizing the holding
company, we decided not to assign a par value to its common stock or preferred
stock in order to provide for cleaner bookkeeping and maximum flexibility. The
lack of par value is not likely to affect the market value of the common stock
issued in the exchange.
EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES
Following the reorganization and until properly requested and surrendered,
each outstanding stock certificate of the bank will, for all corporate purposes,
represent the number of whole shares of the holding company that the holder
would be entitled to receive upon its surrender.
The bank and the holding company will require that shareholders exchange
their present stock certificates, bearing the name "The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank," for new stock certificates, bearing the name "Fidelity D & D
Bancorp, Inc." After the reorganization, the bank and the holding company will
send shareholders a notice requiring surrender of the stock certificates of the
bank in exchange for stock certificates of the holding company. The holding
company may withhold dividends payable after the reorganization from those
shareholders who do not exchange their present stock certificates for new stock
certificates within a reasonable period of time after receiving the notification
to exchange their certificates. The holding company will pay any dividends
withheld, without interest, to former shareholders of the bank upon the proper
surrender of the bank's common stock certificates.
FAILURE TO SURRENDER STOCK CERTIFICATES
Shareholders of the bank must surrender their stock certificates within 2
years of receiving notification to exchange their certificates. In the event
that any former shareholder of the bank does not surrender his or her stock
certificates within that time, the holding company may sell the shares of
holding company common stock that would otherwise have been issued. The bank
will hold the net proceeds of the sale, together with any cash to which the
shareholder is entitled instead of the issuance of a fractional share and any
previously accrued and unpaid dividends, in a noninterest bearing account for
the shareholder's benefit. After this sale, the only right of the holders of the
unsurrendered outstanding certificates will be the right to collect the net
sales proceeds, cash and accumulated dividends held for their account.
Generally, the net proceeds, cash and accumulated dividends will be paid to the
former shareholder of the bank, without interest, only upon the proper surrender
of the bank's stock certificates.
REASONS FOR THE PROPOSED REORGANIZATION
In our opinion, the reorganization of the bank into a holding company
structure will provide greater flexibility in:
o Financing,
o Engaging in non-banking activities,
o Protecting against an unfriendly takeover,
21
<PAGE>
o Responding to changes in law, and
o Acquiring other banks.
FINANCING. The bank has experienced a period of sustained and substantial
growth. In order to continue this rate of growth, additional capital may be
necessary. One of the advantages of formation of a holding company is the
greater number of alternatives for raising capital. When used, these
alternatives as described below may support the growth of the bank and holding
company:
o Authorized Capital. The authorized capitalization of the holding
company is:
o 10 million shares of common stock, and
o 5 million shares of preferred stock.
Currently, the bank is only authorized to issue up to 5 million shares
of common stock. If the reorganization had occurred on February 29,
2000, the holding company would have issued approximately 1,801,082
shares of its common stock in the reorganization. As a result, the
holding company would have had approximately 8,195,918 authorized but
unissued shares of common stock and the full 5 million unissued shares
of preferred stock.
The holding company will reserve for issuance a total of 99,500 shares
of common stock under the bank's 1998 Independent Directors Plan and
1998 Stock Incentive Plan, which the holding company will assume, and
about 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance under a dividend
reinvestment plan. Other than issuances under these plans, we have no
plans to approve future issuances of additional shares of common stock
or shares of preferred stock. However, we have authorized a larger
number of shares of common stock and a class of preferred stock of the
holding company so that we have shares available to provide us with
additional business and financing flexibility in the future. The board
of directors may use the additional shares without further shareholder
approval to:
o Issue stock dividends and effect stock splits,
o Raise capital,
o Provide equity incentives to employees, officers or directors,
o Establish strategic relationships with other companies,
o Expand the holding company's business through the acquisition
of Other businesses, and
o Oppose a hostile takeover attempt or delay or prevent an
acquisition.
Also, we believe that the 2-for-1 exchange ratio will make the market
for the holding company's common stock more liquid than the market for
the bank's common stock, and this should add to our flexibility.
22
<PAGE>
The articles of incorporation of the holding company authorize the
board of directors to approve the issuance of preferred stock at terms
set by the board, without prior shareholder approval. The board of
directors may designate a series of preferred stock and determine the
rights, preferences and limitations of the series. For example, the
board could grant the preferred stock the right to receive dividends
before common stock shareholders, to convert to common stock, to vote
or to receive assets upon the liquidation or winding up of the business
prior to the distribution of assets to common stock shareholders.
Provisions granting directors this type of authority are known as
"blank check" provisions. The authority to issue blank check preferred
stock will provide us with the flexibility to create a series of
preferred stock customized to meet the needs of any particular
transaction or market condition.
The further issuance of common or preferred stock could dilute the
voting rights and book value per share of the common stock of the
holding company. See "Risk Factors."
o Debt Financing. The ability to incur indebtedness at the holding
company level and to contribute the proceeds to the bank as equity
capital provides further flexibility.
o Trust Preferred Stock. The issuance of trust preferred stock is one
alternative for raising capital. Although the manner in which trust
preferred stock is issued is very complicated, the basic form of the
transaction is as follows:
o A holding company creates a special trust subsidiary, usually a
Delaware business trust.
o The subsidiary issues preferred stock to interested investors.
o The holding company then issues long-term debt to the subsidiary in
return for the subsidiary paying the holding company the proceeds
from the sale of the trust preferred stock. The holding company
must pay interest to the subsidiary that the subsidiary passes
through to the holders of the trust preferred stock.
A bank may not issue trust preferred stock. The holding company
structure is necessary to issue such securities. Although we have no
plans to issue trust preferred stock at this time, it is possible that
we may use this form of financing in the future. The advantages of
trust preferred stock to the holding company are that:
o It qualifies as "Tier 1" capital, a term used by regulators to
identify the safest type of capital, and a key factor examined by
regulators in determining whether a holding company is adequately
capitalized.
o Under current tax law, the holding company's payment of interest to
a subsidiary is tax deductible.
o The issuance of trust preferred stock will not dilute the holding
company's common stock equity ownership or earnings per share.
23
<PAGE>
NON-BANKING ACTIVITIES. Under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, with
the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the holding company may
organize or acquire other financially oriented businesses without shareholder
approval. The holding company has no present plans to expand in this way.
Subsidiaries of the holding company not engaged in banking, but rather in
activities related to banking, are not subject to geographic restrictions. See
section entitled "Description of the Holding Company - Permitted Activities."
Protection Against an Unfriendly Takeover. Anti-takeover defenses in the
holding company's articles of incorporation and by-laws and anti-takeover
provisions in the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988 will allow the
board of directors of the holding company to more easily resist a takeover which
it considers undesirable than can the board of directors of the bank. Several of
the defenses in the Articles and by-laws would not be allowed for banks under
banking laws but are permissible for corporations. Also, the anti-takeover
provisions of the Business Corporation Law are not applicable to banks or bank
and trust companies. See sections entitled "Description of the Holding Company's
Capital Securities - Anti-Takeover Provisions and Anti-Takeover Provisions
Applicable to Registered Corporations." See also section entitled "Risk
Factors."
Flexibility in Responding to Changes in Law. The holding company structure
will generally provide more flexibility in responding to changes in banking and
corporate law. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services
Modernization Act became law on November 12, 1999. The law repeals provisions in
the Banking Act of 1933, or the Glass- Steagall Act, to permit a special type of
bank holding company, namely, a financial holding company, that may engage in
any financial activities that are "financial in nature or incidental to such
activities," to include insurance underwriting, agency and brokerage services
and investment banking and securities brokerage services.
BANK ACQUISITIONS. Although we currently have no plans to acquire other
banks, the holding company structure will permit greater flexibility in
acquiring other banking institutions in the future, if we decide to do so. Under
the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994,
adequately capitalized and well-managed bank holding companies may acquire banks
in any state, subject to deposit concentration limits and approval by the
Federal Reserve Board. The Act also permits interstate mergers between
adequately capitalized and managed banks, subject to approval by the appropriate
regulators. The Act further permits the establishment of new branches in another
state if the law of the state where the new branch is located expressly permits
it. However, the ability to acquire another bank, either within Pennsylvania or
outside Pennsylvania, as an additional subsidiary of the holding company,
without merging The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and the target bank,
gives us more options for growth.
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL
General. Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, which directs that
dissenter's rights are governed by the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of
1988, shareholders of the bank's common stock have the right to dissent from the
merger and reorganization and to obtain payment of the "fair value" of their
shares in the event we complete the reorganization. The
24
<PAGE>
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988 also grants shareholders of the
bank the right to dissent from the transaction and receive the "fair value" of
their shares.
If you contemplate exercising your right to dissent, we urge you to read
carefully the provisions of Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988, which is attached to this proxy
statement/prospectus as Exhibit E. A discussion of the provisions of the statute
is included here. The discussion describes the steps that you must take if you
want to exercise your right to dissent. You should read both this summary and
the full text of the law.
Send any written notice or demand required concerning your exercise of
dissenters' rights to Michael F. Marranca, President, The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512.
Fair Value. The term "fair value" means the value of a share of the bank's
common stock immediately before the day of the merger and reorganization, taking
into account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or
depreciation in anticipation of the reorganization
Notice of Intention to Dissent. If you wish to dissent, you must:
o File a written notice of intention to demand payment of the fair value
of your shares if the reorganization is completed, prior to the vote of
shareholders on the reorganization at the annual meeting;
o Make no change in your beneficial ownership of stock from the date you
give notice through the day of the reorganization; and
o Not vote your stock for approval of the plan of reorganization and plan
of merger.
Voting in favor of the reorganization constitutes a waiver of dissenters'
rights of appraisal. Further, neither a proxy marked against approval of the
reorganization nor a vote at the annual meeting against approval of the
reorganization satisfies the necessary written notice of intention to dissent. A
separate written notice must be filed with the bank prior to the vote of
shareholders on the reorganization, as described above.
Notice to Demand Payment. If the reorganization is approved by the required
vote of shareholders, the bank will mail a notice to all dissenters who gave due
notice of intention to demand payment and who did not vote for approval of the
plan of reorganization and plan of merger. The notice will state where and when
you must deliver a written demand for payment and where you must deposit
certificates for stock in order to obtain payment. The notice will include a
form for demanding payment and a copy of the law. The time set for receipt of
the demand for payment and deposit of stock certificates will be not less than
30 days from the date of mailing of the notice.
Failure to Comply with Notice to Demand Payment, etc. You must take each
step in the indicated order and in strict compliance with the statute to keep
your dissenters' rights. If you fail
25
<PAGE>
to follow the steps, you will lose you right to dissent and you will receive 2
shares of Fidelity D & D Bancorp's common stock for each share of the bank's
common stock that you hold.
Payment of Fair Value of Shares. Promptly after the reorganization, the
bank will send dissenters, who have timely filed the demand for payment and
deposited their stock certificates, the amount that the bank estimates to be the
fair value of the stock. The remittance or notice will be accompanied by:
o A closing balance sheet and statement of income of the bank for a
fiscal year ending not more than 16 months before the date of
remittance or notice together with the latest available interim
financial statements;
o A statement of the bank's estimate of the fair value of its common
stock; and
o A notice of the right of the dissenter to demand supplemental payment,
accompanied by a copy of the law.
Estimate by Dissenter of Fair Value of Shares. If a dissenter believes that
the amount stated or remitted by the bank is less than the fair value of the
stock, the dissenter may send an estimate of the fair value of the stock to the
bank. If the bank remits payment of estimated value of a dissenter's stock and
the dissenter does not file his or her own estimate within 30 days after the
bank mailed its remittance, the dissenter will be entitled to no more than the
amount remitted by the bank.
Valuation Proceeding. If any demands for payment remain unsettled within 60
days after the latest to occur of:
o The reorganization,
o The bank's timely receipt of any demands for payment, or
o The bank's timely receipt of any estimates by dissenters of the fair
value,
then, the bank may file an application, in the Court of Common Please of
Lackawanna County, requesting that the court determine the fair value of the
stock. If this happens, all dissenters, no matter where they reside, whose
demands have not been settled, shall be made parties to the proceeding. In
addition, a copy of the application will be delivered to each dissenter.
If the bank fails to file the application, then any dissenter, on behalf of
all dissenters who have made a demand and who have not settled their claim
against the bank, may file an application in the name of the bank at any time
within the 30-day period after the expiration of the 60-day period and request
that the Lackawanna County Court determine the fair value of the shares. The
fair value determined by the Court may, but need not, equal the dissenters'
estimates of fair value. If no dissenter files an application, then each
dissenter entitled to do so shall be paid the bank's estimates of the fair value
of the common stock and no more, and may bring an action to recover any amount
not previously remitted, plus interest at a rate the Court finds fair and
equitable.
26
<PAGE>
Costs and Expenses. The costs and expenses of any valuation proceedings in
the Lackawanna County Court, including the reasonable compensation and expenses
of any appraiser appointed by the Court to recommend a decision on the issue of
fair value, will be determined by the Court and assessed against the bank except
that any part of the costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed by the
Court against all or any of the dissenters who are parties and whose action in
demanding supplemental payment the Court finds to be arbitrary, vexatious or in
bad faith.
MATERIAL CONDITIONS
The reorganization will not occur unless the following conditions are met:
o Shareholders approve the transaction.
o The Pennsylvania Department of Banking must approve the organization of
the interim bank and the merger of the interim bank into the bank. On
October 29, 1999, the organizers of the interim bank filed an
application with the Department for Banking for approval to charter the
interim bank, and on December 14, 1999, the Department of Banking
approved the charter. On January 5, 2000, the bank filed an application
to merge with the interim bank, and on February 9, 2000, the Department
of Banking granted its approval for the proposed merger.
o Under the Bank Merger Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
as the bank's primary federal regulator, must approve the merger of the
bank into the interim bank. The bank filed a Bank Merger Act
application with the FDIC on March 27, 2000, which remains pending. The
FDIC has not yet issued approval for the merger between the bank and
the interim bank.
o The formation of a bank holding company requires the approval or
nonobjection of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Fidelity D & D Bancorp filed a notice with the Federal Reserve Bank of
Philadelphia of its proposal to become a bank holding company on
November 9, 1999, and the Federal Reserve Board issued a letter of
nonobjection to the proposal on December 7, 1999.
In general, the bank regulatory authorities may disapprove this transaction
if the reorganization and merger of the interim bank with and into the bank and
the reorganization of the bank into a one-bank holding company would not be
consistent with adequate sound banking practices and would not be in the public
interest.
In addition, the merger of the interim bank with the bank may not occur for
15 days from the date of approval by the FDIC. If the United States Department
of Justice has issued a challenge on anti-trust grounds, the regulators may
extend the waiting period. The merger of the interim bank with the bank and the
reorganization of the bank into a one-bank holding company cannot proceed in the
absence of these regulatory approvals. We cannot assure that the bank regulatory
authorities will issue all necessary approvals for the reorganization and
merger, or that they will issue the approvals in a timely manner. If the
regulators issue the necessary approvals
27
<PAGE>
in time, we anticipate completing the reorganization immediately after obtaining
shareholder approval, by June 30, 2000.
The approval of the bank regulatory authorities reflects only their view
that the transaction does not violate the competitive standards of the law and
is consistent with regulatory concerns relating to bank management and to the
safety and soundness of the banking system. You should not interpret their
approval as an opinion by the bank regulatory authorities that the
reorganization is favorable to shareholders from a financial point of view or
that the terms of the exchange are fair. The bank regulatory authorities'
approval is not an endorsement or recommendation of the reorganization and
merger.
CLOSING DATE
After all regulatory approvals have been issued, the reorganization and the
merger of the interim bank into the bank will take place at the time the
Pennsylvania Department of Banking files the Articles of Merger with the
Pennsylvania Department of State. Presently, the bank plans to request that the
Department of Banking file the Articles of Merger by no later than June 30,
2000. The Department of Banking approved the proposed transaction on February 9,
2000. The Department of Banking will not file the Articles of Merger until at
least 2/3 of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the bank have
approved and adopted the plan of reorganization and plan of merger.
TAX CONSEQUENCES
Shumaker Williams, P.C., Special Counsel to the bank and holding company,
issued a tax opinion dated March 16, 2000, regarding federal tax consequences of
the proposed transaction, the contents of which are summarized below. The
opinion is attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, filed with the
SEC, of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part. This is only a
general description of the material federal income tax consequences of the
reorganization. We recommend that you consult your own tax advisors as to
particular facts and circumstances that may be unique to you and not common to
shareholders as a whole and also as to any estate, gift, state, local or foreign
tax consequences arising out of this transaction. We do not anticipate that the
law will change before closing.
The following is a summary of the opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C.
and is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. Under the current provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, we anticipate that:
o The bank, the holding company and the interim bank will recognize no
gain or loss because of the reorganization;
o The bank's shareholders will recognize no gain or loss upon the
exchange of the bank's common stock solely for the holding company's
common stock in accordance with the reorganization, except for
o That gain or loss recognized due to the receipt of cash which is
received by any dissenting shareholder of the bank, and
28
<PAGE>
o That gain or loss recognized due to the receipt of cash by any
shareholder in lieu of fractional shares of the holding company's
common stock;
o The tax basis of the holding company's common stock received by each of
the bank's shareholders will be the same as the tax basis of the bank's
common stock owned prior to the reorganization by the shareholder;
o The holding period of the holding company's common stock received by
the bank's shareholders, generally, will include the holding period of
the bank's common stock, provided that the common stock of the bank was
held as a capital asset on the date of the exchange;
o The payment of cash to the bank's shareholders in lieu of their
fractional share interests of the holding company's common stock
generally will represent a distribution in full payment in exchange for
the fractional share interest in the holding company and will qualify
as a capital gain or loss; and
o Any distribution by the surviving bank to the holding company for the
repayment of the loan to charter the interim bank will not have any tax
consequence.
In general, under Section 302(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, dissenting
shareholders will treat any cash they receive from the bank in redemption of
their bank common stock as a capital gain or loss, if the shares are held as a
capital asset. Otherwise, the tax law would require shareholders to treat cash
as ordinary income. It is possible, however, that the provisions of Section
302(a) will not apply to a particular dissenting shareholder due to rules that
treat some shareholders as owning shares actually owned by other individuals and
entities, including some individuals related to the shareholder and some
partnerships, estates, trusts and corporations in which the shareholder has an
interest. If these rules apply, the amounts the bank pays to the dissenting
shareholder may be taxable as dividends.
Under current Pennsylvania personal income tax law, shareholders who reside
in Pennsylvania will not recognize a gain or loss on the exchange of the bank's
common stock for the holding company's common stock, except for shareholders
exercising dissenters' rights and except for fractional shares. Based on
Pennsylvania law, the holding company's common stock is not subject to personal
property taxes in the various counties of Pennsylvania.
In some jurisdictions, the state and local law treats shares of common
stock of a business corporation like the holding company differently from shares
of stock of a banking institution. We urge you to consult your own tax advisors
to make an individual appraisal of the federal, state and local income tax and
personal property and other tax consequences of the reorganization and the
exercise of dissenters' rights.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
We intend to treat the proposed reorganization as a pooling-of-interests
for financial accounting purposes. The pooling-of-interest method of accounting
for a business combination reflects the union of ownership between the entities
involved. Results of operations are restated for prior periods as if the
entities involved had always been combined. Immediately after the
reorganization, its consolidated financial statements will be substantially
equivalent to the bank's financial statements prior to the reorganization. The
holding company's parent-only financial statements will reflect its investment
in 100% of the shares of the bank's common stock.
29
<PAGE>
TRADING AND RESALE OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK
The bank's shares are sold from time to time in the over-the-counter market and
in private transactions. Initially, we do not expect that holding company's
common stock will trade on a more frequent basis following the merger. We have
no plans to list shares of the holding company's common stock on any stock
exchange, although we may do so in the future.
The holding company is registering its common stock to be issued in the
reorganization with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Following the
reorganization, former shareholders may freely resell or otherwise transfer
their shares, except those former shareholders who are deemed "affiliates" of
the holding company, within the meaning of Rules 144 and 145 under the
Securities Act. An affiliate is any person who directly or indirectly controls,
is controlled by, or is under common control with the holding company. In
general terms, any person who is an executive officer, director or 10%
shareholder of the bank at the time of the shareholders' meeting may be deemed
to be an affiliate of the bank, and an affiliate of the holding company upon
completion of the reorganization, for purposes of Rules 144 and 145. This proxy
statement/prospectus does not cover resales of shares of the holding company's
common stock to be issued to affiliates of the holding company in connection
with the transaction.
The holding company's common stock received by persons who are deemed to be
affiliates of the holding company may be resold only:
o In compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 145(d);
o In compliance with the provisions of another applicable exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
o Pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC.
In general terms, Rules 144 and 145(d) under the Securities Act permit an
affiliate of the holding company to sell shares of the holding company's common
stock received by him or her in ordinary brokerage transactions subject to
limitations on the number of shares that may be resold in any consecutive 3-
month period. Generally, the affiliate, not acting in concert with others, may
not sell that number of shares which is more than 1% of the outstanding shares
of the holding company's common stock during the 3-month period.
The ability of affiliates to resell shares of the holding company's common
stock received in the transaction under Rule 144 and Rule 145(d) is subject to
the holding company's having satisfied its 1934 Act reporting requirements, if
any, for specified periods prior to the time of sale.
The limitations under Rules 144 and 145(d) will cease to apply in the case
of a person who is no longer an affiliate of the holding company and has not
been an affiliate of the holding company for at least three months, if a period
of at least two years has elapsed since the date the prior affiliate acquired
the holding company's shares in the reorganization.
30
<PAGE>
Finally, under accounting rules for a pooling-of-interest, an affiliate of
the bank may not, as a general rule and subject to an exception in a case of
some very small sales:
o Sell any shares of the holding company's common stock during the 30-day
period immediately preceding the day of the reorganization; or
o Sell any shares of the holding company's common stock received by him
or her in exchange for shares of the bank's common stock until after
the publication of financial results covering at least 30 days of
post-reorganization operations.
STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK OPTION PLANS
Stock options will essentially not change as a result of the
reorganization. In 1998, the bank implemented an Independent Directors Stock
Option Plan and a Stock Incentive Plan. As of February 29, 2000, under these
plans, the bank had issued directors and key employees options to purchase 3,750
shares of the bank's common stock at the price of $62.00. As of that date, 250
shares had been purchased through the exercise of these options. The bank had
also issued options to purchase 3,950 shares of the bank's common stock at the
price of $70.25 as of February 29, 2000. Following the reorganization, the
holding company will assume these stock options and the plans. The holding
company will reserve 99,500 shares of common stock for issuance under these
plans. We will adjust the stock options and the plans to reflect the 2-for-1
exchange ratio of holding company common stock for bank common stock, as
follows:
o The holders of stock options will be entitled to receive twice the
number of shares of common stock of the holding company as the original
number of shares of the bank's common stock, and at half of the
original exercise price. As a result, the value of the stock options
should remain about constant.
o Accordingly, after the reorganization, the outstanding options to
purchase 3,500 shares at an exercise price of $62.00 per share will
automatically convert into options to purchase 7,500 shares of the
holding company's common stock at the price of $31.00 per share.
o The options to purchase 3,950 shares at an exercise price of $70.25 per
share will automatically convert into options to purchase 7,900 shares
of the holding company's stock at an exercise price of $35.125 per
share.
Similarly, the number of shares which the holding company may issue under
the plans will adjust automatically. As a result, the holding company will be
able to issue up to 50,000 shares of common stock under the Independent
Directors Stock Option Plan and 49,500 shares of common stock under the Stock
Incentive Plan. Otherwise, the original terms of these stock options and rights
will continue to apply. See "Description of the Bank's Common Stock - Stock
Option Plans" for a description of the bank's 1998 Independent Directors Stock
Option Plan and 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
31
<PAGE>
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
On the day of the reorganization, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank
Dividend Reinvestment Plan, which the bank adopted in1995 to provide
shareholders a simple and convenient method of investing cash dividends in
additional shares of bank common stock, will terminate. After the
reorganization, we anticipate that the holding company will implement a dividend
reinvestment plan with substantially the same terms as the prior bank dividend
reinvestment plan. The holding company will send shareholders an offering
circular for the shares which may be issued under the plan, along with a
registration form.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION
Capitalization
We set forth below the capitalization, as of December 31, 1999, of
o The bank,
o The interim bank, and
o The holding company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The Fidelity Fidelity Deposit
Deposit and and Discount Fidelity D & D
Discount Bank Interim Bank Bancorp, Inc.
------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Prior to Merger
Number of Shares Authorized,
Common Stock, par value
$1.5625 for Bank, $2.00 for Interim
Bank and without par value
for Holding Company 5,000,000 5,000,000 10,000,000
Number of Shares Authorized,
Preferred Stock, Holding
Company only, without
par value (Not applicable) (Not applicable) 5,000,000
Number of Shares outstanding:
Common Stock 900,392 50,000 (1) 5 (2)
Preferred Stock -- -- 0
Capital Accounts:
Common Stock $ 1,406,863 $ 100,000 (1) $ 5.00 (2)
Preferred Stock -- -- 0
Capital Surplus 7,266,168 55,000 (1)
Undivided Profits 28,126,918 0
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) (4,673,713) 0 0
----------- ---------------- ----------
Total Equity Capital $32,126,236 $ 155,000 $ 5.00
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
Set forth below is the same information, as adjusted to reflect the
reorganization and the merger of the interim bank into the bank:
After Merger
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Number of Shares Outstanding:
Common Stock par value
$1.5625 for Bank, $2.00 for
Interim Bank and without
par value for Holding
Company 900,392 (3) 1,800,784 (4)
Preferred Stock (Holding
Company only, without par
value) -- -- 0
Capital Accounts:
Common Stock $ 1,406,863 -- $ 1,406,863
Preferred Stock -- -- 0
Capital Surplus 7,226,168 -- 7,226,168
Undivided Profits 28,126,918 -- 28,126,918
Net Unrealized Holding Gains
(Losses) on Available-for-
Sale Securities (4,673,713) -- (4,673,713)
----------- ---- -----------
Total Equity Capital $32,126,236 (5) 0 $32,126,236 (6)
===
</TABLE>
(1) Represents shares issued upon the initial capitalization of the interim
bank for $3.10 per share. The organizers of the interim bank subscribed for
5,000 shares, and Fidelity D & D Bancorp subscribed for 45,000 shares. At
the time the merger is completed, the organizers will transfer their 5,000
shares to Fidelity D & D Bancorp at the same purchase price, $3.10 per
share. The $55,000 in capital surplus includes a $5,000 expense fund, as
required by the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965.
(2) Represents 5 shares issued to the incorporators of the holding company for
$1.00 per share. At the time of the merger, Fidelity D & D Bancorp will
repurchase these shares at the same purchase price, $1.00 per share, and
retire them.
(3) Represents the merger of the interim bank into the bank. At the time of the
merger, the 50,000 shares of interim bank common stock owned by Fidelity D
& D Bancorp will be converted into that number of shares of bank common
stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger, resulting in the bank's
equity remaining the same.
(4) Represents the maximum number of shares to be issued to the holders of
common stock of the bank as the result of the merger. No fractional shares
of holding company common stock will be issued in the reorganization. Cash
will be paid in lieu of fractional shares. The payment of cash to
fractional shareholders and to shareholders who exercise their dissenters'
rights could reduce the number of outstanding shares the holding company
issues.
(5) Total equity capital reflects the capital accounts after payment of the
$155,000 dividend to the holding company to repay its loan to purchase the
shares that provided the funds for the initial capitalization of the
interim bank. This borrowing will be through an unaffiliated bank in
Pennsylvania at approximately prime rate. If the proposed reorganization
had occurred on January 1, 1999, the payment of the dividend to repay the
holding company's loan would have reduced interest income for the bank's
1999 fiscal year by less than $500.
(6) Amounts after the merger are on a consolidated basis.
33
<PAGE>
Other Financial Information
Immediately following the effective time of the reorganization, the
consolidated financial statements of Fidelity D & D Bancorp will be
substantially the same as the bank's financial statements immediately prior to
the reorganization. Prior to the closing of the reorganization, Fidelity D & D
Bancorp will not have commenced operations and will have no material assets or
liabilities.
For information about the financial condition of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank, please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operation." Please also refer to the
financial statements for the bank following the Index to Financial Statements at
the end of this document, starting at page F-1.
DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY
ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
We organized the holding company as a Pennsylvania business corporation on
August 10, 1999, for the purpose of forming a bank holding company. The articles
of incorporation of the holding company authorize the issuance of up to 10
million shares of common stock, without par value, and 5 million shares of
preferred stock, without par value. The holding company has authorized the
issuance of 5 shares of the common stock to its incorporators.
The primary function of the holding company is to own of all of the bank's
common stock. Its profitability will be dependent on the financial results of
its operating subsidiary, the bank. In the future, we may decide to acquire or
form additional subsidiaries, including other banks.
At present, the holding company does not own or lease any property and has
no paid employees. It will not actively engage in business until after the
completion of the proposed reorganization. Until the day of the reorganization,
the holding company will use the bank's space and employees without payment.
After the reorganization, it will reimburse the bank on a fair and reasonable
basis for all services furnished to it and for all expenses which the bank pays
on its behalf.
Copies of the amended and restated articles of incorporation and by-laws of
the holding company are attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annexes B
and C. We recommend that you read them carefully.
PROPERTIES
The holding company does not own or lease any properties. For information
about properties which the bank owns or leases, see "Description of the Bank -
Properties."
34
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
The same persons who serve on the board of directors of the bank also serve
on the board of directors of the holding company. See "Description of the Bank -
Directors and Executive Officers" below. After the reorganization, the holding
company will be the sole shareholder of the bank and will elect one class, or
approximately 1/3, of the directors of the bank annually to serve for a 3-year
term. The board of directors of the holding company will appoint the officers of
the holding company annually.
The following table provides information about the current officers of
the holding company. All of these officers also serve as officers of the bank
and are employees of the bank. Further information about their business
experience may be found under "Description of the Bank - Principal Officers."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Age as of
Name March 24, 2000 Position
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Michael F. Marranca 67 President and Chief Executive
Officer
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kevin R. Messett 44 Senior Vice President
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph E. Quinnan (1) 55 Senior Vice President
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr. 69 Secretary
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert P. Farrell 47 Treasurer
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Mr. Quinnan has announced his retirement, effective May 1,2000.
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The holding company paid no compensation to its directors or officers
during 1999. Further, the holding company has paid no compensation to its
directors or officers to date during 2000. We anticipate that together the
holding company and the bank will pay directors and officers the same
compensation which they currently receive, with such increases in the future as
may have occurred had the proposed reorganization not occurred. Although the
holding company will hold several board meetings each year, we expect the total
amount spent on directors for their attendance at board meetings to remain the
same as before the reorganization. The holding company will not pay its
directors separate compensation for their attendance at board meetings, but the
bank will continue to compensate directors for their attendance at bank board
meetings. See "Description of the Bank - Executive Compensation" and
"Description of the Bank - Director Compensation" below.
INFORMATION ABOUT BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
After the reorganization, we anticipate that the percentage ownership of
the holding company by each of its significant shareholders, directors and
executive officers will be approximately the same as their percentage ownership
of the bank immediately prior to the reorganization. See "Beneficial Ownership
of the Bank's Common Stock by Principal Shareholders and Management."
35
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The information regarding relationships between the directors and officers
of the bank and transactions between the bank and its directors and officers
also applies to the holding company. Please refer to "Description of the Bank -
Certain Relationships between Officers and Directors and Certain Transactions
between Officers and Directors and the Bank."
DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITS ON LIABILITY
The holding company's by-laws provide for indemnification of its directors,
officers, employees and agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in
legal proceedings concerning the holding company, to the fullest extent
permitted under Pennsylvania corporate law. Indemnification will only apply to
persons who act in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in the best interest of the company, without willful misconduct or recklessness.
We expect to extend the present directors' and officers' liability
insurance policy to cover the holding company's directors and officers without
significant additional cost. This liability policy would cover the typical
errors and omissions liability associated with the activities of the holding
company. The provisions of the insurance policy would probably not indemnify any
of the holding company's officers and directors against liability arising under
the Securities Act of 1933. In the opinion of the SEC, indemnification of
officers, directors or persons controlling the holding company for liabilities
arising under the 1933 Act is against public policy and unenforceable.
The holding company's by-laws also limit the liability of directors for
monetary damages to acts of self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness,
unless the act constitutes a crime or involves liability for the payment of
taxes. We believe that these provisions will help reduce baseless litigation,
but they may also make it more difficult for shareholders to sue these persons
on behalf of the company.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY
The Securities Act of 1933 -The Offer and Sale of Securities. Under the1933
Act, the holding company will be subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC and of
state securities commissions for matters relating to the offer and sale of its
securities. Presently, the bank is exempt from the SEC registration requirements
and most state registration requirements because of exemptions for bank stock.
Accordingly, additional issuances of the holding company's stock to raise
capital or for dividend reinvestment, stock option and other plans will require
registration, absent any exemption from registration. Registration will result
in additional costs that the bank does not presently have to incur.
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934--Periodic Reporting Requirements. Due
to its number of shareholders and size of its assets, the bank's common stock is
registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a
registered company, the bank is subject to periodic reporting requirements and
to regulations regarding proxy solicitations and tender offers. Under the 1934
Act, the bank files reports, proxy statements and other information with
36
<PAGE>
its primary federal regulator, the FDIC. After the reorganization, Section 12 of
the 1934 Act will require the holding company to register its stock because it
will have more than 500 shareholders and $10 million in assets on a consolidated
basis. The holding company will file periodic reports, proxy statements and
other information with the SEC. The reports will include consolidated financial
information about the holding company and the bank. The bank will terminate its
Section 12 registration and cease to file these reports under the 1934 Act.
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 -Supervision by the Federal Reserve
Board. On the day of the reorganization, the holding company will become subject
to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and to
supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The following restrictions will apply:
o General Supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding
company, our activities will be limited to the business of banking and
activities closely related or incidental to banking. Bank holding
companies are required to file periodic reports with and are subject to
examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Board has adopted a
risk-focused supervision program for small shell bank holding companies
which is tied to the examination results of the subsidiary bank. The
Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations under the Bank Holding
Company Act that require a bank holding company to serve as a source of
financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. As a result,
the Federal Reserve Board may require that the holding company stand
ready to provide adequate capital funds to The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank during periods of financial stress or adversity.
o Restrictions on Acquiring Control of other Banks and Companies. A bank
holding company may not:
o Acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of any class of voting stock, or substantially
all of the assets of, any bank, or
o Merge or consolidate with another bank holding company,
without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
In addition, a bank holding company may not:
o Engage in a non-banking business, or
o Acquire ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of any class of voting stock of any company engaged in a
non-banking business,
unless the business is determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so
closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. In
making this determination, the Federal Reserve Board considers whether
these activities offer benefits to the public that outweigh any
possible adverse effects.
37
<PAGE>
o Anti-Tie-In Provisions. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries may
not engage in tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of
credit or provision of any property or services. The so-called
"anti-tie-in" provisions state generally that a bank may not:
o Extend credit,
o Lease or sell property, or
o Furnish any service to a customer on the condition that the
customer provide additional credit or service to the bank or its
affiliates, or on the condition that the customer not obtain other
credit or service from a competitor of the bank.
o Restrictions on Extensions of Credit by Banks to their Holding
Companies. Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are also subject
to restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on:
o Any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or any of its
subsidiaries,
o Investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding
company, and
o Taking these stock or securities as collateral for loans to any
borrower.
o Risk-Based Capital Guidelines. Bank holding companies must comply with
the Federal Reserve Board's risk- based capital guidelines. The
required minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets,
including some off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of
credit, is 8%. At least half of the total capital is required to be
"Tier I Capital," consisting principally of common stockholders'
equity, less certain intangible assets. The remainder, "Tier II
Capital," may consist of:
o Some types of preferred stock,
o A limited amount of subordinated debt,
o Some hybrid capital instruments,
o Other debt securities, and
o A limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.
The risk-based capital guidelines are required to take adequate account
of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and risks of
nontraditional activities.
o Capital Leverage Ratio Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board requires
a banking holding company to maintain a leverage ratio of a minimum
level of Tier I capital, as determined under the risk-based capital
guidelines, equal to 3% of average total consolidated assets for those
bank holding companies that have the highest regulatory examination
rating and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or
expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a
ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the stated minimum. The bank is
subject to almost identical capital requirements adopted by the FDIC.
38
<PAGE>
o Restrictions on Control Changes. The Change in Bank Control Act of 1978
requires persons seeking control of a bank or bank holding company to
obtain approval from the appropriate federal banking agency before
completing the transaction. "Control" is generally presumed to be the
power to vote 10% or more of a company's voting stock. The Federal
Reserve Board is responsible for reviewing changes in control of bank
holding companies. In doing so, the Federal Reserve Board reviews the
financial position, experience and integrity of the acquiring person
and the effect on the financial condition of the bank holding company,
relevant markets and federal deposit insurance funds.
The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 -Supervision by the Pennsylvania
Department of Banking. As a Pennsylvania bank holding company, the holding
company will also be subject to regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania
Department of Banking. For example, the holding company must obtain the
Department of Banking's approval to acquire any additional banks located in
Pennsylvania.
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994
- -Interstate Banking. Prior to the passage of the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking
and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, also known as the Interstate Banking Act,
the Bank Holding Company Act prohibited a bank holding company located in one
state from acquiring a bank located in another state, unless the law of the
state where the bank to be acquired was located specifically authorized the
acquisition. Similarly, prior law generally prohibited interstate branching by a
single bank. The Interstate Banking Act permits an adequately capitalized and
adequately managed bank holding company to acquire a bank in another state
whether or not the laws of that other state permits the acquisition, subject to
deposit concentration caps and approval by the Federal Reserve Board. The law
permits states to require stricter concentration limitations or to require that
the target be in existence for up to 5 years before an out-of-state bank or bank
holding company may acquire it. In contrast to interstate acquisitions and
mergers, the Interstate Banking Act permits acquisitions of less than all
branches of a bank only if the state's laws permit it.
In addition, under the Interstate Banking Act, an adequately capitalized
and well-managed bank can engage in interstate expansion by merging with a bank
in another state, unless the other state affirmatively opted out of the
legislation before June 1, 1997. The Interstate Banking Act also permits the
establishment of new branches in another state, but only if a state
affirmatively opts in by adopting appropriate legislation.
Finally, a bank holding company or bank may not acquire a bank outside its
home state primarily for the purpose of deposit production, and the transaction
must not have a negative impact on the communities that the target bank serves.
PERMITTED ACTIVITIES
The Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in
activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper incident of banking. In 1997, the Federal Reserve Board
significantly expanded its list of permissible non- banking activities to
improve the competitiveness of bank holding companies. The following list
includes
39
<PAGE>
activities that a holding company may presently conduct and is subject to change
by the Federal Reserve Board:
o Making, acquiring or servicing loans and other extensions of credit for
its own account or for the account of others.
o Any activity used in connection with making, acquiring, brokering, or
servicing loans or other extensions of credit, as determined by the
Federal Reserve Board. The Board has determined that the following
activities are permissible:
o Real estate and personal property appraising;
o Arranging commercial real estate equity financing;
o Check-guaranty services;
o Collection agency services;
o Credit bureau services;
o Asset management, servicing, and collection activities;
o Acquiring debt in default, if the holding company divests shares or
assets securing debt in default that are not permissible
investments for bank holding companies within prescribed time
periods, and meets various other conditions; and
o Real estate settlement services.
o Leasing personal and real property or acting as agent, broker, or
advisor in leasing property, provided that:
o The lease is a nonoperating lease;
o The initial term of the lease is at least 90 days;
o If real property is being leased, the transaction will compensate
the lessor for at least the lessor's full investment in the
property and costs, with various other conditions.
o Operating nonbank depository institutions, including an industrial bank
or savings association.
o Performing functions or activities that may be performed by a trust
company, including activities of a fiduciary, agency or custodial
nature, in the manner authorized by federal or state law, so long as
the holding company is not a bank.
o Acting as investment or financial advisor to any person, including:
o Serving as investment advisor to an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
o Furnishing general economic information and advice, general
economic statistical forecasting services, and industry studies;
40
<PAGE>
o Providing advice in connection with mergers, acquisitions,
divestitures, investments, joint ventures, capital structuring,
financing transactions, and conducting financial feasibility
studies;
o Providing general information, statistical forecasting, and advice
concerning any transaction in foreign exchange, swaps and similar
transactions, commodities, and options, futures and similar
instruments;
o Providing educational courses and instructional materials to
consumers on individual financial management matters; and
o Providing tax planning and tax preparation services to any person.
o Agency transactional services for customer investments, including:
o Securities brokerage -- Providing securities brokerage services,
whether alone or in combination with investment advisory services,
and incidental activities, including related securities credit
activities compliant with Federal Reserve Board Regulation T and
custodial services, if the securities brokerage services are
restricted to buying and selling securities solely as agent for the
account of customers and do not include securities underwriting or
dealing.
o Riskless-principal transactions -- Buying and selling all types of
securities in the secondary market on the order of customers as
"riskless principal."
o Private-placement services -- Acting as agent for the private
placement of securities in accordance with the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the rules of the Commission.
o Futures commission merchant -- Acting as a futures commission
merchant for unaffiliated persons in the execution and clearance of
any futures contract and option on a futures contract traded on an
exchange in the United States or abroad, if the activity is
conducted through a separately incorporated subsidiary of the bank
holding company and the company satisfies various other conditions.
o Investment transactions as principal:
o Underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market
instruments, including bankers' acceptances and certificates of
deposit, under the same limitations applicable if the activity were
performed by the bank holding company's subsidiary member banks.
o Engaging as principal in:
o Foreign exchanges, and
o Forward contracts, options, futures, options on futures, swaps,
and similar contracts, with various conditions.
o Buying and selling bullion, and related activities.
o Management consulting and counseling activities:
41
<PAGE>
o Subject to various limitations, management consulting on any matter
to unaffiliated depository institutions, or on any financial,
economic, accounting, or audit matter to any other company.
o Providing consulting services to employee benefit, compensation,
and insurance plans, including designing plans, assisting in the
implementation of plans, providing administrative services to
plans, and developing employee communication programs for plans.
o Providing career counseling services to:
o A financial organization and individuals currently employed by,
or recently displaced from, a financial organization;
o Individuals who are seeking employment at a financial
organization; and
o Individuals who are currently employed in or who seek positions
in the finance, accounting, and audit departments of any
company.
o Support services:
o Providing limited courier services; and
o Printing and selling checks and related items requiring magnetic
ink character recognition.
o Insurance agency and underwriting:
o Subject to various limitations, acting as principal, agent, or
broker for credit life, accident, health and unemployment insurance
that is directly related to an extension of credit by the bank
holding company or any of its subsidiaries.
o Engaging in any insurance agency activity in a place where the bank
holding company or a subsidiary of the bank holding company has a
lending office and that has a population not exceeding 5,000 or has
inadequate insurance agency facilities, as determined by the
Federal Reserve Board.
o Supervising, on behalf of insurance underwriters, the activities of
retail insurance agents who sell fidelity insurance and property
and casualty insurance on the real and personal property used in
the bank holding company's operations or its subsidiaries, and
group insurance that protects the employees of the bank holding
company or its subsidiaries.
o Engaging in any insurance agency activities if the bank holding
company has total consolidated assets of $50 million or less, with
the sale of life
42
<PAGE>
insurance and annuities being limited to sales in small towns or as
credit insurance.
o Making equity and debt investments in corporations or projects designed
primarily to promote community welfare, and providing advisory services
to these programs.
o Subject to various limitations, providing others financially oriented
data processing or bookkeeping services.
o Issuing and selling money orders, travelers' checks and United States
savings bonds.
o Providing consumer financial counseling that involves counseling,
educational courses and distribution of instructional materials to
individuals on consumer-oriented financial management matters,
including debt consolidation, mortgage applications, bankruptcy, budget
management, real estate tax shelters, tax planning, retirement and
estate planning, insurance and general investment management, so long
as this activity does not include the sale of specific products or
investments.
o Providing tax planning and preparation advice.
PERMITTED ACTIVITIES FOR FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act, signed into
law on November 12, 1999, amends the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 to create
a new category of holding company - the "financial holding company." To be
designated as a financial holding company, a bank holding company must file an
application with the Federal Reserve Board. The holding company must be well
capitalized and well managed, as determined by Federal Reserve Board
regulations. Once a bank holding company becomes a financial holding company,
the holding company or its affiliates may engage in any financial activities
that are "financial in nature or incidental to such activities." Furthermore,
the Federal Reserve may approve a proposed activity if it is "complementary" to
financial activities and does not threaten the safety and soundness of banking.
The act provides an initial list of activities that constitute activities that
are financial in nature, including:
o Lending and deposit activities,
o Insurance activities, including underwriting, agency and brokerage,
o Providing financial investment advisory services,
o Underwriting in, and acting as a broker or dealer in, securities,
o Merchant banking, and
o Insurance company portfolio investment.
The primary tool granted the Federal Reserve under the Act is the authority
to require that the financial holding company remain well capitalized and well
managed.
43
<PAGE>
PROPOSAL NO. 2:
TO FIX THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
TO BE ELECTED
Under Article III, Section 1 of the by-laws, the shareholders shall
determine the number of directors to be elected at the annual meeting. The
by-laws further provide for 3 classes of directors with staggered 3-year terms
of office. The board of directors is proposing that shareholders fix the number
of Class A directors to be elected at the annual meeting at 4, which is the
current number of Class A directors. Unless otherwise instructed, the proxy
holders will vote the proxies for this proposal.
The board of directors recommends that shareholders vote FOR the proposal
to fix the number of Class A directors to be elected at 4.
PROPOSAL NO. 3:
ELECTION OF FOUR DIRECTORS TO SERVE
A THREE-YEAR TERM
Pursuant to Article III, Section 1 of the bank's by-laws, the authorized
number of directors may not be less than 7 nor more than 10. The by-laws provide
for 3 classes of directors with staggered 3-year terms of office. The board of
directors currently consists of 10 members, classified as follows:
o 4 Class A directors,
o 3 Class B directors, and
o 3 Class C directors.
The board of directors nominated the 4 persons named below to serve as
directors until the 2003 annual meeting of shareholders and until their
successors are duly elected and qualified. All of the nominees are presently
members of the board of directors, and all have consented to serve another term
as a director if reelected.
The board of directors is proposing the following nominees for election as
Class A directors at the annual meeting:
o Paul A. Barrett, Esquire,
o John T. Cognetti,
o John F. Glinsky, Jr., and
o Michael J. McDonald, Esquire.
For information about these individuals' experience and background, please
refer to "Description of the Bank - Directors" below.
44
<PAGE>
The proxy holders will vote the proxies for the election of each of the 4
nominees named above, unless you indicate that your vote should be withheld from
any or all of them. The proxy holders also have the right to vote cumulatively
and to distribute their votes among the nominees as they determine to be in the
best interests of the bank, unless you indicate otherwise on your proxy.
Although we do not anticipate that any of the nominees will be unwilling or
unable to stand for election, in the event of such an occurrence, proxies may be
voted for a substitute designated by the board of directors. Further, if a
director should be unavailable to serve for any reason, a majority of the
remaining members of the board may fill the vacancy until the expiration of the
term of the class of directors to which he or she was appointed.
The board of directors recommends that shareholders vote FOR the election
of the above- named nominees as Class A directors.
DESCRIPTION OF THE BANK
HISTORY
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank was organized on December 13, 1902,
as a Pennsylvania state-chartered banking institution, in accordance with Act
13th, 1876, entitled "An Act for the Incorporation and Regulation of Deposit and
Discount Banks." The Bank commenced operations in 1903. Deposits held by the
bank are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by law. In 1997,
the bank became a bank and trust company when it established a Trust Department.
The bank's legal headquarters and main office are at Blakely and Drinker
Streets, Dunmore, Lackawanna County, Pennsylvania 18512.
OFFICES
The bank currently has 10 full-service offices, including its main office,
in the counties of Lackawanna and Luzerne, Pennsylvania, as follows:
o 2 in Dunmore--Main Office and Keystone Industrial Park,
o 3 in Scranton,
o 1 in Clarks Summit,
o 1 in Peckville,
o 1 in Pittston-- at Bruno's Supermarket,
o 1 in West Pittston, and
o 1 in Moosic.
The bank also has a limited service branch at the Clarks Summit State
Hospital, Clarks Summit, Pennsylvania. The Clarks Summit State Hospital facility
provides patients and employees of the hospital with check cashing and deposit
taking services, as well as offering for sale money orders and cashier's checks.
The bank has 2 stand-alone automatic tellers, or "money access centers," in
Scranton, and a third in Moosic.
45
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
The bank engages in a full service commercial and consumer banking
business, including the following services:
o Accepting time and demand deposits,
o Providing personal and business checking accounts at competitive rates,
o Making secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, and
o Providing trust services.
The bank is a locally managed community bank that seeks to provide personal
attention and professional assistance to its customer base which consists
principally of individuals and small and medium-sized businesses. The bank's
philosophy includes offering direct access to its officers and personnel,
providing friendly, informed and courteous service, local and timely decision
making, flexible and reasonable operating procedures, and consistently-applied
credit policies.
The bank's primary service area is located in the counties of Lackawanna
and Luzerne, Pennsylvania. Within the defined service area of the bank's main
office, the banking business is highly competitive. The bank is one of two
financial institutions headquartered in Dunmore, Pennsylvania. Competition is
primarily with this bank and another commercial bank operating in Dunmore.
Additionally, the bank competes with regionally-based commercial banks, which
generally have greater assets, capital and lending limits
Within the bank's Lackawanna County marketplace, the bank is one of at
least 14 commercial banks and two savings associations competing for customers.
Our Luzerne County offices in Pittston and West Pittston share many of the same
competitors we face in Lackawanna County. As of June 30, 1999, The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank held 7.44% of FDIC-insured deposits in Lackawanna
County and 1.00% of FDIC-insured deposits in Luzerne County. Within the bank's
Luzerne County marketplace, the bank is one of at least 22 commercial banks and
one savings association competing for customers. The bank also competes with
other types of financial institutions, including credit unions, finance
companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and retailers. Deposit
deregulation has intensified the competition for deposits among banks in recent
years.
The bank's acceptance of time demand and savings deposits includes passbook
accounts, statement savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts,
regular savings accounts, certificates of deposit and club accounts. The bank
also offers overdraft protection to its checking customers. The bank has a trust
department offering a wide range of trust and fiduciary services, including
investment services.
The bank makes secured and unsecured commercial, consumer, installment and
construction loans. Residential mortgages and small business loans have always
been at the core of the bank's portfolio. Consumer loans include revolving
credit lines and commercial lending.
46
<PAGE>
The bank offers the following support services to make financial management
more efficient and convenient for its customers:
o on-line home and business banking,
o telephone banking,
o direct deposit, drive-in banking,
o discount brokerage services,
o federal tax depository,
o "Money Access Centers"-- at every office except 139 Wyoming Avenue,
Scranton, Pennsylvania,
o MasterCard/Visa credit card services,
o night deposit services,
o notary public services,
o payroll deduction plan,
o safe deposit boxes,
o signature guarantees,
o travelers checks,
o treasury securities,
o U.S. savings bonds,
o individual retirement accounts, and
o utility and municipal payments.
As of December 31, 1999, the bank had
o Total assets of approximately $447,211,017,
o Total shareholders' equity of approximately $32,126,236, and
o Total liabilities of approximately $415,084,781, which includes
$294,700,965 of deposits.
Major classifications of loans and leases are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Loan and Lease Classifications:
Commercial and Industrial $113,061,093 $ 85,425,708 $ 67,201,013 $ 47,832,107
Agricultural 0 0 0 0
Real Estate Mortgages 111,242,490 99,955,640 87,931,770 79,936,722
Real Estate Construction 5,335,753 3,810,975 2,568,997 3,590,175
Loans to Individuals - Consumer 64,998,362 47,549,512 38,673,662 31,555,744
Loans to Municipal Governments 0 0 0 0
Direct Financing Leases 5,710,579 2,248,990 1,536,074 691,098
Less Unearned Income (982,384) (553,033) (585,517) (1,371,625)
Less Allowance for Loan Losses (3,172,375) (3,007,713) (2,809,066) (2,589,976)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Loans $296,193,518 $235,430,077 $194,516,933 $159,644,245
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
On December 31, 1999, the bank had approximately 174 employees, including
154 full- time employees and 20 part-time employees. Management considers
relations with our employees to be good.
47
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
Below is a schedule of all the bank's properties, showing the location,
whether the property is owned or leased and its use:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TYPE OF
PROPERTY LOCATION OWNERSHIP USE
-------- -------- --------- ---
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1 Blakely and Drinker Streets Own Main Office
Dunmore, PA 18512
2 116-118 Blakely Street Own For future expansion,
Dunmore, PA 18512 currently leased by
Dunmore Post Office
3 Keystone Industrial Park Own Dunmore Branch
Dunmore, PA 18512
4 The Fidelity Financial Center Own Scranton Branch
338 North Washington Avenue
Scranton, PA 18503
5 Green Ridge Office Lease Scranton Branch
Green Ridge Plaza
Scranton, PA 18509
6 Central City Office Lease Scranton Branch
139 Wyoming Avenue
Scranton, PA 18640
7 Abington Office Lease Clarks Summit Branch
1311 Morgan Highway
Clarks Summit, PA 18411
8 Clarks Summit State Hospital Lease Clarks Summit State
Office Hospital Limited
1451 Hillside Drive Service Branch
Clarks Summit, PA 18411
9 Peckville Office Lease Peckville Branch
1598 Main Street
Peckville, PA 18452
10 Pittston Office Lease Pittston Branch--
403 Kennedy Boulevard Bruno's Supermarket
Pittston, PA 18640
11 West Pittston Office Lease West Pittston Branch
801 Wyoming Avenue
West Pittston, PA 18640
12 Moosic Office Lease Moosic Branch
4010 Birney Avenue
Moosic, PA 18507
13 Marywood University Lease Free-standing
Nazareth Hall Money Access Center
Scranton, PA 18509
14 Montage Mountain Sky Lodge Lease Free-standing
Scranton, PA 18505 Money Access Center
15 Lackawanna County Stadium Lease Free-standing
Moosic, PA 18507 Money Access Center
</TABLE>
48
<PAGE>
In addition, the bank owns a building adjacent to The Financial Center in
Scranton, which a non-related entity leases from the bank, and two residential
properties in Clarks Green, Pennsylvania, which the bank also leases to parties
not affiliated with the bank. The bank owns several residential properties as
foreclosed assets, and these properties are listed for sale.
We also anticipate entering into a sales agreement with the Pennsylvania
Department of Transportation to purchase a right-of-way easement located at the
corner of Keystone Industrial Park Road and O'Neill Highway, adjacent to the
bank's Keystone Industrial Park branch. The bank recently constructed a new
building to better serve the customers of this branch. The property will provide
additional parking.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION OF THE BANK
As an FDIC-insured, Pennsylvania chartered bank and trust company, the bank
is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania
Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The bank is
also subject to requirements and restrictions under federal and state law,
including
o Requirements to maintain reserves against loans and lease losses,
o Restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and
the interest that may be charged on the loans,
o Limitations on the types of investments the bank may make and the types
of services the bank may offer, and
o Restrictions on loans to insiders of the bank or other insider
transactions.
Various consumer loans regulations also affect the operations of the bank.
In addition, the actions of the Federal Reserve Board, as it attempts to control
the money supply and credit availability in order to influence the economy,
impact commercial banks. The proposed reorganization will not significantly
change the authority of these agencies over the bank. The information below
highlights various aspects of regulation of the bank under Pennsylvania and
federal laws.
PENNSYLVANIA BANKING LAW
The laws of Pennsylvania applicable to the bank include, among other
things, provisions that:
o Limit the scope of the bank's business;
49
<PAGE>
o Require the maintenance of reserves against loans and lease losses;
o Limit the type and amount of loans that may be made and the interest
that may be made and that may be charged on loans;
o Restrict investments and borrowings by the bank;
o Limit the payment of dividends; and
o Regulate branching activities and mergers and acquisitions.
Generally, the bank must obtain prior approval from the Banking Department
for the acquisition of shares of stock. Pursuant to Pennsylvania law, the bank
may purchase, sell and hold investments in the form of bonds, notes and
debentures to the extent permitted by federal law.
Pennsylvania banking law also requires that a bank obtain the approval of
the Banking Department for any merger where the surviving bank would be a
Pennsylvania-chartered bank. In reviewing the merger application, the Banking
Department considers, among other things, whether the merger would be consistent
with adequate and sound banking practices and is in the public interest, on the
basis of several factors, including the potential effect of the merger on
competition and the convenience and needs of the affected communities.
Any person intending to acquire more than 10% of outstanding voting shares
of stock in a financial institution located in Pennsylvania must obtain the
prior approval of the Banking Department.
In addition, the Banking Department conducts regular examinations of the
bank and coordinates these examinations with the FDIC.
FEDERAL BANKING LAW
The FDIC insures the bank's deposits pursuant to the system of federal
deposit insurance initially established by the Banking Act of 1933. As a
state-chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System and
with FDIC-insured deposits, the bank's primary federal regulator is the FDIC.
The FDIC conducts regular examinations of the bank at least every 18 months.
Also, FDIC regulations require the bank to file periodic financial information.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950 embodies the basic authority for
the operation of the FDIC and gives the FDIC the power to prohibit institutions
it regulates from engaging in any activity that would be an unsafe and unsound
banking practice. The bank must obtain the FDIC's prior approval for such
activities as the establishment and relocation of branches and offices and for
mergers and acquisitions. Also, FDIC regulations generally prohibit the bank
from engaging in activities and investments that are not also permissible for
national banks. Generally, any non-banking activities in which the bank engages
must be so closely related to banking as to be "incidental" to banking.
50
<PAGE>
Capital Adequacy Guidelines. The bank must comply with the FDIC's risk-
based capital guidelines. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act of 1991, the FDIC has regulations defining the levels at which
an insured institution would be considered:
o Well capitalized
o Adequately capitalized
o Undercapitalized
o Significantly undercapitalized
o Critically undercapitalized.
To be adequately capitalized, the required minimum ratio of total capital
to risk-weighted assets, including some off-balance sheet activities, such as
standby letters of credit, is 8%. To be well capitalized, this risk-based ratio
must be at least 10%. At least half of the total capital is required to be "Tier
I Capital," consisting principally of common stockholders' equity, less certain
intangible assets. The remainder, "Tier II Capital," may consist of:
o Some forms of preferred stock,
o A limited amount of subordinated debt,
o Some hybrid capital instruments,
o Other debt securities, and
o A limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.
The risk-based capital guidelines must take into account interest rate risk,
concentration of credit risk, and risks of nontraditional activities. As of
December 31, 1999, the bank satisfied the criteria to be classified as "well
capitalized," and we do not expect the proposed reorganization to change the
bank's capitalization.
The FDIC could reclassify a "well capitalized" institution as "adequately
capitalized" or require an "adequately capitalized" or "undercapitalized"
institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower
category. A reclassification could be made if the regulatory agency determines
that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, which could include
unsatisfactory examination ratings. In the event an institution's capital
deteriorates to the undercapitalized category or below, the law prescribes an
increasing amount of regulatory intervention.
The bank is also subject to rules requiring a minimum ratio of classified
assets to capital, minimum earnings necessary to absorb losses, and a minimum
ratio of market value to book value for publicly held institutions.
FDIC Insurance Assessments. The bank's deposits have the maximum insurance
coverage provided by the FDIC, currently $100,000 per account. The bank pays
insurance premiums into the Bank Insurance Fund according to rates established
by the FDIC. The FDIC has discretion to increase premiums in the future in
response to changes in the economic climate of the banking industry. As a
result, the future cost of deposit insurance for the bank is, in large part,
dependent upon the extent of future bank failures and the amount of insurance
coverage provided by the FDIC for each deposit account.
51
<PAGE>
The FDIC has implemented a risk-related premium schedule for all insured
depository institutions that results in the assessment of premiums based on
capital and supervisory measures. Under the risk-related premium schedule, the
FDIC assigns, on a semiannual basis, each depository institution to one of three
capital groups, as follows:
o Well capitalized,
o Adequately capitalized or
o Undercapitalized,
and further assigns such institutions to a subgroup within a capital group. The
institution's subgroup assignment is based upon the FDIC's judgment of the
institution's strength in light of supervisory evaluations, including
examination reports, statistical analyses and other information relevant to
measuring the risk posed by the institution. Only institutions with a total
capital to risk-adjusted assets ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier I capital to
risk-based assets ratio of 6% or greater, and a Tier I leverage ratio of 5% or
greater, are assigned to the well-capitalized group. As December 31, 1999, the
bank was well capitalized for purposes of calculating insurance assessments.
The Bank Insurance Fund is presently fully funded at more than the minimum
amount required by law. Accordingly, the 1999 BIF assessment rates range from
zero for those institutions with the least risk, to $0.27 for every $100 of
insured deposits for institutions deemed to have the highest risk. The bank is
in the category of institutions that presently pay nothing for deposit
insurance. The FDIC adjusts the rates every six months.
While the bank presently pays no premiums for deposit insurance, it is
subject to assessments to pay the interest on bonds issued by the Financing
Corporation, which is known as FICO. FICO was created by Congress to issue bonds
to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions. Prior to 1997, only
thrift institutions were subject to assessments to raise funds to pay the FICO
bonds.
On September 30, 1996, as part of the Omnibus Budget Act, Congress enacted
the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996, which recapitalized the Savings
Association Insurance Fund and provided that commercial banks would be subject
to 1/5 of the assessment to which savings and loan associations are subject for
FICO bond payments through 1999. Beginning in 2000, commercial banks and savings
and loan associations will be subject to the same assessment for FICO bonds.
Meeting the Needs of the Community. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of
1977, the FDIC must determine whether the bank is meeting the credit needs of
the community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, that it serves
and must take this record into account in its evaluation of most regulatory
applications the bank files with the FDIC. The FDIC makes publicly available its
evaluation of the bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire
community. This evaluation includes a descriptive rating of
o Outstanding
o Satisfactory
o Needs to improve, or
52
<PAGE>
o Substantial noncompliance.
As of December 31, 1999, the bank had a satisfactory CRA rating.
Truth-In-Savings. The Bank Enterprise Act of 1991" requires
"truth-in-savings" on consumer deposit accounts so that consumers can make
meaningful comparisons between the competing claims of banks with regard to
deposit accounts and products. Under this provision, the bank is required to
provide information to depositors concerning the terms of their deposit
accounts, and in particular, to disclose the annual percentage yield. There are
some operational costs of complying with this law.
Restrictions on Control Changes. Under the Federal Change in Banking
Control Act of 1978, no person may acquire control of the bank without giving at
least 60 days prior written notice to the FDIC. "Control" is generally presumed
to be the power to vote 10% or more of the common stock of a bank. The FDIC may
disapprove any such acquisition of control.
Suspicious Activities Reports. Under the bank Secrecy Act, banks must
report to the Internal Revenue Service currency transactions of more than
$10,000 or multiple transactions in any one day that aggregate in excess of
$10,000.
Interstate Banking. The bank may generally engage in interstate banking.
See "Description of the Holding Company - Supervision and Regulation - The
Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994-Interstate
Banking."
SECURITIES REGULATION
Upon attaining more than 500 shareholders and $10 million in assets, a
company must register its securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934. A registered company is subject to the General Rules and
Regulations of the SEC for companies registered under the 1934 Act. These rules
and regulations relate to periodic financial reporting, reporting to
shareholders, proxy solicitation and insider trading. Banks must also register
under Section 12 if they meet the above described thresholds. However, banks
file their reports, proxy statements and other information with their primary
federal bank regulator, rather than the SEC.
The bank has registered its common stock under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. As a registered company, the bank is subject to the
General Rules and Regulations of the SEC and to FDIC regulations relating to
state banks registered under the 1934 Act. The bank files reports, proxy
statements and other information with the FDIC. After the reorganization, the
holding company must register its stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act and
will be subject to the obligations for SEC-registered companies. It will file
periodic financial and other business reports with the SEC on a consolidated
basis, including information about the bank. The bank will terminate the
registration of its common stock under the 1934 Act because it will cease to be
publicly held after the reorganization.
53
<PAGE>
THE GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY FINANCIAL SERVICES MODERNIZATION ACT
On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services
Modernization Act was signed into law. We expect the financial services reform
law to have a tremendous impact on all financial institutions, including banks.
However, the affected federal agencies have not yet fully adopted new
regulations under the law. This is expected to occur by May 2000.
The impact of the act is twofold. First, the act has swept away much of the
regulatory structure established in the 1930's under the Glass-Steagall Act. The
law creates opportunities for banks, other depository institutions, insurance
companies, and securities firms to enter into business combinations that permit
a single financial services organization to offer customers a complete array of
financial products. The result will be increased competition in the marketplace
for banks and other financial institutions, tempered by an enhanced ability to
compete in this new market. Banks, insurance companies and securities firms may
now affiliate through a "financial holding company" and engage in a broad range
of activities authorized by the Federal Reserve Board and the Department of
Treasury. The new activities that the act permits for financial holding
companies and their affiliates are those that are financial in nature or
incidental to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, investment
banking, investment advisory services and securities brokerage services. The
Federal Reserve maintains the authority to require that the financial holding
company remain well capitalized and well managed.
In addition, national banks are authorized to conduct these activities
through operating subsidiaries, under the supervision of the Department of
Treasury's Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, except that national bank
subsidiaries may not engage in insurance underwriting, merchant banking,
insurance company portfolio investment, or real estate investment and
development.
Secondly, the act has altered the regulatory boundaries for all financial
services organizations, including the bank. By repealing an exemption from SEC
broker/dealer registration formerly enjoyed by banks for their securities
activities, the act adds a layer of SEC regulation to the bank's regulatory
structure. For national banks, state insurance regulators will now be able to
license and regulate their insurance activities, as the act provides that state
insurance law will apply to national banks engaged in the underwriting and sale
of insurance products.
NEW LEGISLATION
Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every legislative session that
would dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. At this time,
we cannot predict whether or not Congress will enact legislation and what effect
the legislation might have on the bank. For example, we cannot predict the full
impact of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act, described
above under "Description of the Bank - Supervision and Regulation of the Bank."
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The nature of the bank's business generates some litigation involving
matters arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management
of the bank, however, no legal
54
<PAGE>
proceedings are pending, which, if determined adversely to the bank, would
materially affect the bank's undivided profits or financial condition. There are
no proceedings pending other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the
business of the bank. In addition, to management's knowledge, no government
authorities have initiated or contemplated any material legal actions against
the bank.
DIRECTORS
The board of directors of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank oversees
all business, property and affairs of the bank. The bank's board of directors
presently consists of 10 members, approximately one-third of whom shareholders
elect annually to serve for a term of 3 years. The same directors who serve on
the bank's board of directors currently serve on the holding company's board of
directors.
After the reorganization, the shareholders of the bank will become
shareholders of the holding company and will elect the board of directors of the
holding company. The holding company will be the sole shareholder of the bank
and will elect the bank's board of directors. We anticipate that the same
persons will serve as directors of the bank and of the holding company for the
foreseeable future. The following table provides selected information about the
directors of the bank:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Director Class of Age as of
Position with the Bank Since Director March 24, 2000
---------------------- -------- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Samuel C. Cali 1958 B 83
Chairman of the Board
Michael F. Marranca 1976 C 67
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Herbert M. McDonald 1976 B 87
Vice President of the Board, Director
John F. Glinsky, Jr. 1972 A 69
Secretary, Director
Patrick A. Calvey, Jr. 1980 C 72
Director
Patrick J. Dempsey 1985 C 66
Director
Paul A. Barrett 1988 A 67
Director
John T. Cognetti 1988 A 50
Director
Michael J. McDonald 1994 A 45
Director
David L. Tressler, Sr. 1998 B 63
Director
</TABLE>
55
<PAGE>
Following is a description of each director's and nominee's background and
experience:
CURRENT CLASS A DIRECTORS (to serve until 2000)
AND
NOMINEES FOR CLASS A DIRECTOR (to serve until 2003)
Paul A. Barrett, Esquire
Mr. Barrett, age 67, has been a director of the bank since 1988. Mr.
Barrett is an attorney with the firm of O'Malley & Harris, P.C., in Scranton,
Pennsylvania.
John T. Cognetti
Mr. Cognetti, age 50, has been a director of the bank since 1988. Mr.
Cognetti is the President of The Hinerfeld Realty Co. in Scranton, Pennsylvania,
and the former Chief Executive Officer of Cognetti Enterprises, Inc., a real
estate firm, now dissolved.
John F. Glinsky, Jr.
Mr. Glinsky, age 69, has been a director of the bank since 1972. He has
served as Secretary of the board of directors since August 1981. Mr. Glinsky is
the proprietor and Funeral Director of John F. Glinsky Funeral Home in Throop,
Pennsylvania.
Michael J. McDonald, Esquire
Mr. McDonald, age 45, has been a director of the bank since 1994. He is an
attorney with the firm of Foley, McLane, Foley, McDonald and MacGregor in
Scranton, Pennsylvania.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS - CONTINUING AS DIRECTORS
CLASS C DIRECTORS (to serve until 2001)
Patrick A. Calvey, Jr.
Mr. Calvey, age 72, has been a director of the bank since 1980. He is the
retired President of Calvey Enterprises, Inc., a real estate holding company in
Scranton, Pennsylvania and the Secretary and Treasurer of American Janitor and
Paper Supply Co., Inc., a janitorial supply distributor also located in
Scranton, Pennsylvania.
Patrick J. Dempsey
Mr. Dempsey, age 66, has been a director of the bank since 1985. He is the
President and General Manager of Dempsey Uniform & Supply, Inc. and the
President and General Manager of Gonzaga Realty, Inc., both located in Dunmore,
Pennsylvania.
56
<PAGE>
Michael F. Marranca
Mr. Marranca, age 67, has been a director of the bank since 1976. Also
since 1976, Mr. Marranca has served as the bank's President and Chief Executive
Officer. He has been employed by the bank since 1967.
CLASS B DIRECTORS (to serve until 2002)
Samuel C. Cali
Mr. Cali, age 83, serves as Chairman of the board of directors of the bank.
Mr. Cali is the retired proprietor of S.C. Cali Agency, an insurance agency
located in Dunmore, Pennsylvania. He has been a director of the bank since 1958
and has served as Chairman of the board since June 1986.
Herbert M. McDonald
Dr. McDonald, age 87, is a Vice President of the board of directors. He has
been a member of the bank's board of directors since 1976. Dr. McDonald is a
retired surgeon.
David L. Tressler, Sr.
Mr. Tressler, age 63, has been a director of the bank since 1998. He is the
Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of Northeastern Pennsylvania
Physicians Organization in Clarks Summit, Pennsylvania, and a former Executive
Director for the Center For Public Initiatives in Scranton, Pennsylvania.
BOARD MEETINGS, COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors held 38 regular meetings and one annual meeting in
1999. Each of the directors attended at least 75% of the combined total number
of meetings of the board of directors and the committees of which he or she was
a member.
During 1999, the bank paid a monthly fee of $2,000 to its non-employee
directors for participating in board and committee meetings. The bank does not
compensate employee directors for attendance at board and committee meetings.
The bank also awarded every non- employee director a bonus of $2,500 in 1999.
Directors are entitled to have up to 4 paid absences per year from scheduled
board or committee meetings. In the aggregate, the bank paid the board of
directors $238,000 for all services rendered in 1999.
NOMINATING DIRECTORS
The bank's Nominating Committee nominates individuals to be elected as
directors of the bank. Pursuant to Article III, Section 1 of the bank's by-laws,
shareholders may also make nominations for the position of director at the
annual meeting.
57
<PAGE>
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
During 1999, the bank's board of directors maintained 9 standing
committees. The function of each of these committees is described below.
EXECUTIVE: This committee acts with limited powers on behalf of the board
whenever the board is not in session. It meets only as needed and acts only by
unanimous vote. If any non- employee director wants a matter to be addressed by
the board rather than the Executive Committee, then such matter is submitted to
the board. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the committee.
LOAN: This committee oversees the lending activities of the bank to ensure
compliance with regulatory requirements. It reviews loan applications and makes
recommendations to management. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the
committee.
AUDIT/COMPLIANCE: This committee reviews auditing, accounting, financial
reporting, internal and external control functions. It recommends our
independent accountant and reviews their services. All members are non-employee
directors. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the committee.
ASSET/LIABILITY, or ALCO: This committee monitors and helps maintain the Bank's
risk position with respect to assets and liabilities and recommends allocation
of funds for interest rate sensitivity, time deposits, liquidity, federal funds,
loans, investments and tax positioning. It reviews the Asset/Liability Policy,
develops procedures, and recommends policy changes. It also serves as the Bank's
Investment Committee. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the committee.
HUMAN RESOURCES: This committee assures equitable employment exchange by
ensuring that sound human resource management systems are developed and
maintained. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the committee.
CREDIT ADMINISTRATION: This committee analyzes a comprehensive set of credit
administration reports that provide detailed information relating to the overall
quality of the loan portfolio. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the
committee.
NOMINATING: This committee nominates qualified members to the board of
directors. Samuel C. Cali serves as Chairman of the committee.
TRUST: This committee reviews the Bank Trust Department's policies, performance,
compliance and profitability. It exercises fiduciary discretion in making
decisions and advising trust management when requested. Samuel C. Cali serves as
Chairman of the committee.
EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE: This committee determines which key employees are
eligible for participation in the Bank's stock option plan. Samuel C. Cali
serves as Chairman of the committee.
58
<PAGE>
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EMPLOYEE
AUDIT/ HUMAN CREDIT STOCK
EXEC. LOAN COMP. ALCO RESCS. ADM. NOM. TRUST INCENT.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Samuel C. Cali X X X X X X X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael F. X X X X X X X
Marranca
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Herbert M. X X X X X X X X
McDonald
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John F. X X X X X X
Glinsky, Jr.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Patrick A. X X X X X X X X
Calvey, Jr.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Patrick J. X X X X X X X
Dempsey
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paul A. Barrett X X X X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John T. X X X X X X X
Cognetti
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. X X X X X X X
McDonald
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David L. X X X X X X
Tressler, Sr.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEETINGS 0 0 4 4 1 3 0 4 1
HELD IN 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
59
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS
The following table shows selected information about the principal officers of
the bank. The board of directors elects the officers for one-year terms, and the
board has the discretionary authority to remove these individuals from office.
All of the officers have been principally employed by the bank for more than 5
years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bank Number of Shares Age as of
Office and Position Held Employee Beneficially March 24,
Name with the bank Since Since Owned (1) 2000
---- ------------------- ----- -------- ---------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael F. Marranca President, Chief 1976 1967 26,068 (2) 67
Executive Officer
Joseph E. Quinnan Senior Vice 1995 1995 1,285 (4) 55
President, Chief
Operating
Officer (3)
John J. Keeler Vice President 1990 1990 668 (5) 48
Kevin R. Messett Executive Vice 1999 1991 458 (7) 44
President (6)
Robert P. Farrell Cashier/ 1989 1987 256 (8) 47
Comptroller
</TABLE>
(1) As of February 29, 2000. For definition of "beneficial ownership," please
see "Information about Beneficial Ownership of the Bank's Common Stock by
Principal Shareholders and Management" above.
(2) For detailed information on the nature of Mr. Marranca's stock ownership,
please refer to "Information about Beneficial Ownership of the Bank's
Common Stock by Principal Shareholders and Management" above.
(3) Mr. Quinnan has announced his retirement, effective May 1, 2000.
(4) Figure includes 766 shares held in revocable trust by Mr. Quinnan and
521shares held in a revocable trust by Mr. Quinnan's spouse.
(5) Figure includes 45 shares held solely by Mr. Keeler, 408 shares held solely
by Mr. Keeler in an IRA, 15 shares held by Mr. Keeler's child, and 200
exercisable stock options.
(6) Mr. Messett served as Senior Vice President from 1991 through 1999.
(7) Figure includes 162 shares held jointly by Mr. Messett and his spouse, 46
shares held jointly by Mr. Messett with his spouse and children, and 250
exercisable options.
(8) Figure includes 56 shares held jointly by Mr. Farrell with his spouse, and
200 exercisable stock options.
60
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table provides the annual compensation for services in all
capacities to the bank for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and
1997, for those persons who were at December 31, 1999,
o The Chief Executive Officer, and
o The 4 other most highly compensated executive officers of the bank to
the extent such person's total annual salary and bonus exceeded
$100,000.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annual Compensation Long-Term Compensation
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
Awards Payouts
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i)
Securities
Other Restricted Underlying All other
Annual Stock Options/ LTIP Compen-
Name and Principal Salary Bonus Compen- Award(s) SARs Payouts sation
Position Year ($) ($) sation ($) (#) ($) ($)
-------- ---- ------- ------ ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael F. Marranca 1999 181,000 25,000 0 0 0 0 29,394(1)
President and Chief 1998 171,560 12,000 0 0 0 0 31,326(1)
Executive Officer 1997 160,410 18,000 0 0 0 0 28,473(1)
Kevin R. Messett, 1999 92,016 19,000 0 0 0 0 15,744(2)
Executive Vice 1998 85,200 4,000 0 0 0 0 15,025(2)
President 1997 80,000 7,500 0 0 0 0 12,629(2)
Joseph E. Quinnan 1999 94,068 15,000 0 0 0 0 14,383(3)
Senior Vice President 1998 87,100 8,000 0 0 0 0 12,247(3)
and Chief Operating 1997 81,900 7,500 0 0 0 0 12,997(3)
Officer
</TABLE>
(1) Figure includes the bank's contributions to the 401(k) and deferred profit
sharing plan of $17,113, $18,934, and $17,278 on behalf of Mr. Marranca for
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. It also includes membership dues of
$8,577, $9,237 and $7,710 paid on behalf of Mr. Marranca in 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively.
In addition to annual salary, Mr. Marranca receives some or all of the
following benefits: medical, dental, life and disability insurance, and
other customary benefits. Figure includes payments made by the bank, on
behalf of Mr. Marranca, of $3,704, $3,155 and $3,485 in 1999, 1998, and
1997, respectively.
(2) Figure includes the bank's contributions to the 401(k) and deferred profit
sharing plan of $10,854, $9,778 and $8,560 on behalf of Mr. Messett for
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. It also includes membership dues of
$2,310, $2,620 and $1,093 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 respectively.
In addition, Mr. Messett receives some or all of the following benefits:
medical, dental, life and disability insurance, and other customary
benefits. Figure includes payments made by bank on behalf of Mr. Messett,
of $2,580, $2,627 and $2,976 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(3) Figure includes the bank's contributions to the 401(k) and deferred profit
sharing plan of $10,112, $8,321 and $9,303 on behalf of Mr. Quinnan for
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. It also includes membership dues of
$1,080 and $115 in 1999 and 1998, respectively. No membership dues were
paid for Mr. Quinnan in 1997.
In addition, Mr. Quinnan receives some or all of the following benefits:
medical, dental, life and disability insurance, and other customary
benefits. Figure includes payments made by bank on behalf of Mr. Quinnan,
of $3,191, $3,811 and $3,694 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
61
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1999
The following table sets forth certain information for any stock options
which the bank granted the executives named in the "Summary Compensation Table"
during 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1999
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Realizable Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
Price Appreciation for
Option Term(2)
Individual Grants
Number of Securities % of Total Options/ Exercise or
Underlying Options/ SARs Granted to Base Price Expiration
Name SARs Granted (#) Employees in Fiscal Year ($/Sh) Date 5%($) 10%($)
---- ----------- ------------------------ ------ ---- ----- ------
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael F. Marranca
President and Chief
Executive Officer 350 (1) 23.33% $62.00 01/04/99 13,647 34,584
Kevin R. Messett,
Executive Vice
President 250 (1) 16.66% $62.00 01/04/99 9,748 24,703
Joseph E. Quinnan,
Senior Vice President
and Chief Operating
Officer 250 (1) 16.66% $62.00 01/04/99 9,748 24,703
</TABLE>
(1) Options were granted on January 4, 1999, under the 1998 Stock Incentive
Plan, and became exercisable after July 4, 1999.
(2) Amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the
respective options if exercised at the end the option term. These gains are
based on assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded
annually from the date the respective options were granted to their
expiration date. The gains shown are net of the option exercise price, but
do not include deductions for taxes or other expenses associated with the
exercise of the option or the sale of the underlying shares. The actual
gain, if any, on the exercise of stock options will depend on the future
performance of the common stock, the option holder's continued employment
throughout the option period, and the date on which the options are
exercised.
62
<PAGE>
EXERCISES OF STOCK OPTIONS IN FISCAL YEAR 1999 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
The following table sets forth certain information relating to stock
options held by the executives named in the "Summary Compensation Table." As
noted below, these executives did not exercise any of their stock options in
1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR(1) VALUES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Value of Unexercised in-the-
Shares Options/SARs at FY-End Money Options/SARs at FY-
Acquired Value (#) End ($)
Name on Exercise (#) Realized ($) Exercisable/Unexercisable Exercisable/Unexercisable
---- --------------- ------------ ------------------------- -------------------------
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael F. Marranca
President and Chief
Executive Officer 0 0 350/0(2) 2,887.50/0(3)
Kevin R. Messett,
Executive Vice 0 0 250/0(2) 2,062.50/0(3)
President
Joseph E. Quinnan,
Senior Vice President 0 0 250/0(2) 2,062.50/0(3)
and Chief Operating
Officer
</TABLE>
(1) A "SAR" is a stock appreciation right. The bank has not granted any SAR's.
(2) Options were granted on January 4, 1999, under the 1998 Stock Incentive
Plan, and became exercisable after July 4, 1999.
(3) The exercise price for the options is $62.00 per share. The market value of
the bank's stock as of the end of 1999 was $70.25 per share.
401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
In 1995, the bank established a 401(k) profit sharing plan. The plan is a
defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees of the bank.
Participants of the plan may elect to have a portion of their annual
compensation reduced and paid to the plan on a pretax basis, pursuant to the
provisions found under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The bank
also contributes to the plan on behalf of each participant. The bank
contribution for each participant is based on the amount the participant's
annual compensation was reduced, subject to certain limitations. Additional
amounts may be contributed at the option of the bank's board of directors. In
1999, the bank paid
63
<PAGE>
$71,173 in 401(k) matching contributions to participants and $135,000, including
expenses, as a profit sharing contribution.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The board of directors of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank governs
the bank. In fulfilling its fiduciary duties, the board of directors acts in the
best interests of the bank's shareholders, customers, and the communities served
by the bank. To accomplish the strategic goals and objectives of the bank, the
board of directors engages competent persons who undertake to accomplish these
objectives with integrity and in a cost-effective manner. The compensation of
these individuals is part of the board of directors' fulfillment of its duties
to accomplish the bank's strategic mission.
The fundamental philosophy of the bank's compensation program is to offer
competitive compensation opportunities for all employees, based on the
individual's contribution and personal performance. The Human Resources
Committee, comprised of all the bank directors, administers the bank's
compensation program. The committee seeks to establish a fair compensation
policy governing executive officers' base salaries and bonuses and to attract
and motivate competent, dedicated, and ambitious managers, whose efforts will
enhance the products and services of the bank, thereby improving profitability,
increasing dividends to our shareholders and, subsequently, raising the market
value of our shares.
The committee reviews and approves annually the top executives'
compensation, including the compensation for the chief executive officer and all
vice presidents. As a guideline for determining base salaries, the committee
uses information composed of a Pennsylvania bank peer group in the R.L. Webber
Salary Survey, as well as data collected by the bank from proxy statements and
annual reports of Pennsylvania-based banks. The committee used a separate peer
group of banks for compensation review purposes from the peer group it used for
the performance chart because the R.L. Webber Salary Survey permits the
committee to base its review on data collected from a much broader data base
than simply the nine institutions in the peer group reflected in the performance
graph.
Chief Executive Officer Compensation
The committee has determined that the Chief Executive Officer's 1999 total
compensation of approximately $289,394, including salary, bonuses, benefits and
401(k) matches, is appropriate in light of the bank's performance. This
determination included a review of the bank's return on assets, return on
equity, net income, and asset growth. However, no direct correlation exists
between the Chief Executive Officer's compensation, the Chief Executive
Officer's increase in compensation, and any specific performance criteria, nor
does the committee give any weight to specific individual performance criteria.
After reviewing all information, including the above, the committee subjectively
determines the Chief Executive Officer's compensation and any changes relating
to it.
Executive Officers
The committee establishes the compensation of the bank's executive officers
including increases in compensation based on its subjective analysis of the
individual's contribution to the
64
<PAGE>
bank's strategic goals and objectives. In determining whether strategic goals
have been achieved, the committee considers, among numerous factors, the bank's
performance as measured by earnings, revenues, return on assets, return on
equity, market share, total assets, and non-performing loans. Although the
performance and increases in compensation were measured in light of these
factors, no direct correlation exists between any specific criterion and an
employee's compensation, nor does the committee attribute any specific weight to
any criteria in the analysis. After review of all information, including the
above, the committee makes a subjective determination.
In addition to base salary, executive officers of the bank may participate
in the bank's 401(k) plan, which is generally available to all employees. The
committee also awards annual bonuses at the end of the year, at its discretion.
In addition to base salary, executive officers of the bank are eligible to
receive stock option awards under the bank's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. On
January 4, 1999, the bank awarded its officers options to purchase 1,500 shares
of common stock under the plan at an exercise price of $62.00, and on January 3,
2000, the bank awarded key officers options to purchase 1,700 shares of common
stock under the plan at an exercise price of $70.25.
In addition, under the 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan,
non-employee directors are eligible to receive stock option awards. On January
4, 1999, the bank awarded its non-employee directors options to purchase 2,250
shares of common stock under the plan at an exercise price of $62.00, and on
January 3, 2000, the bank awarded its non-employee directors options to purchase
2,250 shares of common stock under the plan at an exercise price of $70.25. The
plans' purpose is to advance the development, growth and financial condition of
the bank and to align the interests of shareholders with that of management. See
"Description of the Bank's Capital Securities - Stock Option Plans" below, for
more information about these plans.
General labor market conditions, the specific responsibilities of the
individual, and the individual's contributions to the bank's success influence
total compensation opportunities available to the employees of the bank.
Individuals are reviewed annually on a calendar year basis. The bank strives to
offer compensation that is competitive with that offered by employers of
comparable size in our industry. Through these compensation policies, the bank
believes it can meet its strategic goals and objectives for its constituencies
and provide compensation that is fair and meaningful to its employees.
THE HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE
Paul A. Barrett John T. Cognetti Herbert M. McDonald
Samuel C. Cali Patrick J. Dempsey Michael J. McDonald
Patrick A. Calvey, Jr. John F. Glinsky, Jr. Michael F. Marranca
David L. Tressler, Sr.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
Mr. Michael F. Marranca, President and Chief Executive Officer of the bank,
is a member of the board of directors of the bank and of the Human Resources
Committee that performs the functions of a compensation committee. Mr. Marranca
neither participates in conducting his own review nor takes part in determining
his own compensation.
65
<PAGE>
SHAREHOLDER PERFORMANCE GRAPH
We present below a graph comparing the yearly dollar change in the
cumulative total shareholder return on the bank's common stock against the
cumulative total return of the S&P Stock Index and the Peer Group Index for the
period of 5 fiscal years commencing January 1, 1995, and ending December 31,
1999. The graph shows the cumulative investment return to shareholders, based on
the assumption that a $100 investment was made on December 31, 1994, in each of
the bank's capital stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Peer Group Index. The
cumulative total returns on such investments would be $193.19, $350.26 and
$203.41, respectively. All of these cumulative total returns are computed
assuming the reinvestment of dividends at the frequency that dividends were paid
during the applicable years. The shareholder return shown on the graph below is
not necessarily indicative of future performance.(1)
Comparison of Five-Year Total Cumulative Return
[GRAPHIC]
[The following is a description of the Performance Graph in tabular format:]
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
Peer Group Index $117.53 $143.16 $197.12 $218.95 $203.41
Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank 104.58 108.78 129.85 166.73 193.19
S & P 500 Total
Return Index 137.45 168.92 225.21 289.43 350.26
(1) The peer group for which the above information appears includes the
following companies: ACNB Corporation, CNB Financial Corporation, Community
Bancorp, Inc., Drovers Bancshares Corporation, First West Chester
Corporation, Franklin Financial Services Corp., Juniata Valley Financial
Corp., Penseco Financial Services Corp., and Pioneer American Holding Co.
These companies were selected based on four criteria: total assets between
$80 million and $700 million; market capitalization greater than $20
million; headquarters in Pennsylvania; and, not quoted on NASDAQ.
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
The regulations promulgated pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
and Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 require the bank's
officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of the registered
class of the bank's equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes
in ownership with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Officers, directors
and
66
<PAGE>
greater than 10% shareholders are required by FDIC regulation to furnish the
bank with copies of all filed Section 16(a) forms. The board of directors knows
of no persons who own greater than 10% of the bank's outstanding common stock.
Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or
written representations from reporting persons that no Forms F8-A were required
to be filed with the FDIC by those persons, the bank believes that during the
period from January 1, 1999, through December 31, 1999, its officers and
directors were in compliance with all filing requirements applicable to them.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
BETWEEN OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AND THE BANK
Family Relationships
Dr. Herbert M. McDonald, a director and Vice President of the board of
directors, is the uncle of Michael J. McDonald, a director of the bank.
Indebtedness of Management
Except as described below, the bank has not entered into and does not
intend to enter into any material transactions with any director or executive
officer of the bank or their associates.
Some of our directors and officers and the companies with which they are
associated had banking transactions with the bank in the ordinary course of its
business during 1999, and the bank expects to continue such banking transactions
in the future.
Total loans outstanding from the bank at December 31, 1999, to the bank's
officers and directors as a group, members of their immediate families and
companies in which they had an ownership interest of 10% or more, amounted to
$5,064,043.97 or approximately 15.76% of the total equity capital of the bank.
The Bank made these loans in the ordinary course of business on substantially
the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at
the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and they did not
involve more than the normal risk of collection or present other unfavorable
features.
The largest total amount of indebtedness outstanding during 1999 to the
above described group was approximately $5,270,351.23. The aggregate amount of
indebtedness outstanding as of the latest practicable date, February 29, 2000,
to the above group was approximately $4,071,191.50. This amount may not include
loans to immediate family members.
The bank paid a total of $250 to Samuel Cali and Patrick Calvey, Jr. for
appraisals they performed for the bank in 1999. The bank paid a total of $6,930
in 1999 to the law firm of O'Malley & Harris, P.C. for legal services performed
on behalf of the bank. Further, in 1999, the bank paid $17,533 to American
Janitor and Paper Supply Co., Inc. for janitorial supplies and $8,140 to Dempsey
Uniform & Supply, Inc. for linens for the bank. All of these products and
services were sold or provided according the customary price or fee schedule of
the seller or service provider.
67
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE BANK'S CAPITAL SECURITIES
COMMON STOCK
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank is authorized to issue 5 million
shares of common stock, par value $1.5625 per share, of which approximately
900,541 shares were issued and outstanding as of February 29, 2000. No other
shares were issued or outstanding. The bank is not authorized to issue any other
class of stock. As of February 29, 2000, the bank had approximately 1,264
shareholders.
Voting Rights. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all
matters that may be brought before shareholders' meetings, except that the
holders of common stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of
directors. Cumulative voting for the election of directors entitles each
shareholder to multiply the number of votes to which the shareholder is entitled
by the total number of directors to be elected, and the shareholder may cast the
whole number of these votes for one candidate or may distribute them among two
or more candidates.
Preemptive Rights. The bank's common stock does not carry preemptive
subscription rights.
Liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
bank, shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities.
Liability for Further Assessments. The bank's shareholders are not subject
to further assessments by the bank on their shares.
Sinking Fund Provision. The bank's shares do not require a "sinking fund"
which is a separate capital reserve maintained to pay shareholders with
preferential rights for their investment in the event of liquidation or
redemption.
Redemption Provision. The bank's shareholders do not have a right of
redemption, which is the right to sell their shares back to the bank.
Capital Requirements under State Banking Law. Under the Pennsylvania
Banking Code of 1965, the bank must maintain capital surplus in an amount at
least equal to the amount if its capital consisting of the total par value of
its common stock. The bank must also maintain an expense fund not less than 5%
of par value capital.
Dividends. Each shareholder is entitled to receive dividends that may be
declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. The bank has
historically paid quarterly cash dividends to its shareholders, as well as a
special dividend in the fourth fiscal quarter. Starting in March of 2000, the
board of directors has amended its dividend policy to eliminate the payment of a
"special year-end dividend" and to pro rate the amount paid as a special
dividend over the four regular dividend payments each year. As before, the board
of directors may increase subsequent quarterly dividends at its discretion.
Payment of dividends is subject to the restrictions in the Pennsylvania
Banking Code of 1965 and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The Pennsylvania
Banking Code provides that a bank may
68
<PAGE>
declare and pay dividends only out of accumulated net earnings and only if the
bank meets minimum capital requirements. Directors are specifically liable for
unlawful dividends. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally prohibits
payment of dividends that would be an "unsafe or unsound banking practice."
Further, an insured bank may not declare and pay dividends if the FDIC obtains a
cease and desist order for the bank.
The following table sets forth the dividends that the bank has paid its
shareholders during fiscal years 1998 and 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNTS OF DIVIDENDS PAID
Regular Cash Special Cash In the
Month/Year Dividend Per Share Dividend Per Share Aggregate
- ---------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
March 1998 $0.30 $251,177.84
June 1998 0.30 251,595.77
September 1998 0.30 251,986.68
December 1998 0.30 $0.20 445,649.00
March 1999 0.30 268,094.36
June 1999 0.30 268,493.53
September 1999 0.30 268,920.69
December 1999 0.30 0.30 538,631.57
</TABLE>
Comparative Market Prices
There has never been an organized public trading market for the bank's
outstanding common stock. The bank's common stock is traded over-the-counter
from time to time, primarily in the bank's geographic service area. As of
February 29, 2000, the highest trade price known to management for transactions
of the bank's common stock was for a trade of 1,500 shares at $72.25 per share
on February 15, 2000. The most recent sale price known to management as of
February 29, 2000, was $ 71.50 per share on February 24, 2000. The last reported
sale of the bank's common stock prior to the public announcement of the proposed
reorganization was a trade of 110 shares at $69.50 per share on October 5, 1999.
This price may include retail markups, markdowns or commissions. Due to the
infrequency of trading and the fact that these trades are generally private
transactions, we are unable to determine actual trading prices on any given
date.
Because the holding company has no substantial assets or liabilities, the
holding company's common stock had no market value at the time of the public
announcement. We anticipate that after the reorganization, the per share market
value of the holding company's common stock will be approximately 1/2 of the per
share market value of the bank's common stock immediately after the
reorganization, based on the 2-for-1 stock exchange ratio. Any estimate or
expectation, however, may not be realized.
69
<PAGE>
TRADE PRICE HIGH'S AND LOW'S
Bid price information for the bank's common stock is not available.
However, the bank does have information on trade prices. The following table
shows quarterly high and low trade prices for the bank's common stock during
fiscal years 1998 and 1999.
TRADE PRICES: BANK'S COMMON STOCK
(PRICE PER SHARE)
High Low
FOR QUARTER ENDED:
March 1998 54.00 52.00
June 1998 62.00 60.00
Sept. 1998 60.00 60.00
Dec. 1998 62.00 60.00
March 1999 65.00 64.50
June 1999 65.00 62.00
Sept. 1999 69.50 65.00
Dec. 1999 71.25 66.25
STOCK OPTION PLANS
The bank's common stock is subject to outstanding options to purchase
common stock of the bank issued to directors and key employees under the 1998
Independent Directors Stock Option Plan and the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. As of
February 29, 2000, 7,450 shares of the bank's common stock were subject to
purchase under outstanding stock options. Shares issued under these plans may
dilute the ownership interests and voting power of existing shareholders. After
the proposed reorganization, Fidelity D & D Bancorp will assume the bank's
obligations under these plans. Further, we will adjust the number of shares
which participants may purchase under their outstanding options, the exercise
price of the options, and the number of shares which the holding company may
issue under the plans according to the 2-for-1 exchange ratio of holding company
common stock for Bank common stock. See "Proposal No. 1 Reorganization of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as the Subsidiary of Fidelity D&D Bancorp,
Inc.- Stock Option Plans."
1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan. The bank has reserved 25,000
shares of Bank common stock for issuance under the Directors Stock Option Plan.
The purposes of the Directors Plan are:
o To attract, retain and compensate, as directors of the bank, highly
qualified individuals, who are not executives or employees of the bank,
o To more significantly align the interests of the members of the board
of directors with those of the bank's shareholders by underscoring
their common interests,
70
<PAGE>
o To encourage directors to have a greater personal financial stake in
the bank through the ownership of Bank common stock, and
o To increase the long-term value of the bank's stock.
The Directors Plan has the following significant terms:
o Duration of Plan. The Directors Plan will terminate upon the earlier of
the board's adoption of a resolution terminating the Director Plan or
10 years from the date the Directors Plan was approved and adopted by
shareholders of the bank, which occurred on May 5, 1998.
o Shares Issued. The Bank may issue no more than 25,000 shares of common
stock under the plan, and this number may be adjusted from time to time
due to stock splits, payments of stock dividends or other changes in
the structure of the bank's capital. Also, the shares under the plan
may be exchanged for the securities of another entity, for example, if
a merger occurs.
o Eligible Participants, Annual Awards. Directors who are not employees
of either the bank or its affiliates, "outside directors", are eligible
to receive awards under the plan. For the term of the Directors Plan,
each outside director shall annually receive a stock option to purchase
250 shares of the bank's common stock on the first business day of
January. However, prior to any such grant, the board of directors, by
majority vote, may deny the awards scheduled for the upcoming January.
In such an event, directors will not receive awards under the plan for
the year in question. However, the board's decision to forgo the
current year's awards will not affect awards scheduled for any future
years.
o Purchase Price. The purchase price of bank common stock subject to a
stock option is the fair market value at the time of grant.
o Term of Stock Options. No stock option is exercisable after 10 years
from the date of grant.
o Vesting Periods. The bank may grant stock options with varying vesting
periods, but must provide for a minimum vesting period of 6 months from
the date of grant.
o Change in Control Provisions. The Directors Plan contains change in
control provisions which would permit the options granted to become
exercisable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the bank as
described in the plan.
o Plan Administration. The entire board of directors or a committee
comprised of at least 3 directors administers the Directors Plan. It is
possible for directors participating in such administration to receive
awards under the plan. The body established to administer the Directors
Plan is vested with the authority and discretion to interpret the
Director Plan, and to make any rules or regulations pertaining to it.
71
<PAGE>
Any of these interpretations and decisions of the administrative body
are final and binding.
o Death, Retirement or Disability of Director. In the event that a
participant ceases to be a director of the bank for any cause other
than retirement, death or disability, the remaining portion of a
participant's unexercised stock options shall terminate 1 year after
the date of termination as a director, subject to the 10-year
limitation on exercisability. In the event that a participant retires,
dies or becomes disabled prior to the expiration of the participant's
stock options, and without having fully exercised such stock options,
the participant or his legal representative shall have the right to
exercise the stock options during their respective terms within 12
months after the termination of Board membership, subject to the
10-year limitation on exercisability.
o Non-transferability. Except as otherwise provided by the board of
directors, awards made to directors under the Directors Plan are
non-transferrable other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. During the director's lifetime, only the director may
exercise his or her stock options granted under the plan, or, in the
event of his or her disability or death, a legal representative may
exercise the options.
o Capital Changes. The Directors Plan provides that, if the bank, at any
time, increases or decreases the number of its outstanding shares of
common stock or changes, in any way, the rights and privileges of such
shares through a stock dividend, or through a stock split,
reclassification or other recapitalization involving the bank's common
stock, then the bank shall increase, decrease or change, in like
manner, the numbers, rights and privileges of shares issuable under the
Directors Plan.
o Amendments. The board of directors may amend the Directors Plan at any
time without shareholder approval, provided, however, that amendment of
the Directors Plan may not materially and adversely affect any right of
a participant with respect to shares of common stock previously issued
without the participant's written consent.
1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The bank originally reserved 25,000 shares of
bank common stock for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan. The purposes of
the Incentive Plan are
o To advance the development, growth and financial condition of the bank
by providing incentives through participation in the appreciation of
common stock of the bank in order to secure, retain and motivate
personnel responsible for the operation and management of the bank;
o To attract and retain individuals of outstanding ability as employees
of the bank;
o To encourage employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the bank;
and
o To encourage employees to continue their employment with the bank and
to render superior performance during such employment.
72
<PAGE>
The Incentive Plan has the following significant terms:
o Duration of Plan. The Incentive Plan will terminate upon the earlier of
the board's adoption of a resolution terminating the Incentive Plan or
10 years from the date the plan was approved and adopted by
shareholders of the bank, which occurred on May 5, 1998. In addition,
qualified options may not be awarded more than 10 years after February
24, 1998, the date the board of directors adopted the plan.
o Shares Issued. The bank may issue no more than 25,000 shares of common
stock under the plan, and this number may be adjusted from time to time
due to stock splits, payments of stock dividends or other changes in
the structure of the bank's capital. Also, the shares under the plan
may be exchanged for the securities of another entity, for example, if
a merger occurs.
o Eligible Participants. Key officer and other management employees of
the bank are eligible to receive an award under the Incentive Plan, as
the committee administering the plan determines.
o Awards. Awards made under the Stock Incentive Plan may be in the form
of:
o Options to purchase stock intended to qualify as incentive stock
options under Sections 421 and 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or
"qualified options", which means that the plan participant will not
recognize any taxable income on the exercise of the options; or
o Options which do not so qualify, or "non-qualified options".
o Purchase Price. The purchase price of bank common stock subject to a
non-qualified stock option will be not less than the stock's par value
at the time of grant. The purchase price of stock subject to a
qualified option will be no less than the fair market value of the
stock at the time it is exercised.
o Term of Stock Options. No option is exercisable after 10 years from the
date of grant.
o Vesting Periods. The bank may grant stock options with varying vesting
periods, but must provide for a minimum vesting period of 6 months from
the date of grant.
o Change in Control Provisions. The Incentive Plan contains change in
control provisions which would permit the options granted to become
exercisable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the bank as
described in the plan.
o Plan Administration. A committee consisting of 3 or more non-employee
directors administers the plan. Generally, recent or current
participants in the plan may not serve on this committee.
o Termination of Employment. If a recipient of a non-qualified option
ceases to be eligible under the Stock Incentive Plan before the option
lapses or before it is fully
73
<PAGE>
exercised, the committee may permit the recipient to exercise the
option during its remaining term, to the extent that the option was
then and remains exercisable. If the bank ceases to employ the
recipient of a qualified option, the committee administering the plan
may permit the recipient to exercise his or her option during its
remaining term for a period of not more than 3 months. This period may
be extended to a 12-month period if the employment cessation was due
to the recipient's disability. If the recipient dies, the committee may
permit the recipient's qualified personal representatives, or any
persons who acquire the options under his or her will or the laws of
descent and distribution, to exercise his or her option during its
remaining term for a period not to exceed 12 months after the
recipient's death.
o Non-transferability. Except as otherwise provided by the board of
directors or committee administering the plan, awards under the
Incentive Plan are non-transferrable other than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution.
o Capital Changes. The Incentive Plan provides that, if the bank, at any
time, increases or decreases the number of its outstanding shares of
common stock or changes, in any way, the rights and privileges of such
shares through a stock dividend, or through a stock split,
reclassification or other recapitalization involving the bank's common
stock, then the bank shall increase, decrease or change, in like
manner, the numbers, rights and privileges of shares issuable under the
plan.
o Amendments. The board of directors may amend the plan at any time
without shareholder approval, provided, however, that amendment of the
Directors Plan may not materially and adversely affect any right of a
participant with respect to shares of common stock previously issued
without the participant's written consent.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The bank's common stock is also subject to The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The purpose of this plan is to provide
shareholders a convenient method of investing cash dividends in additional
shares of bank common stock. Shareholders who elect to participate in the plan
direct any cash dividends the bank pays on their designated shares toward
automatic investment in additional shares of bank common stock. Under this plan,
the bank is authorized to issue up to 50,000 shares of its common stock, par
value $1.5626 per share. Rather than issuing new shares, the bank has the option
of using shares purchased in the open market or in negotiated transactions for
the plan. A participant may withdraw at any time, and the bank may terminate the
plan at any time. As of February 29, 2000, the bank had issued approximately
25,591 new shares under the plan. The issuance of additional shares under this
plan may dilute the ownership interests and voting power of existing
shareholders. The bank will terminate the plan at the time the reorganization is
completed. After the proposed reorganization, Fidelity D & D Bancorp expects to
implement a dividend reinvestment plan with substantially similar terms to the
bank's plan. See "Proposal No. 1: Reorganization of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank as the Subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. - Dividend
Reinvestment Plan."
74
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY'S CAPITAL SECURITIES
The authorized capital stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp consists of 10
million shares of common stock, without par value, and 5 million shares of
preferred stock, without par value. If the reorganization had been completed on
February 29, 2000 the holding company would have about 1,801,082 shares
outstanding, which is twice the number of shares of bank common stock
outstanding on that date. Except for the common stock issued in the
reorganization, upon completion of the reorganization, no other shares of
capital stock, common or preferred, will be issued or outstanding.
COMMON STOCK
Voting Rights. Each share of common stock entitles its holder to one vote
on all matters upon which shareholders have the right to vote. The holders of
common stock are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors.
Prior to the issuance of any preferred stock which possesses voting rights, the
holders of common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in the holding
company.
Preemptive Rights. The holding company's common stock does not carry
preemptive subscription rights.
Liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
holding company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in
all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and after payment of preferred
stock shareholders with liquidation priority, if any.
Liability for Further Assessments. The holding company will not subject
shareholders to further assessments on their shares of common stock.
Sinking Fund Provision. The common stock does not require a "sinking fund"
which is a separate capital reserve maintained to pay shareholders with
preferential rights for their investment in the event of liquidation or
redemption. However, in the future the holding company may issue preferred
shares that require such a fund, in which case legal restrictions may require
the holding company to maintain the fund prior to paying dividends.
Redemption or Conversion Rights. The holders of common stock do not have a
right of redemption, which is the right to sell their shares back to the holding
company, nor do they have a right to convert their shares to other classes or
series of stock, such as preferred stock.
Dividends. Each shareholder is entitled to receive dividends that may be
declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. The bank has
paid continuous quarterly cash dividends since 1996. We presently intend to
retain the dividend policy of paying a quarterly dividend after the
reorganization. However, further dividends depend upon future earnings,
financial condition, appropriate legal restrictions and other relevant factors.
Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, the holding company may
not pay a dividend if afterwards:
o The holding company would be unable to pay its debts as they become
due, or
75
<PAGE>
o The holding company's total assets would be less than its total
liabilities plus an amount needed to satisfy any preferential rights of
shareholders.
Cash available for dividend distribution to shareholders of the holding
company must initially come from dividends which the bank pays the holding
company. As a result, the legal restrictions on the bank's dividend payments
also affect the ability of the holding company to pay dividends. See
"Description of the Bank's Capital Securities - Common Stock."
Stock Option Plans. The holding company will assume the bank's obligations
under its 1998 Independent Directors Plan and1998 Stock Incentive Plan. See
"Description of the Bank's Capital Securities - Stock Option Plans."
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The holding company expects to implement a
dividend reinvestment plan with substantially the same terms as the bank's
dividend reinvestment plan. See "Description of the Bank's Capital Securities -
Dividend Reinvestment Plan." The holding company expects to be able to issue up
to 100,000 shares of its common stock under the new plan.
PREFERRED STOCK
The holding company's articles of incorporation authorize the board of
directors to approve the issuance of preferred stock, without prior shareholder
approval. The board will determine the rights, qualifications, limitations and
restrictions on each series of preferred stock at the time of issuance and may
include, among other things, rights to participating dividends, voting rights
and convertibility into shares of common stock. The holding company may issue
shares of preferred stock with dividend, redemption, voting and liquidation
rights taking priority over the common stock. The board may also grant preferred
shareholders the right to convert their shares of preferred stock into shares of
common stock. Provisions granting directors this type of authority are known as
"blank check" provisions.
Voting Rights. The board will determine the voting rights of preferred
shareholders upon the issuance of these shares. The issuance of preferred stock
with voting rights would dilute the voting power of common stock shareholders.
Preemptive Rights. The holding company's preferred stock does not carry
preemptive subscription rights.
Liquidation. The board will determine the specific liquidation rights of
preferred shareholders upon the issuance of these shares. In the event of
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the holding company, the holders of
preferred stock will likely rank prior to the holders of common stock for the
right to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities. The
board may issue several series of preferred stock with different rankings with
respect to liquidation rights.
Liability for Further Assessments. The holding company will not subject
shareholders to further assessments on their shares of preferred stock, if
issued.
Sinking Fund Provision. The preferred stock may require a "sinking fund,"
which is a separate capital reserve maintained to pay shareholders with
preferential rights for their investment in
76
<PAGE>
the event of liquidation or redemption. Pennsylvania corporate law would require
the holding company to maintain this fund prior to paying dividends.
Redemption or Conversion Rights. Upon the issuance of preferred stock, the
board of directors will determine shareholders' right of redemption, which is
the right to sell shares back to the holding company. The board will also
determine whether to grant conversation rights, which would permit the preferred
stock shareholders to convert their shares to common stock at a prescribed
ratio.
Dividends. Upon issuance, the board of directors will determine any rights
of the shareholders of a particular series of preferred stock to receive
dividends. The right to receive dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative.
The same legal restrictions which apply to dividends payable on shares of common
stock apply to dividends payable on shares of preferred stock. See "Description
of the Holding Company's Capital Securities - Common Stock - Dividends" above.
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES
The holding company has authorized common stock and preferred stock
substantially in excess of the number of shares that it will issue in connection
with the reorganization. As a result, we will have the flexibility to raise
additional capital and to make acquisitions through the issuance of holding
company common stock or preferred stock without prior approval by the holding
company's shareholders. Issuance of these shares could dilute the book value per
share and the voting power of the prior shareholders because the holding company
has the right to issue new shares without first offering the shares to
shareholders in proportion to their current ownership percentages. Further, the
issuance of preferred stock could also affect common stock shareholders' ability
to receive dividends and their rights upon liquidation of the company. We
currently have no plans for issuing additional shares of common stock or
preferred stock.
LEGAL OPINION
Shumaker Williams, P.C., 3425 Simpson Ferry Road, Camp Hill, Pennsylvania
17011, Special Counsel to the bank and the holding company, has delivered an
opinion stating that the shares of common stock of the holding company to be
issued in connection with the reorganization will be duly authorized, fully paid
and non-assessable by the holding company. "Non-assessable" means that the
holding company will not be able to assess fees for ownership of the shares. The
opinion is attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, filed with the
SEC, of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN ARTICLES AND BY-LAWS
The holding company's articles of incorporation and by-laws contain a
number of provisions that could be considered anti-takeover in purpose and
effect. Only a few of these are shared by the bank. For a full description of
the risks associated with these anti-takeover provisions, please refer to "Risk
Factors" above.
77
<PAGE>
Authorized Capital. The anti-takeover provisions include:
o The authorization of 10 million shares of common stock and 5 million
shares of preferred stock, and
o The lack of preemptive rights for shareholders to subscribe to purchase
additional shares of stock on a pro rata basis.
These provisions generally permit the board of directors to have as much
flexibility as possible to issue additional shares, without prior shareholder
approval, for proper corporate purposes, including financing, acquisitions,
stock dividends, stock splits, and employee incentive plans. However, these
additional shares may also be used by the board of directors to deter future
attempts to gain control over the holding company. By comparison, the bank has 5
million shares of authorized common stock and also does not guarantee preemptive
rights.
Classified Board. Like the by-laws of the bank, the by-laws of the holding
company provide for a classified or staggered board. A classified board has the
effect of moderating the pace of any change in control of the board of directors
by extending the time required to elect a majority of the directors to at least
two successive annual meetings. However, this extension of time also tends to
discourage a tender offer or takeover bid. Article 9 of the by-laws of the
holding company provides that at its 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the
shareholders shall elect 10 directors as follows:
o 4 Class A directors to serve until the 2003 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders,
o 3 Class B directors to serve until the 2002 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, and
o 3 Class C directors to serve until the 2004 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.
Shareholders shall elect each class in a separate election. At each
following annual meeting, shareholders will elect successors to the class of
directors whose term is then expiring to hold office for a term of 3 years. The
board of directors will fill vacancies which occur during the year for the
remainder of the full term.
No Cumulative Voting. Another provision is the elimination of cumulative
voting. Cumulative voting entitles each shareholder to as many votes as equal
the number of shares owned by him or her multiplied by the number of directors
to be elected. A shareholder may cast all of these votes for one candidate or
distribute them among any two or more candidates. The bank's shareholders may
cumulate their votes in the election of directors. However, Article 8 of the
holding company's articles of incorporation eliminates cumulative voting rights
in the election of directors. We believe that each director should represent and
act in the interest of all shareholders and not any special group of
shareholders. The absence of cumulative voting means that a majority of the
outstanding shares can elect all the members of the board of directors. The
absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for minority
shareholders' nominees to be elected to the board of directors.
Supermajority Vote for Approval of Extraordinary Transactions. Another
anti-takeover provision is the requirement in the articles of incorporation that
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote must approve any merger, consolidation, dissolution or
liquidation of the holding company or the sale of all or substantially all of
its assets. However, if at least 80% of the board of directors have approved
this type of transaction, then the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote may approve the transaction. We
78
<PAGE>
included these provisions to ensure that any extraordinary corporate transaction
could happen only if it receives a clear mandate from the shareholders. However,
these provisions give the holding company's directors and/or the holders of a
minority of the holding company's outstanding shares a veto power over such
mergers and consolidations unless 75% of the shareholders believe that the
transaction is desirable or beneficial. By comparison, the holders of 66 2/3% of
the bank's outstanding shares may approve an extraordinary business transaction.
Authorization to Consider Various Factors in Tender Offers. Another
anti-takeover provision in the articles of incorporation enables the board of
directors to oppose a tender offer on the basis of factors other than economic
benefit to shareholders, such as:
o The impact the acquisition of the holding company would have on the
community,
o The effect of the acquisition upon shareholders, employees, depositors,
suppliers and customers, and
o The reputation and business practices of the tender offeror.
We included this provision in the articles of incorporation to permit
us, as directors of the holding company, to recognize our responsibilities to
these constituent groups of the holding company and its subsidiaries and to the
communities that they serve. Pennsylvania corporate law specifically authorizes
this type of provision. By comparison, banking law does not specifically
authorize this provision.
Supermajority Vote for Amendment of By-laws. The holding company's by-laws
may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote at any regular or special meeting or by a majority vote of the
members of the board of directors, subject to the affirmative vote of at least
75% of the shares to change any amendment to the by-laws previously approved by
the board of directors. However, the board of directors may not make or alter
any by- laws fixing their qualification, classification or term of office. We
included these provisions in the by-laws of the holding company to make it more
difficult for a potential acquirer to change the by- laws. By comparison, the
holders of a majority of shares may amend the bank's by-laws.
Supermajority Vote for Amendment of Specified Articles. A final
antitakeover provision in the articles of incorporation of the holding company
requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote for an amendment of the following provisions:
o The voting requirements for approval of mergers,
o The elimination of cumulative voting rights,
o The ability of shareholders entitled to cast 20% of votes to call
special meetings, or the board of directors, to call special meetings,
and
o The ability of the board of directors to consider non-economic factors
in opposing a tender offer.
79
<PAGE>
By comparison, the holders of a majority of shares may amend the bank's
articles.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO REGISTERED CORPORATIONS
Pennsylvania law gives strong anti-takeover provisions to corporations that
have their securities registered with the SEC under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. The law calls these "Registered Corporations." After the
reorganization, the holding company will be required to register its stock under
Section 12 of the1934 Act. These provisions are in addition to provisions
contained in the company's articles of incorporation and by-laws. These
provisions do not apply to the bank because it is not a business corporation,
although its common stock is registered under the 1934 Act.
One of these statutory provisions eliminates the rights of the shareholders
of registered corporations to call a meeting of shareholders. This provision
will not apply to the holding company because it has opted out of this
provision. Article 9 of its articles of incorporation provides that one or more
shareholders entitled to cast at least 20% of the vote that all shareholders are
entitled to cast at a particular meeting shall be entitled to call a special
meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may also call a special meeting
of shareholders. Article 9 provides shareholders of the holding company with the
same right to call a special meeting as that of the bank's shareholders.
Another of these statutory provisions eliminates the rights of the
shareholders of registered corporations to propose an amendment to the articles
of incorporation of the holding company. In the opinion of the board of
directors, the elimination of this right will make the holding company less
attractive as a potential takeover target because a potential acquirer will not
be able to propose changes to the articles of incorporation simply by purchasing
shares of the holding company.
Another provision to which the holding company will be subject, upon
obtaining registered corporation status, assures that all shareholders will
receive the "fair value" for their shares as the result of a "control
transaction." "Fair Value" means not less than the highest price paid per share
by a controlling person or group at any time during the 90-day period ending on
and including the date of the control transaction. Alternatively, if a
shareholder believes the value of his or her shares is higher, he or she may
demand an appraisal procedure to receive the fair value of the shares as the
date of the control transaction, taking into account all relevant factors which
may not be reflected in the price paid for the shares. "Control Transaction"
means the acquisition by a person who has, or a group of persons acting in
concert that has, voting power over voting shares of the holding company that
would entitle the holders of the shares to cast at least 20% of the votes that
all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the
holding company. After the occurrence of a control transaction, any shareholder
may, within a specified time period, make written demand on the person or group
controlling at least 20% of the voting power of the shares of the holding
company for payment in an amount equal to the fair value of each voting share as
of the date on which the control transaction occurs.
It is a relatively common practice in corporate takeovers to pay cash to
acquire controlling equity in a company and then to acquire the remaining equity
interest in the company by paying the balance of the shareholders a price for
their shares which is lower than the price paid to acquire control or is in a
less desirable form of payment, such as securities of the purchaser that do not
have an established trading market. The board of directors considers these
"two-tier pricing" tactics to be
80
<PAGE>
unfair to the holding company's shareholders. By their very nature, these
tactics tend to cause concern on the part of shareholders that if they do not
act promptly, they risk either being relegated to the status of minority
shareholders in a controlled company or being forced to accept a lower price for
all of their shares. Thus, two-tier pricing unduly pressures shareholders into
selling as many of their shares as quickly as possible, either to the purchaser
or in the open market, without having genuine opportunity to make a considered
investment choice between remaining a shareholder of the company or disposing of
their shares. These sales in turn facilitate the purchaser's acquisition of a
sufficient interest in the company to enable the purchaser to force the exchange
of remaining shares for a lower price in a business combination.
While the fair price provision in Pennsylvania law is designed to help
assure fair treatment of all shareholders vis-a-vis other shareholders in the
event of a takeover, it is not the purpose of the fair price provision to assure
that shareholders will receive a premium price for their shares in a takeover.
Accordingly, the fair price provision would not preclude the board of directors'
opposition to any future takeover proposal which it believes not to be in the
best interests of the holding company and its shareholders, whether or not the
proposal satisfies the minimum price, form of payment and procedural
requirements of the fair price provision.
Another provision of Pennsylvania law relates to a "Business Combination"
involving a Registered Corporation. Business Combination includes the following
transactions involving an "Interested Shareholder":
o A merger or consolidation of the holding company with an interested
shareholder;
o A sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
disposition with the interested shareholder of the assets of the
holding company or its subsidiaries;
o The issuance or transfer by the holding company or its subsidiary of
any shares of the holding company or its subsidiary which has a total
market value at least equal to 5% of the total market value of all the
company's outstanding shares to an interested shareholder;
o The adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution of the
holding company proposed by, or under any agreement with, the
interested shareholder;
o A reclassification of securities or recapitalization of the holding
company or any merger or consolidation of the holding company with any
subsidiary of the holding company or any other transaction proposed by,
or under any agreement with the interested shareholder which has the
effect of increasing the interested shareholder's proportionate share
of the outstanding shares of the holding company; or
o The interested shareholder's receipt of the benefit, directly or
indirectly, of any loans or other financial assistance or any tax
credits or other tax advantages provided by the holding company.
An "Interested Shareholder" is any person that is the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of shares entitling that person to cast at least 20% of
the votes that all shareholders would be entitled
81
<PAGE>
to cast in an election of directors of the holding company. The above
definitions also apply to an interested shareholder's affiliate or associate.
Under Pennsylvania law, the holding company shall not engage in a business
combination with an interested shareholder other than:
o A business combination approved by the board of directors prior to the
date the interested shareholder acquires at least 20% of the shares or
where the board of directors of the holding company has approved the
purchase of shares by the interested shareholder;
o A business combination approved by a majority of the votes that all
shareholders would be entitled to cast not including those shares held
by the interested shareholder, at a meeting called for that purpose
within 3 months after the interested shareholder became the beneficial
owner of shares entitling it to cast at least 80% of the votes in an
election of directors, and if the business combination satisfies
certain minimum conditions, which are discussed below;
o A business combination approved by the affirmative vote of all of the
shareholders of the outstanding shares;
o A business combination approved by a majority of the votes that all
shareholders would be entitled to cast not including those shares
beneficially owned by the interested shareholder at a meeting called
for that purpose no earlier than 5 years after the interested
shareholder's share acquisition date; and
o A business combination approved at a shareholders' meeting called for
that purpose no earlier than 5 years after the interested shareholder's
share acquisition date and that meets certain minimum conditions, which
are discussed below.
The minimum conditions discussed above generally require that the total
amount of the cash and the market value of any payments other than cash, such as
stock, bonds or debentures, to the shareholders of the holding company be at
least equal to the higher of the following:
o The highest price paid by the interested shareholder when the
interested shareholder was the beneficial owner of shares entitling him
to cast at least 5% of the votes in an election of directors within the
5-year period immediately prior to the announcement date of the
business combination or within the 5-year period prior to time the
interested shareholder became an interested shareholder, whichever is
higher, plus interest; or
o The market value per common share on the announcement date of the
business combination or on the share acquisition date, whichever is
higher, plus interest.
The Pennsylvania provision relating to business combinations is designed to
help assure that if, despite the holding company's best efforts to remain
independent, the holding company is nevertheless taken over, each shareholder
will be treated fairly vis-a-vis every other shareholder and
82
<PAGE>
that professional investors will not profit at the expense of the holding
company's long-term public shareholders. While the business combination
provision is designed to help assure fair treatment of all shareholders
vis-a-vis other shareholders in the event of a takeover, it is not the purpose
of the business combination provision to assure that shareholders will receive
premium price for their shares in a takeover. Accordingly, we believe that the
business combination provision would not preclude our opposition to any future
takeover proposal which we believe not to be in the best interests of the
holding company and its shareholders, whether or not the proposal satisfied the
requirements of the business combination provision, fair price provision or
both.
Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law
also applies to registered corporations. Under Subchapter G, the acquisition of
shares that increase the shareholder's control of the corporation above 20, 33
or 50% of the voting power able to elect the board of directors cannot be voted
until a majority of disinterested shareholders approves the restoration of the
voting rights of those shares in two separate votes:
o All disinterested shares of the corporation, and
o All voting shares of the corporation.
Voting rights which are restored by shareholder approval will lapse if any
proposed control-share-acquisition which is approved is not consummated within
90 days after shareholder approval is obtained. Furthermore, control-shares that
are not accorded voting rights or whose rights lapse will regain their voting
rights on transfer to another person who is not an affiliate. If the shares
constitute control-shares for the transferee, this subchapter must be applied to
that person as well. If the acquiring shareholder does not request a shareholder
meeting to approve restoration of voting rights within 30 days of the
acquisition or if voting rights are denied by the shareholders or if they lapse,
the corporation may redeem the control shares at the average of the high and low
price on the date of the notice of redemption.
Subchapter H of Chapter 25 of the BCL likewise applies to registered
corporations. Under Subchapter H, a "control person" -- a person who owns shares
with 20% or more voting power -- must disgorge to the corporation any profits
from the disposition of any equity securities if the disposition occurs within
18 months of becoming a control person, and the securities were acquired 24
months before to 18 months after becoming a control person. This provision seeks
to prevent speculative takeover attempts.
Finally, Pennsylvania law grants a registered corporation the express
authority to treat individual shareholders differently and therefore may take
advantage of "poison pills." "Poison pills" generally consist of a shareholder
rights plan in which a corporation gives its shareholders the right to buy
common stock when specified events occur, such as a merger, which decreases the
value of the acquirer's holdings and the acquirer's percentage of ownership.
The overall effect of these provisions may be to deter a future offer or
other merger or acquisition proposal that a majority of the shareholders might
view to be in their best interests as the offer might include a substantial
premium over the market price of the holding company's common stock at that
time. In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting the holding
company's management in retaining its position and placing it in a better
position to resist changes that the shareholders may want to make if
dissatisfied with the conduct of the holding company's business.
A vote in favor of the plan of reorganization and plan of merger is a vote
in favor of the anti-takeover provisions contained in the holding company's
articles and by-laws and under Pennsylvania law.
83
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
After the reorganization, the shareholders of the bank will become
shareholders of the holding company Fidelity D & D Bancorp. There are material
differences in the rights of shareholders of these two entities. These
differences arise from differences in the laws that govern the two entities and
differences in their articles and by-laws. The Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965
presently governs the rights of shareholders of the bank, but the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988 will govern the rights of shareholders of the
holding company. The most significant differences relate to anti-takeover
protection. For a full description of these anti-takeover provisions, including
comparisons between the holding company and the bank, please refer to
"Description of the Holding Company's Capital Securities - Anti-Takeover
Provisions in Articles and By-laws, Anti-Takeover Provisions Applicable to
Registered Corporations" above.
The following table shows the material differences between the rights of
shareholders of the bank and the rights of shareholders of the holding company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
THE HOLDING COMPANY'S
THE BANK'S COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Authorized and 5,000,000 shares, par value $1.5625 per 10,000,000 shares, without par value,
Outstanding share, authorized; of which approximately authorized; of which approximately 1,801,082
900,541 were outstanding on February 29, shares would be outstanding if the
2000. reorganization occurred on February 29, 2000.
The holding company will reserve for issuance
99,500 shares under stock option plans it will
assume from the bank.
In addition, there are 5,000,000 unauthorized
shares, without par value of preferred stock;
none are outstanding.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Voting 1 vote per share with cumulative voting 1 vote per share with no cumulative voting for
for directors. directors.
The board of directors may determine the voting
rights of any preferred stock which may be
issued.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preemptive Rights No preemptive rights to subscribe for No preemptive rights to subscribe for additional
additional shares on a pro rata basis; board shares on a pro rata basis; board of directors
of directors may grant preemptive rights in may grant preemptive rights in stock offerings if
stock offerings if it so chooses. it so chooses.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
84
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
THE HOLDING COMPANY'S
THE BANK'S COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Dividends As declared by the board of directors; may As declared by the board of directors; the bank's
be paid only out of accumulated net dividend restrictions apply indirectly to the
earnings. Also, the bank must have made holding company because cash available for
any required transfers of net earnings to dividend distributions will initially come from
surplus in order to maintain surplus at least dividends the bank pays to the holding
equal to capital, prior to declaring the company. In addition, the holding company
dividend. Surplus must not be reduced. may not pay a dividend if, after issuing the
Directors are specifically liable for dividend:
unlawful dividends.
o The holding company would be unable
to pay its debts as they become due, or
o The holding company's total assets would
be less than its total liabilities plus the
amount needed to satisfy any preferential
rights of shareholders.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The issuance of preferred shares could affect the
holding company's ability to pay common stock
shareholders dividends.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amendment of by- Approval by the affirmative vote of the Approval by the affirmative vote of the holders
laws majority of shares represented at a legally of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled
called meeting of shareholders, or by a to vote, or by a majority vote of the board of
unanimous vote of members of the board directors, subject to the power of shareholders
of directors present at any regular meeting to change such action of the board by the same
of the board, subject to the power of 75% affirmative vote.
shareholders to change such action.
Note: Directors may not amend by-laws which
fix their qualification classification or term of
office.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholder Action Approval by a vote of at least 66 2/3% of Approval by vote of at least 75% of outstanding
to Approve Mergers, outstanding shares. shares entitled to vote; or approval of at least
Consolidations, 51% of outstanding shares if the transaction has
Liquidation, Sales of received the prior approval of at least 80% of
Substantially All the board of directors.
Assets
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Right to Call Special Upon request by a majority of the board of Upon request by a majority of the board of
Shareholder directors or one or more shareholders directors or one or more shareholders entitled to
Meetings entitled to cast at least 20% of the votes cast at least 20% of the votes that all
that all shareholders are entitled to cast at shareholders are entitled to cast at a particular
a particular meeting. meeting.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in Capital Approval by vote of a majority of the Approval by vote of a majority of the directors.
Stock through directors.
Issuance of
Additional
Outstanding shares if
shares already
authorized under
articles of
incorporation
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
85
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
THE HOLDING COMPANY'S
THE BANK'S COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Authorization of Approval by vote of shareholders entitled Approval by vote of a majority of votes cast by
Additional Shares to cast at least a majority of votes which all shareholders entitled to vote and the
through Amendment all shareholders are entitled to cast and the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast
of Articles of affirmative vote of the holders of a in a vote of the holders of outstanding shares of
Incorporation majority of the outstanding shares of the the affected class or series of stock.
affected class or series of stock.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Right Yes No
to Propose
Amendment to
Articles
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dissenters' Rights of Yes The Business Corporation Law takes away
Appraisal dissenters' rights in relation to plans to transfer
corporate assets, for companies with securities
registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act.
Dissenter's rights generally still apply to
mergers.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amendment of Approval by of a majority the votes which Approval by a majority of the votes cast except
articles of all shareholders are entitled to cast. for specified provisions, then 75% of the
incorporation, other outstanding shares entitled to vote, or 51% if
than authorization of 80% of the directors have approved the
additional shares amendment.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification of Yes Yes
Directors and
Officers
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Registered Under Yes-files reports and other information Yes-must register under Section 12 and file
Section 12 of the with the FDIC reports and other information with the SEC
Securities Exchange
Act of 1934
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Repurchase of Shares Cannot reduce or retire any part of its Stock can be repurchased if, after the
stock without prior regulatory approvals repurchase:
and shareholder approval; surplus must
remain at least equal to the amount of o The holding company would still be
capital, defined as sum of par value of able to pay its debts as they become
issued and outstanding shares. due or
o The holding company's total assets
would still be more than its total
liabilities plus an amount needed to
satisfy any preferential rights of
shareholders; no more than 10% of the
outstanding shares can be repurchased
in any 12 month period without prior
regulatory approval; the bank's
restrictions on reduction of capital will
indirectly apply to the holding
company as cash for distributions will
come from the bank.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Terms of Directors Directors serve staggered terms; board is Directors serve staggered terms; board is
"classified." Directors serve 3-year terms, "classified." Eventually, all directors shall
with approximately one-third of the serve 3-year terms, with approximately one-
directors coming up for election each year. third of the directors coming up for election
each year.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Right of Under the bank's by-laws, shareholders Under the holding company's by-laws, the
Shareholders to determine the number of directors to be board of directors determines the number of
Determine Number elected at the annual meeting. directors.
of Directors to be
Elected
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
86
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
AND QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
On the following pages we present management's discussion and analysis of
the financial condition and results of operations of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank as of December 31, 1999. This discussion highlights the
significant changes in the results of operations, capital resources and
liquidity presented in our accompanying financial statements. Current
performance does not guarantee and may not be indicative of similar performance
in the future.
You should also refer to the financial statements and notes to the
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus,
starting at page F-1. We qualify the following discussions by this more detailed
financial information.
In addition to the historical information contained in this document, the
discussion presented contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and
intentions. Please note that the cautionary statements made in this proxy
statement/prospectus are applicable to all forward-looking statements in this
document. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed here.
Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not
limited to, those discussed in this section and in "Risk Factors."
We also caution you not to place undue reliance on forward-looking
statements in this section, as they reflect management's analysis only as of
December 31, 1999. Under Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
however, we do have a duty to correct statements made in this proxy
statement/prospectus if the statements either have become inaccurate by virtue
of subsequent events, or are later discovered to have been false and misleading
from the outset. This duty applies only if we know or should have known that
persons are continuing to rely on any material portion of the statements.
87
<PAGE>
The following financial review is intended to provide a comparison of our
financial performance for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
information presented below should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and accompanying notes appearing at the end of this document,
beginning at page F-1.
A comparison of balance sheet accounts and percentage to total assets for
1999, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
(Thousands of Dollars)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
==============================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and due from banks $ 6,416 1.43 $ 3,315 0.95 $ 2,967 1.02
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing deposits with
Depository institutions 11,542 2.58 5,404 1.55 4,341 1.50
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal funds sold 0 0.00 6,500 1.87 0 0.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment securities 109,262 24.43 78,608 22.56 72,713 25.05
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans 296,194 66.23 235,430 67.57 194,517 67.01
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans Available-for-sale 5,254 1.18 8,858 2.54 8,202 2.82
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued interest receivable 3,262 0.73 2,405 0.69 2,374 0.82
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank premises and equipment 9,506 2.13 6,449 1.85 4,138 1.43
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreclosed assets held for sale 413 0.09 201 0.06 276 0.10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other assets 5,362 1.20 1,434 0.36 724 0.25
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $ 447,211 100.00 $348,604 100.00 $290,252 100.00
Liabilities:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits, non-interest-bearing $ 37,575 8.40 $ 33,450 9.60 $ 25,373 8.75
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 66,643 14.90 49,436 14.18 47,344 16.31
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other interest-bearing deposits 190,483 42.60 157,115 45.07 145,308 50.06
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-term borrowings 60,249 13.47 29,405 8.44 29,100 10.03
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other borrowed funds 57,305 12.81 42,252 12.12 12,252 4.22
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 2,830 0.64 2,933 0.83 2,451 0.84
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities 415,085 92.82 314,591 90.24 261,828 90.21
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholder's equity 32,126 7.18 34,014 9.76 28,424 9.79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity $ 447,211 100.00 $348,604 100.00 $290,252 100.00
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The year 1999:
Personal demand deposit accounts (DDA's) increased $548,000 or 3.28% during
1999.
Commercial DDA's and Public Fund DDA's grew $4,836,000 or 35.14% during the
twelve- month period ending December 31, 1999. Commercial deposits grew as a
result of increased commercial lending and the successful marketing of bank
products designed for the commercial segment. Commercial products include:
Sweep accounts Flex Cash Manager
Merchant Credit Card Processing Fidelity @ Work
Lock box operation
88
<PAGE>
Official bank checks issued and outstanding decreased $1,259,000 from the
previous year-end.
As a net result of these balance sheet changes, non interest-bearing
deposits grew $4,125,000 or 12.33% from year-end 1998.
Interest-bearing deposits increased $50,575,000 or 24.49% from $206,551,000
at December 31, 1998 to $257,126,000 at December 31, 1999.
NOW's, Money Market Deposit Accounts and Savings accounts grew $23,402,000
or 36.61% during 1999. The increase in these liquid interest-bearing accounts
represents 46.27% of the growth in interest-bearing deposits. The introduction
of a tiered Super Now account and the ability to attract Public Fund deposits,
account for the growth in these accounts.
Certificates of deposit rose $27,143,000 or 19.19% and represent 53.67% of
the total increase in interest-bearing deposits. Personal CD's grew $16,769,000
or 13.65%. Non-personal CD's grew $3,031,000 or 33.62%. Public Fund CD's
increased $7,343,000 or 76.44% over year-end 1998.
The maturity distribution of CD's $100,000 or more is as follows:
3 Months 3 - 6 6 - 12 Over
or less Months Months 12 months Total
-------- ------ ------ --------- -----
$23,550,847 $6,555,930 $19,910,269 $16,625,610 $66,642,656
At the end of 1999 total deposits had grown $54,700,000 or 22.79% over the
amount reported at December 31, 1998. Among the reasons cited by depositors as
to why they selected the bank are:
o Courtesy and professionalism of staff
o Expanded branch network
o Extended Banking hours
o Products and services offered
The success at gathering new deposits by branch expansion is evidenced by
the deposit totals at the locations opened during the last twelve months. Total
deposits at the three new branches amounted to $31,979,000 at December 31, 1999.
The bank borrowed $5,947,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank, (FHLB), in
1999 to pay off maturing obligations. The bank also borrowed $45,653,000, in
long-term funds and credit line draws from the FHLB to fund loan demand and for
other liquidity needs. The weighted average rate on funds borrowed at December
31, 1999 was 5.31%. The weighted average rate is 267 basis points below the tax
equivalent yield on loans at December 31, 1999 of 7.98%.
Total Assets of the bank increased $98,607,000 or 28.29% during 1999. This
dollar growth represents the largest single year increase in the history of the
bank. The increase is the result of growth in the liability section, as
previously discussed and the retention of profits.
89
<PAGE>
Total Assets by branch at December 31, 1999 are as follows:
Main Office $301,798,888
Green Ridge 17,903,355
Scranton 30,790,516
Clarks Summit 27,276,872
KIP 8,009,016
Pittston 17,755,438
Financial Center 6,195,528
Moosic 14,787,652
West Pittston 22,463,579
The $230,173 difference between Branch Assets and Total Bank Assets is the
net carrying amount invested in the two residential properties in Clarks Green,
Pennsylvania, owned by the bank. Assets of the Clarks Summit State Hospital
office are included in Clarks Summit.
Despite maturities and early calls of US Government Agency Bonds and
Municipal securities, the Investment Portfolio had a net increase during 1999 of
$37,938,000, -- $30,654,000 net of the change in the market value of
available-for-sale investments). The increase was predicated upon the need to
pledge acceptable assets for Public Fund deposits, which increased $26,518,000
during 1999.
The bank entered into an agreement with FNMA whereby certain qualifying
residential mortgage loans were sold to FNMA and immediately repurchased by the
bank as investments -- mortgage backed securities. During 1999 the bank
developed two separate pools of loans. The pools totaled $3,584,000. The purpose
of this strategy was threefold:
A) The principal and interest is guaranteed by FNMA, thereby mitigating
any potential loss of repayment.
B) The investments are eligible to be pledged for Public Fund deposits.
C) The bank retained servicing rights. This means the borrower still deals
directly with the bank and the bank receives a fee for servicing the
loans.
To facilitate the increased borrowings at the FHLB, the bank was required
to purchase $3,229,900 shares of FHLB common stock during 1999.
In 1999, the bank sold an investment from the available-for-sale category,
having a net book value of $200,000 at the time of sale. The security was
purchased on September 10, 1992 and was within six months of being called.
market conditions at the time of sale were favorable for the bank.
There were no sales from investments categorized as held-to-maturity.
Investments constituted 24.43% of Total Assets at December 31, 1999. The
entire portfolio is classified as available-for-sale. The decision to classify
all securities as available-for-sale gives the bank greater flexibility in the
management of the investment portfolio. There are no trading securities.
90
<PAGE>
A comparison of investments at year-end for the three previous periods is
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
Amount % Amount % Amount %
------------ ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury Securities $ 0 0.00% 7,055,938 8.98% $ 9,116,800 12.54%
U.S. Government Agencies 73,348,911 67.20 39,465,142 50.21 35,471,263 48.78
Mortgage Backed Securities 7,686,688 7.04 5,369,706 6.83 8,420,816 11.58
State & Municipal Subdivisions 22,556,775 20.66 24,450,358 31.10 18,513,811 25.46
Common Stock 5,569,847 5.10 2,266,716 2.88 1,190,212 1.64
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $109,162,221 100.00% $78,607,860 100.00% $72,712,902 100.00%
========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The distribution of debt securities by stated maturity date at December 31,
1999 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 Year 1 Through 5 Through More than
or less 5 years 10 years 10 years Total
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government Agencies $ 0 $ 0 $23,961,099 $49,387,812 $ 73,348,911
Mortgage Backed Securities 0 85,787 982,100 6,618,800 7,686,687
State & Municipal Subdivisions 592,839 2,545,937 7,110,383 12,307,616 22,556,775
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt securities $ 592,839 $2,631,724 $32,053,582 $68,314,228 $103,592,373
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Debt securities are net of unrealized loss on available-for-sale
securities. Unrealized loss on available-for-sale debt securities at December
31, 1999 was $7,167,606. Debt securities do not include common stock, having a
market value of $5,669,848 at December 31, 1999.
The tax equivalent yield on debt securities by stated maturity date at
December 31, 1999 is as follows, yields are based on amortized cost:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 Year 1 Through 5 Through More than
or less 5 years 10 years 10 years Total
------- ------- -------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government Agencies 0.000% 0.000% 6.433% 6.923% 6.764%
Mortgage Backed Securities 0.000 7.667 5.464 6.418 6.312
State & Municipal Subdivisions 8.047 7.770 7.465 7.469 7.513
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt securities 8.047% 7.777% 6.632% 6.972% 6.894%
==================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Gross loans, increased $61,357,000 or 25.67% from $238,991,000 in 1998 to
$300,348,000, in 1999. Gross loans represent 67.16% of Total Assets at December
31, 1999. All components of the loan portfolio grew during 1999.
Commercial loans increased $27,635,000. This represents 45.04% of the
growth in the entire loan portfolio. The bank increased the portfolio to improve
profitability and to better service our community. However, this strategy was
not accomplished by compromising prudent underwriting policies.
An example of this policy is the bank's use of Small Business
Administration, (SBA), guaranteed loans. At year-end 1999, the outstanding
balance of SBA loans was $4,368,000, a 60.14% increase over 1998.
Tax-free loans made to local municipalities increased to $7,152,000 at
December 31, 1999. That amount represents a $3,096,000 or 76.31% increase over
the balance at December 31, 1998.
91
<PAGE>
Participation in the Pennsylvania Capital Access Program (PENNCAP) is
another way in which the bank observes prudent lending practices. PENNCAP is a
small business lending program whereby the State allocates a reserve fund to be
used in the event the bank were to experience a loss on a loan registered in the
program. At December 31, 1999, commercial loans having outstanding balances of
$2,760,000 were registered in this program. PENNCAP notified the bank that it
was the number one participant in this program in the entire state.
Some of the more notable commercial loan projects that the bank initiated
in 1999 included:
A) PEI Power Park - A Lackawanna County industrial park developed for
manufacturing
B) Tier II - 65,000 square feet of professional office space, which
recently attracted CIGNA as a tenant
C) St. Ann's Basilica Monastery
The bank continues to serve the local market with real estate loans and
consumer loan products. Real estate and consumer loans increased $30,260,000 or
20.00% during 1999. This growth reflects national economic trends, which are
bolstered by a strong economy and low rate of unemployment.
By adding staff to the lease department, outstanding lease balances grew
$3,462,000 or 153.92% from $2,249,000, at December 31, 1998 to $5,711,000 at
December 31, 1999.
A comparison of loans by amount at year-end for the five previous periods
is as follows, all loans are domestic:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate $111,242,490 $ 99,955,640 $ 87,931,770 $ 79,936,722 $ 78,769,618
Consumer 64,998,362 47,549,512 38,673,662 31,555,744 29,605,034
Commercial 113,061,093 85,425,708 67,201,013 47,832,107 38,394,111
Direct financing leases 5,710,579 2,248,990 1,536,074 691,098 616,047
Real estate construction 5,335,753 3,810,975 2,568,997 3,590,175 1,486,982
Gross loans 300,348,277 238,990,825 197,911,516 163,605,846 148,871,792
Less:
Unearned discount 982,384 553,033 585,517 1,371,625 3,119,716
Allowance for loan loss 3,172,375 3,007,713 2,809,066 2,589,976 2,469,760
Net Loans $296,193,518 $235,430,079 $194,516,933 $159,644,245 $143,282,316
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans available-for-sale $ 5,254,316 $ 8,858,157 $ 8,202,404 $ 2,964,081 $ 2,825,634
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
92
<PAGE>
A comparison of gross loans by percent at year-end for the five previous
periods is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate 37.04% 41.82% 44.43% 48.86% 52.91%
Consumer 21.64 19.90 19.54 19.29 19.89
Commercial 37.64 35.74 33.96 29.24 25.79
Direct financing leases 1.90 0.94 0.78 0.42 0.41
Real estate construction 1.78 1.60 1.29 2.19 1.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross loans 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
As in previous years, the bank sold residential real estate mortgage loans
in 1999. The bank sells loans for liquidity and interest rate risk
considerations. However, servicing rights are retained so that our customers
still deal directly with the bank. At December 31, 1999, the outstanding balance
of sold residential mortgage loans in which the bank retained servicing rights
was $29,233,000.
The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of the loan
portfolio at December 31, 1999. Excluded from the table are real estate loans,
consumer loans and direct financing leases, amounts in thousands.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 Year 1 - 5 More than
or less Years 5 years Total
------- ----- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commercial loans $34,210 $30,243 $56,240 $120,693
Real estate construction 5,336 5,336
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $39,546 $30,243 $56,240 $126,029
=======================================================================================
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the sensitivity changes in interest
rates for commercial and real estate construction loans at December 31, 1999,
amounts in thousands.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 - 5 More than
Years 5 years Total
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed interest rate $16,942 $20,250 $37,192
Variable interest rate 13,301 35,990 49,291
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $30,243 $56,240 $86,483
================================================================================
</TABLE>
Fixed assets increased $3,820,000 before depreciation in 1999.
Additions to bank premise of $1,505,000 and leasehold improvements of
$329,000 were capitalized during 1999. These funds were used to open new retail
branches, (the Financial Center, Moosic, West Pittston), and improve existing
facilities, (Main, KIP). The purpose of these activities was to expand the
branch network to better serve the bank's customer base and to improve general
operating efficiencies.
The bank capitalized additions to furniture and fixtures of $1,986,000
during 1999. Of that total approximately $474,000 was for Y2K upgrades. Another
$580,000 was used to acquire new operating systems.
One of the major acquisitions was for an imaging system that provides
on-line document retrieval. This system enhances operating efficiencies, reduces
storage considerations and eliminates the possibility of losing a document. Bank
service representatives now have immediate access to customer transactions,
thereby improving response time to inquiries. In the near future the bank will
be able to return imaged copies of paid checks in depositors' statements.
In conjunction with the imaging system, the bank acquired a state of the
art proof and deposit system which has improved operating efficiencies.
93
<PAGE>
The remaining portion of the increase in furniture and fixtures was divided
between the new branches and general improvements at all locations.
Three significant items led to a material increase in other assets in 1999.
The bank became a limited partner in the Olyphant Housing Project. The
project restored an abandoned high school into a low-income housing development
for the elderly. Run by Lackawanna County, the project has 43 units for
occupancy. In addition to CRA credits, which will help the bank with future
branch expansion, the bank benefits from material tax credits over the next ten
years. The investment by the bank was $873,000.
Due to the market depreciation of available-for-sale investments the bank
recorded a $2,477,000 deferred tax asset.
In compliance with generally accepted accounting principles, during 1999
the bank recorded the value of mortgage servicing rights. This represents the
discounted future cash flow of income the bank will receive for servicing sold
loans. The amount of that asset was approximately $123,000.
The year 1998:
Total deposits and long-term debt increased $51,796,000 during 1998. Along
with that increase, the bank generated $2,939,000 through an issuance of common
stock. Those funds were used to increase investments and gross loans $46,974,000
and also provided the necessary capital for branch expansion and improvements in
operations.
Total Assets of the bank increased $58,352,000 or 20.10% from $290,252,000
at December 31, 1997 to $348,604,000 at December 31, 1998.
Capital Resources
The bank's major source of capital has been from the retention of earnings
as reflected below:
===============================================================================
Net Dividends Earnings
Income Paid Retained
===============================================================================
1999 $3,814,215 $1,344,141 $2,470,074
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 3,563,552 1,200,409 2,363,143
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 3,310,057 1,062,530 2,247,527
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 2,824,704 906,793 1,917,911
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 2,808,392 820,327 1,988,065
===============================================================================
Capital was further increased in 1999 through the Dividend Reinvestment
Plan. Stockholders reinvested $450,038 in dividends to purchase additional
shares of stock. Since the 1995 inception of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
shareholders have reinvested dividends totaling $1,466,061 to acquire Common
Stock of the bank.
Capital was affected by changes in market rates, which caused a $4,807,581
decrease, net of deferred taxes, in the fair value of investments classified as
available-for-sale, (AFS). At December 31, 1999, the bank reported a net
unrealized loss on AFS securities of $4,673,713. In 1998, the bank reported a
net gain of $133,868.
94
<PAGE>
Fluctuations in the capital markets cause frequent changes in the fair
value of AFS securities. A future decline in value should not indicate a
material weakness in the capital position of the bank. The bank monitors market
conditions closely and is prepared to take remedial action, if management deems
such action appropriate.
A yearly comparison of growth trends is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
Short-term Other
Earning Borrowings Borrowings
Assets Assets Deposits Increase/ Increase/
Increase % Increase % Increase % Decrease % Decrease %
===================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999 $98,606,596 28% $88,199,310 26% $54,700,214 23% $30,843,747 105% $15,053,000 36%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 58,351,979 20 54,900,356 19 21,975,741 10 304,848 1 30,000,000 245
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 21,115,559 8 21,383,323 8 5,955,340 3 9,510,675 49 2,252,000 22
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 28,324,702 12 25,508,216 11 31,165,057 17 (1,313,756) (6) (3,000,000) (4)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 12,565,964 6 11,518,372 5 11,575,369 7 (2,951,754) (12) 0 0
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Earning assets are based on book value. Book value is net of unrealized
losses in the available-for-sale investment and loan portfolios. The total of
unrealized losses in both portfolios is $7,227,000.
Some important ratios are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================================================================================================
Capital to Capital to Return on Dividends to
Assets Deposits Average Capital Net Income
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1999 7.2% 10.9% 11.4% 35.2%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 9.8 14.2 11.7 33.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 9.8 13.0 12.4 32.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 9.4 12.0 11.7 32.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 9.9 13.2 12.5 29.2
=========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
If the after tax depreciation in the AFS portfolio was disallowed, (net
unrealized loss), the Capital to Asset Ratios for 1999 and 1998 would be 8.1%
and 9.7% respectively.
Capital is evaluated in relation to total assets and the risk associated
with those assets. With greater capital resources, a bank is more likely to be
able to meet its cash obligations and absorb unforeseen losses. Federal
regulatory definitions of capital adequacy take the form of minimum ratios. The
bank exceeds all minimum regulatory capital requirements, see Note 14, at page
F-26 in Notes to Financial Statements.
Liquidity Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity
Liquidity for a bank is the ability to fund customers' needs for borrowings
and withdrawals. Sources of liquidity are:
95
<PAGE>
o Asset maturities, paydowns and sales
o Growth of core deposits
o Growth of Repurchase Agreements
o Increase of other borrowed funds
Bank management monitors asset and liability maturities to match
anticipated cash flow requirements. These cash flow requirements are reviewed
with the use of internally generated reports. The bank has instituted certain
procedures and policy guidelines to manage the rate sensitive position. Those
internal rules enable the bank to react to changes in market rates and protect
net interest income from significant fluctuations.
Over the years, the bank has sold fixed rate Mortgage Loans to the
secondary market. The decision to pursue this course of action was based upon
two parameters:
o Meeting consumer demand for mortgages
o Mitigating the interest rate risk inherent in fixed rate loans
Interest rate risk management is an integral part of the Asset Liability
Management Process. Interest rate risk is defined as the degree to which
interest rate movements may affect net Interest Income and the Balance Sheet.
Fluctuations in rates can affect income through the balance of repricing assets
and source funds. If more assets reprice than liabilities, the Balance Sheet is
positively gapped. This position contributes favorably to net interest income in
a rising interest rate environment. Conversely, if the Balance Sheet has more
liabilities repricing than assets, the Balance Sheet is liability sensitive and
negatively gapped. In a declining rate environment, net interest income would
improve.
The bank uses a simulation model to better understand the risks to the bank
that may be brought about by changes in market interest rates. The model
measured the impact of changing interest rates for several scenarios. The
following table illustrates the theoretical impact of interest rate changes. The
rate movements shown below represent parallel shifts in the yield curve,
occurring immediately and lasting for the twelve-month projection.
The analysis assumes that December 31, 1999 levels of assets and
liabilities remain constant over the next twelve months. The interest rate
movements are immediate and the revenue impacts are estimated for the subsequent
twelve-month period. In the normal course of events, the bank anticipates growth
in both assets and liabilities during a given twelve-month period. Such growth
would affect both revenues and expenses.
The table below shows the increase or (decrease) from 1999 reported figures
that would occur under these interest rate changes over a twelve-month period
beginning January 1, 2000:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
BASIS POINT CHANGE, +400 +200 +100 12/31/99 -100 -200 -400
CHANGE IN THOUSANDS BPS BPS BPS BPS BPS BPS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Interest Income 9,017 11,179 12,257 13,190 14,382 15,197 16,379
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income 498 1,117 1,742 3,814 3,890 4,517 5,428
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present Value of Equity 17,057 23,754 27,765 32,126 36,634 37,442 52,027
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFORMA +400 +200 +100 12/31/99 -100 -200 -400
BPS BPS BPS BPS BPS BPS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Per Share $0.56 $1.25 $1.94 $4.26 $4.34 $5.04 $6.06
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
96
<PAGE>
At January 1, 2000, if there were an immediate 200 basis point increase in
all market interest rates, net interest income is projected to decrease by
$2,011,000 over the next twelve months, a 15.2% decrease from 1999's net
interest income. The present value of bank capital is projected to decrease
26.1% to $23,754,000.
If there were an immediate 200 basis point decrease in rates, net interest
income is projected to increase $2,007,000 or 15.2% over twelve months. The
present value of the bank's capital is projected to increase 16.5% to
$37,442,000.
The interest rate changes described above are extreme and have occurred
only rarely in the past. These projections require a variety of assumptions and,
as such, the results should be viewed as approximations only. In addition,
should changing interest rates have a negative effect on the financial position
of the bank, prompt corrective measures would be undertaken to minimize any
adverse impact.
A comparison of the maturity and repricing ability of assets and deposits
is as follows, thousands of dollars:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
Years to Maturity or Repricing
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 days 1 or less 1 to 5 5 or more Total
============================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Loans:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed rate $ 5,346 $ 4,574 $ 61,237 $146,995 $ 218,152
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustable rate 57,166 12,538 15,227 1,309 86,240
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debt Securities:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed rate 151 442 2,632 97,171 100,396
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustable rate 3,105 91 - - 3,196
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal funds sold 0 - - - 0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing deposits 11,542 - - - 11,542
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 77,310 $ 17,645 $ 79,096 $245,475 $ 419,526
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Nonaccrual loans of $1,210,186 at December 31, 1999, and investments in
Common Stock of $5,669,848 at December 31, 1999, are not included in the loan
maturity distribution tables. Loans include those designated as
available-for-sale.
Earning assets are based on book value. Book value is net of unrealized
losses in the available-for-sale investment and loan portfolios. The total of
unrealized losses in both portfolios before tax is $7,227,000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
Years to Payment or Repricing
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 days 1 or less 1 to 5 5 or more Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Deposits, noninterest- bearing $ 1,518 $ 5,019 $ 14,172 $ 16,866 $ 37,575
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit over $100,000 23,551 26,466 16,526 100 66,643
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other interest-bearing deposits 14,727 35,170 87,436 53,150 190,483
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities sold under repurchase agreement 26,412 1,589 487 - 28,488
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Demand notes, U.S. Treasury 31,761 - - - 31,761
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long term debt 6,305 41,000 10,000 - 57,305
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $104,274 $109,244 $128,621 $ 70,116 $ 412,255
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
97
<PAGE>
Assets due to mature in one year or less do not include expected
significant principal reductions on loans, leases and investments having
maturity dates exceeding one year. Fixed rate investments with a par value of
$73,535,000, subject to call during 2000, have been scheduled by maturity dates
exceeding one year.
Liabilities not having stated maturity dates have been scheduled based upon
an aging of the liabilities. The time frames relied upon suggest that the
liabilities will either reprice or liquidate within the stated period. For
example, at December 31, 1999, the one-year cumulative gap stated that
$6,537,000 Non Interest-bearing deposits would either reprice or payout over the
next twelve months. In reality Non Interest-bearing deposits grew $4,125,000
during 1999. Historical data tends not to support the theory that a material
portion of these accounts will either reprice or liquidate within a twelve-month
period.
At December 31, 1999, the bank had the following additional sources of
funds which totaled $26,146,000, available to meet liquidity requirements:
o A $5,000,000 unsecured credit line from a financial institution
o Borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia of
$2,795,000
o Available funding at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh of
$18,351,000
Management continually monitors the gaps between assets and liabilities and
makes adjustments as market rates change. Presently management believes that
there is adequate liquidity to meet normal requirements.
Results of Operations
Earnings Summary
=============================================================================
1999 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $3,814,215 $3,563,552 $3,310,057
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings per share $4.26 $4.20 $3.97
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase per share 1.43% 5.79% 15.74%
=============================================================================
The year 1999:
After lowering the Discount Rate by 75 basis points in the second half of
1998, The Federal Reserve Bank did not take any further action in the first half
of 1999. The Discount Rate is the rate at which the Federal Reserve Bank lends
overnight funds to banks. During the second half of 1999 the Fed raised the
discount rate on three separate occasions by 75 basis points. In response to
these increases, national prime rose from 7.75% to 8.50%.
There is a 37 basis point differential between the weighted average of
national prime in 1999 and 1998. The weighted average of national prime in 1999
and 1998 was 8.00% and 8.37% respectively. This difference reflects on the yield
on earning assets and the cost of funds when comparing both years.
98
<PAGE>
The actions of the Federal Reserve Bank caused increases in the rates
charged on loans that were subject to repricing and on the rates offered on new
loans in the second half of 1999. Approximately 17% of the entire loan portfolio
is subject to immediate repricing.
During the first half of 1999 investment securities were prematurely called
and reissued at lower rates. However as rates increased investments were no
longer called, as the issuers took advantage of the lower rates.
The combination of these factors caused a 36 basis point decline in the tax
equivalent yield on earning assets.
Due to the increase in rates during 1999, the bank began to raise the
interest rates paid on deposits and Repos. Interest expense was also effected by
a rise in the rates charged on borrowed funds. In addition, the cost of funds
was increased by deposit promotions offered at the new branches and from new
products introduced during 1999. However, since market rates did not begin to
rise until the second half of 1999, the bank was able to reduce the cost of
funds by 21 basis points.
Despite a 16 basis point reduction in tax-equivalent net interest spread,
net interest income rose $2,028,000 or 18.1% during 1999. This was primarily
accomplished through volume increases in loans and investments.
The year 1998:
The Federal Reserve Bank lowered the Discount Rate by 75 basis points
during the fourth quarter of 1998.
The actions of the Fed caused reductions in the rates charged on loans that
were subject to repricing and on the rates offered on new loans. Investment
securities were prematurely called and reissued at lower rates. The combination
of these factors caused a 15 basis point decline in the tax equivalent yield on
earning assets.
Market competition prevented the bank from proportionately lowering the
rates on NOW's, MMDA's and savings accounts. In addition, the cost of funds was
increased by deposit promotions offered late in 1997 and throughout 1998. Due to
this, the cost of funds increased 10 basis points during 1998.
Despite a 25 basis point reduction in tax-equivalent net interest
spread, net interest income rose $765,000 during 1998. This was accomplished
through a volume increase in loans and cost reduction in other interest-bearing
liabilities.
The year 1997:
The Federal Reserve Bank raised the Discount Rate by 25 basis points. The
bank increased its lending rates with the movement in market rates but lagged
deposit rate increases. The rate lag between loans and deposits helped the bank
to increase the tax equivalent net interest spread by 17 basis points. The
improvement in yield and a volume increase in lending allowed net interest
income to rise $1,164,000.
99
<PAGE>
A comparison of Average Earnings Assets and the Net Tax Equivalent yields
for 1999, 1998, and 1997, in thousands, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Revenue Yield Average Revenue Yield Average Revenue Yield
Balance (Expense) (Cost) Balance (Expense) (Cost) Balance (Expense) (Cost)
------- ------- ---- ------- ------- ---- ------- ------- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earning assets
Interest-bearing deposits $6,629 $89 1.34% $5,212 $103 1.98% $4,141 $78 1.88%
Investments:
US Treasuries 2,985 205 6.87 8,670 585 6.75 9,768 655 6.71
US Government Agencies 63,863 4,257 6.67 35,285 2,458 6.97 39,417 2,873 7.29
Mortgage-backed 6,946 444 6.39 6,013 376 6.25 12,927 808 6.25
securities
State & Municipal 23,698 1,649 6.96 19,867 1,404 7.07 17,126 1,254 7.32
Other 3,390 219 6.46 1,297 86 6.63 1,048 68 6.49
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Investments 100,882 6,774 6.71 71,132 4,909 6.90 80,286 5,658 7.05
===============================================================================================================================
Loans:
Commercial 110,791 9,029 8.15 78,432 6,809 8.68 59,623 5,361 8.99
Consumer 47,588 3,996 8.40 34,948 3,025 8.66 26,706 2,444 9.15
Real estate 118,637 8,826 7.44 104,783 8,416 8.03 92,344 7,512 8.13
Direct financing leases 3,101 296 9.55 2,144 163 7.60 1,518 125 8.23
Credit cards 1,230 147 11.95 1,216 151 12.42 1,138 139 12.21
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 281,347 22,294 7.92 221,523 18,564 8.38 181,329 15,581 8.59
===============================================================================================================================
Federal funds sold 2,682 128 4.77 7,328 394 5.38 2,816 166 5.89
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total earning assets $391,540 $29,285 7.48% $305,195 $23,970 7.85% $268,572 $21,483 8.00%
===============================================================================================================================
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits:
Savings $35,548 ($723) 2.03% $33,919 ($776) 2.29% $33,727 ($792) 2.35%
NOW 17,838 (333) 1.87 12,678 (178) 1.40 11,440 (165) 1.44
MMDA 14,569 (500) 3.43 12,039 (340) 2.82 11,611 (257) 2.21
CD's < $100,000 107,531 (5,685) 5.29 95,005 (5,378) 5.66 87,794 (4,948) 5.64
CD's > $100,000 66,095 (3,584) 5.42 47,856 (2,850) 5.96 41,267 (2,357) 5.71
Clubs 1,176 (33) 2.81 1,050 (32) 3.05 986 (30) 3.04
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Deposits 242,757 (10,858) 4.47 202,547 (9,554) 4.72 186,825 (8,549) 4.58
===============================================================================================================================
Repurchase agreements 31,639 (1,519) 4.80 27,442 (1,396) 5.09 25,668 (1,351) 5.26
Borrowed funds 56,943 (2,999) 5.27 23,464 (1,359) 5.79 11,429 (740) 6.47
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing $331,339 ($15,376) 4.64% $253,453 ($12,309) 4.86% $223,922 ($10,640) 4.75%
liabilities
===============================================================================================================================
Net interest income $13,909 $11,661 $10,843
Net interest spread 2.84% 3.00% 3.25%
Net yield on earning 3.55% 3.82% 4.04%
assets
Total average assets $404,253 $313,924 $275,699
Average noninterest- $36,729 $27,287 $22,777
bearing deposits
</TABLE>
100
<PAGE>
Interest income was adjusted to a tax equivalent basis to recognize the
income from tax exempt assets as if the interest was taxable. This treatment
allows a uniform comparison to be made between yields on assets. The
calculations were computed on a fully tax equivalent basis using the corporate
federal tax rate of 34%.
Nonaccrual loans and any related interest recorded have been included in
computing the average rate earned on the loan portfolio. All deposits are in
domestic bank offices. The average balances are based on amortized cost and do
not reflect unrealized gains or losses.
The following table reflects the change in net interest income attributable
to fluctuations in volume and rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================================================
Years ended December 31
(In Thousands)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 Compared to 1998 1998 Compared to 1997
Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans and leases:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage $ 1,025 $ (615) $ 410 $ 996 $ (92) $ 904
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial 2,548 (457) 2,091 1,600 (172) 1,428
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer 1,154 (54) 1,100 769 (138) 631
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans and leases 4,727 (1,126) 3,601 3,365 (402) 2,963
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment securities, interest- 1,628 (134) 1,494 (246) (283) (529)
bearing deposits and federal
funds sold
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income $ 6,355 $(1,260) $ 5,095 $ 3,119 $ (685) $ 2,434
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit greater $ 1,030 $ (269) $ 761 $ 412 $ 108 $ 520
than $100,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 567 (24) 543 424 61 485
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits 1,597 (293) 1,304 836 169 1,005
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other interest-bearing liabilities 1,964 (201) 1,763 785 (121) 664
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense $ 3,561 $ (494) $ 3,067 $ 1,621 $ 48 $ 1,669
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income $ 2,794 $ (766) $ 2,028 $ 1,498 $ (733) $ 765
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The portion of the total change attributable to both volume and rate
changes during the periods has been allocated to the volume and rate components
based upon the absolute dollar amount of the change in each component prior to
the allocation. Tax exempt income was not converted to a tax equivalent basis on
the Rate Volume Analysis.
Provision for Loan Losses
The provision is an estimated expense charged to earnings for potential
losses from uncollectible loans. Management continuously reviews the risks
inherent in the loan portfolio. Factors evaluated during this process include:
101
<PAGE>
o Specific loans that could have loss potential
o Levels of delinquent loans
o Changes in risk characteristics in the portfolio
o Current and projected economic conditions.
The bank does not have significant concentrations of loans in specific
industries or outside the Northeastern Pennsylvania geographic area. There are
no significant nonperforming loans. The bank has not exceeded the ten percent,
industry and borrower threshold.
The following table sets forth loans and lease financing charge-offs and
recoveries by category for the past five years:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================================================
(In Thousands)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of period $ 3,008 $ 2,809 $ 2,590 $ 2,470 $ 2,357
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charge-offs:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial and all other 139 193 286 153 70
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real estate 146 43 - 20 125
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer 196 258 183 218 185
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease financing - 86 15 - -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 481 580 484 391 380
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recoveries:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial and all other 46 56 47 136 150
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real estate 6 36 5 9 3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer 63 39 28 28 27
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease financing - 2 - - -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 115 133 80 173 180
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs 366 447 404 218 200
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additions charge to operations 530 646 623 338 313
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of period $ 3,172 $ 3,008 $ 2,809 $ 2,590 $ 2,470
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding 0.13% 0.20% 0.23% 0.13% 0.14%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan loss to net loans 1.05% 1.23% 1.39% 1.59% 1.69%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing $ 4,914 $ 2,829 $ 3,521 $ 2,667 $ 2,804
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing $ 2,917 $ 2,689 $ 2,189 $ 796 $ 977
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan loss to loans 90 days or 108.74% 111.86% 128.32% 325.38% 256.22%
more past due and accruing
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nonaccruing loans $ 1,210 $ 1,364 $ 1,076 $ 1,680 $ 1,146
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan loss to nonaccruing loans 262.15% 220.49% 261.09% 154.13% 215.53%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan loss to non-performing loans 76.86% 74.21% 86.03% 104.60% 117.06%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average net loans $278,154 $218,494 178,673 151,491 $141,328
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
102
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth non-performing assets for the past five
years:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net loans $301,448 $244,288 $202,719 $162,608 $146,108
Restructured loans 0 0 0 0 0
Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing $ 2,917 $ 2,689 $ 2,189 $ 796 $ 977
Nonaccrual loans 1,210 1,364 1,076 1,680 1,146
Non-performing loans 4,127 4,053 3,265 2,476 2,123
Foreclosed real estate 413 201 276 0 0
Restructured loans 0 0 0 0 0
Total non-performing assets $ 4,540 $ 4,254 $ 3,541 $ 2,476 $ 2,123
Nonaccrual loans to net loans 0.40% 0.56% 0.53% 1.03% 0.78%
Non-performing assets to net loans and foreclosed real estate 1.50% 1.74% 1.74% 1.52% 1.45%
Non-performing assets to total assets 1.02% 1.22% 1.22% 0.92% 0.88%
Non-performing loans to net loans 1.37% 1.66% 1.61% 1.52% 1.45%
</TABLE>
Net loans include Loans available-for-sale. The bank is unaware of any
potential problem loans. Potential problem loans are those where there is known
information that leads the bank to believe repayment of principal and/or
interest is in jeopardy. The loans are neither non-accrual nor past due 90 days
or more.
In addition to the allowance for loan loss, there are other reserves not
recorded on the bank's records that are available to mitigate potential loan
loss. The guaranteed portion of non-performing SBA and Student Loans was
$183,000, at December 31, 1999. Reserves set aside by the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania for loans registered in the PENNCAP program were $127,000 at
year-end.
The decrease in ratio of allowance for loan loss to year-end loans was
caused by the overall growth in the loan portfolio. The bank is confident that
the Allowance provides adequate protection against any unforeseen portfolio
loss.
Other Income
The year 1999:
The $12,000 increase in service charges on deposit accounts realized in
1999, is a result of the increase in non interest-bearing deposit accounts. The
increase is not as great as in prior years. Promotions at the new branches
whereby fees were waived for the first year on new accounts, hindered a larger
increase.
Market conditions were not favorable in terms of selling securities during
1999. Only one issue nearing call was sold. The investment was classified as
available-for-sale. The bank realized a $1,400 gain on the sale of that asset.
There were no sales of investments classified as held-to-maturity.
Market conditions again were prohibitive in the sale of loans in 1999.
Sales generated net gains of $74,000 in 1999. That amount, however, was
increased by the recognition of the discounted future value of servicing rights
on sold loans. The amount of realized income from servicing rights was
approximately $123,000.
103
<PAGE>
In compliance with FASB Statement No. 65, the bank had to write down to
market value the loans classified as available-for-sale. Loans earmarked as
available-for-sale must be carried at the lower of cost or market. As a result
of this, $146,000 was charged against current earnings. In previous years, the
book value was below market, so no charge was made to current earnings.
The $57,980,000 increase in loans before the Allowance for Loan Loss,
helped to generate an additional $185,000 in service charges during 1999.
Service charges on loans are classified as a component of Other Operating
Income.
Some components of Other Operating Income and their related increase during
1999:
Increase
--------
Fees on sold loans $ 37,000
Reverse Mortgage fees 10,000
Merchant Credit Card income 88,000
Trust income, gross 103,000
Rental Income 23,000
Annuity & Brokerage fees 30,000
ATM service charges 31,000
Safe deposit box rentals 12,000
Fees on sold loans, Reverse Mortgage fees, Merchant Credit Card income and
Trust income rose through volume increases. The market value of Trust Assets at
December 31, 1999 was $34,693,000. Rental income increased from a full twelve
months of lease income from the Financial Center. See "Description of the Bank -
Properties." A full-time employee dedicated to sales only, caused the increase
in Annuity and Brokerage fees. The new branch locations helped to generate
additional income over 1998 from ATM service charges and safe deposit rentals.
The year 1998:
The 32% increase in service charges on deposit accounts realized in 1998,
is a result of the 32% increase in non interest-bearing deposit accounts.
Taking advantage of favorable market conditions, the bank sold three
investment securities, classified as available-for-sale. The net amortized book
value of the sold securities was $3,838,000. In providing funds for loan demand,
the bank improved its yield on earning assets. The 1998 tax equivalent yield on
loans and investments was 8.38% and 6.90% respectively. The net gain on
investment sales for 1998 was $110,000. There were no sales of investments
classified as held-to-maturity.
The sale of residential mortgage loans and student loans in 1998 generated
net gains of $161,000, a $158,000 increase over 1997.
The $41,768,000 increase in loans before the Allowance for Loan Loss,
helped to generate an additional $144,000 in service charges during 1998.
104
<PAGE>
Some components of Other Operating Income and their related increase during
1998:
Increase
--------
Fees on sold loans $10,000
Merchant Credit Card income 40,000
Trust income, gross 60,000
Rental Income 25,000
Fees on sold loans and Merchant card income rose through volume increases.
Gross Trust income reflects the first full twelve months of operations. The
market value of Trust Assets at December 31, 1998 was $27,881,856. Rental income
increased with the acquisition of the Financial Center.
The Year 1997:
The increase of $2,332,000 in non interest-bearing demand deposit accounts
over the twelve months ending December 31, 1997, contributed to the 19% rise in
service charges on deposit accounts.
In 1997, the bank sold investment securities classified as
available-for-sale, with a net amortized book value of approximately
$14,100,000. Investment sales provided liquidity not only for deposit runoff but
also funded loan demand, thereby increasing the yield on earning assets. The tax
equivalent yield on investments for 1997 was 7.05% compared to the tax
equivalent yield on loans for 1997 of 8.59%. The bank realized a net gain on the
sales of $123,600. There were no sales of investments classified as
held-to-maturity.
The $40,330,000 increase in loans before the Allowance for Loan Loss,
helped to generate an additional $53,000 in service charges during 1997.
In 1997, the bank instituted a surcharge on foreign depositors who used the
bank's ATM's. This charge helped increase ATM service charge income from
approximately $37,000 in 1996 to $119,000 in 1997.
Some components of Other Operating Income and their increases during 1997:
Increase
--------
Merchant credit card income $40,000
Utility bill collection fees 13,000
Fees on sold loans 4,000
Fees on mutual fund/annuity sales 12,000
These increases are all based on growth in volume.
105
<PAGE>
Other Expense
The year 1999:
The average number of full time equivalent employees increased by 35 to 156
in 1999. The 29% average staff increase and merit pay raises caused 1999
Salaries and Employee benefits to increase $1,315,000 above the amount reported
for 1998.
The opening of the West Pittston, Financial Center and Moosic retail
branches in 1999 increased Premise and Equipment expense $523,000 over 1998.
Over 52% of the increase resulted from a $275,000 rise in depreciation.
Depreciation on building and premise was $201,000 and depreciation on furniture
and fixtures was $562,000. Furniture and fixture depreciation exceeded 1% of
gross income. Another factor contributing to the increase was the portion of the
Financial Center restricted to operations. Operations were conducted at the
Financial Center during the twelve months of 1999. The bank acquired the
Financial Center in June of 1998 and did not begin to move operations there
until September of 1998.
The bank incurred a net loss in 1998 on the sale of two residential
properties that it had foreclosed upon. The net loss amounted to $29,000.
The only item contained within other expense that exceeded 1% of gross
income was advertising. Advertising increased $115,000 over 1998 to $403,000.
The increase was caused in part, by the new branches opened during 1999.
Some components of Other Expense and their increases during 1999:
Increase
--------
Appraisals $44,000
Merchant credit card expense 91,000
Stationery and supplies 111,000
Equipment purchases 24,000
Armored transportation 37,000
Correspondent banks 36,000
Postage 22,000
Telecommunications 33,000
Consumer leasing 20,000
Donations 38,000
Miscellaneous expense 72,000
Appraisal expense rose in part because of a no-cost residential mortgage
loan promotion. Appraisal expense is reported gross and does not include
payments made by borrowers. Those fees are credited to other income. Merchant
card and consumer leasing expense rose due to volume increases. Miscellaneous
expense includes accruals for future expected expense, such as preparations for
the annual meeting. The other items rose due to the increase in the number of
bank locations and the bank's Year 2000 considerations.
106
<PAGE>
Other areas of expense declined during 1999:
Decrease
--------
Legal services $66,000
Audit expense 18,000
Annual Meeting 17,000
The year 1998:
The average number of full time equivalent employees increased by 11 to 121
in 1998. The additional staff and merit pay increases caused 1998 Salaries and
Employee benefits to increase $421,000 above the amount reported for 1997.
With the opening of the Pittston Branch in June and the move to the
Financial Center in September, Occupancy and Equipment expenses increased
$66,000 over 1997.
The bank incurred a net loss in 1998 on the sale of two residential
properties that it had foreclosed upon. The net loss amounted to $27,000.
The only item contained within other expense that exceeded 1% of gross
income was advertising. Advertising increased $90,000 over 1997 to $288,000.
Branch openings during 1998 contributed to the increase.
Some components of Other Expense and their increases during 1998:
Increase
--------
Audit services $23,000
Appraisals 87,000
Legal fees 30,000
Merchant credit card expense 62,000
Directors fees 26,000
Stationery and supplies 43,000
Sales tax 23,000
Equipment purchases 26,000
Mac expense 26,000
Audit expense increased because of an accrual accounting change and not due
to an actual dollar expense. Actual Audit fees remained relatively unchanged in
1998. Appraisal expense rose in part because of a no-cost residential mortgage
loan promotion. Merchant card expense rose due to volume increases. Legal fees
are expensed based upon invoices received for services rendered. The addition of
a new Director contributed to the increase in directors' fees. The other items
rose due to the increase in the number of bank locations and the bank's Year
2000 considerations.
Other areas of expense declined during 1998:
Decrease
--------
Outside professional services $28,000
Visa expense 16,000
Donations 31,000
107
<PAGE>
The year 1997
The average number of full time equivalent employees increased by 11 to 110
in 1997. The additional staff and merit pay increases caused 1997 Salaries and
Employee benefits to increase $400,000. Included in the $400,000 increase are
$51,000 salary and benefit costs of the new Trust Department.
During 1997 the bank retired fixed assets no longer in service at a net
book value of $11,983.
There were no individual components within other expense that exceeded 1%
of gross income.
Some components of Other Expense and their increases during 1997 were:
Increase
--------
FDIC insurance assessment $24,000
Merchant credit card and MAC 63,000
Donations 32,000
The bank's 1997 FDIC Insurance assessment was $24,000 more than its 1996
charge, even though the bank maintained a 1A rating.
Other expenses declined during 1997:
Decrease
--------
Advertising $22,000
Stationery and supplies 19,000
Other Items:
New Financial Accounting Standards:
The bank is unaware of any pending changes in accounting procedures that
could have a material effect on future presentations of the bank's financial
position and results of operations.
Year 2000:
The bank successfully completed its preparations for the beginning of the
new millennium. At January 1, 2000 all automated systems were functioning
properly. During the first days of 2000 the bank initiated and received
transmissions of electronic data without any problems. There were no
difficulties conducting business with those outside vendors upon which the bank
relies.
In preparation for the New Year holiday and in anticipation of consumer
concern, the bank increased the amount of currency it normally carries.
Subsequent to that weekend, the bank reduced its cash reserves and short-term
borrowings.
The final Y2K hurdle will be February 29, 2000, the leap year day. The bank
does not anticipate any problems and is confident that it will be business as
usual.
108
<PAGE>
Federal and State Legislation:
From time to time, various types of federal and state legislation have been
proposed that could result in additional regulations and restrictions on the
business of the bank. It cannot be predicted whether such legislation will be
adopted, or if adopted, how such laws would affect the business of the bank. As
a consequence, the bank is susceptible to legislation that may increase the cost
of doing business. Management believes that the effects of the aforementioned
proposals on the liquidity, capital resources and the results of operations, of
the bank, will be immaterial.
Management is unaware of any other specific regulatory recommendations,
which if implemented, would have a material effect upon the liquidity, capital
resources or results of operations. However the general cost of compliance with
numerous federal and state laws does have, and in the future may have, a
negative impact on the bank's results of operations.
Further, the business of the bank is also affected by the state of the
financial services industry in general. As a result of legal and industry
changes, management predicts that the industry will continue to experience an
increase in consolidations as the financial industry strives for greater cost
efficiencies and market share. Management is optimistic that such consolidations
may enhance the bank's competitive position as a community bank.
On November 12, 1999 President Clinton signed into law the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act. The Act has a profound
impact on the financial services industry.
o The Act repeals prior legislation to permit commercial banks to
affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies. More
importantly, the Act significantly expands the authority of each of
these financial industries to engage in a full array of financial
services. Thus, each industry may now engage in activities previously
reserved to one or the other.
o The Act authorizes bank holding companies meeting defined standards to
engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than
was permissible before the legislation passed.
o A new hierarchy of existing state and federal regulators will monitor
both the bank and the proposed holding company. The Act coordinates the
efforts of these regulators. The goal is to lessen regulatory burden
and prevent duplication of examination efforts.
o Also, all financial institutions are required to take reasonable
precautions to protect the security and confidentiality of personal
customer information. The bank or holding company may only share
customer information with its affiliates under certain circumstances.
Outlook for 2000:
After several years of historic growth for the bank, management believes it
must make a concerted effort to increase net earnings. The present state of the
economy will make that goal challenging as market pressure will continue to bear
down on the net interest margin. The bank will reassess its charges for services
provided and will explore other avenues for producing revenue.
109
<PAGE>
With the promotions for the new branches coming to an end, the bank will reduce
overhead as much as possible. This too will present a challenge, as the bank
will experience a full twelve months expense on the new branches and operating
systems. These goals must be successfully addressed, in order for the bank to
reach the desired performance levels.
Future Events
At the annual meeting of shareholders, to be held on Tuesday May 2, 2000,
shareholders will vote on a proposal to approve and adopt the plan of
reorganization and the plan of merger. The plans provide for the reorganization
of the bank as a wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp. The plans
call for the automatic exchange of each whole share of common stock of the bank
for 2 shares of the holding company. In management's opinion the formation of
the holding company will provide greater flexibility in:
o Financing;
o Engaging in non-banking activities;
o Protecting against an unfriendly takeover; and
o Responding to changes in law.
The management of the bank will not change as a result of the
reorganization. Both plans, which include a statement of risks for shareholders,
are explained in detail in the section entitled, "Proposal No. 1: Reorganization
of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank as the Subsidiary of Fidelity D & D
Bancorp, Inc."
The bank will open a new branch during February 2000:
Peckville Branch
1598 Main Street
Peckville, Pennsylvania 18452
The property will be leased from a non-related entity.
110
<PAGE>
PROPOSAL NO. 4:
RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The board of directors of the bank has appointed Parente Randolph, P.C.,
Certified Public Accountants, of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, Certified Public
Accountants, to audit the financial statements of the bank for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 2000. The board proposes that the shareholders ratify this
appointment. Parente Randolph advised the bank that none of its members has any
financial interest in the bank. Parente Randolph served as the bank's
independent auditors for the 1999 fiscal year. They also assisted the bank with
the preparation of federal and state tax returns and provided assistance in
connection with regulatory matters, charging the bank for such services at its
customary hourly billing rate. The bank's board of directors approved these
non-audit services after determining that the auditors' independence and
objectivity would not be adversely affected.
The majority of shares present, in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote
at the annual meeting must vote in the affirmative to ratify the appointment of
Parente Randolph, P.C., as the bank's independent auditors for the 2000 fiscal
year. A representative of the firm will be present at the annual meeting to
answer shareholders' questions. In the event that shareholders do not ratify the
selection of Parente Randolph as the bank's independent auditors for the 2000
fiscal year, the board of directors may appoint another accounting firm to
provide independent public accounting services for the 2000 fiscal year.
The board of directors recommends that shareholders vote FOR the
ratification of Parente Randolph, P.C., as the independent auditors for the bank
for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000.
If the proposed reorganization is approved and implemented, it is
anticipated that the holding company will also select Parente Randolph as its
auditor.
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
In the event the proposed reorganization is approved and the holding
company becomes the one-bank holding company for the bank, any shareholder who,
in accordance with the proxy rules of the SEC, wishes to submit a proposal for
inclusion in the holding company's proxy statement for its 2000 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders must deliver the proposal in writing to John F. Glinsky, Jr.,
Secretary, at the holding company's principal executive offices, Blakely and
Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512, no later than December 1, 2000.
Also, for proposals which will not be included in the holding company's
proxy statement, if the holding company does not receive notice of a shareholder
proposal by February 14, 2001, the proxy holders at the 2001 Annual Meeting may
vote on the proposal at their discretion, as they consider in the best interests
of the holding company.
If the reorganization does not occur, then the above deadlines relating to
shareholder proposals shall apply to the bank for its 2001 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.
111
<PAGE>
OTHER MATTERS
The board of directors does not know of any matters to be presented for
consideration other than the matters described in this proxy
statement/prospectus. However, if any other matters are properly presented for
consideration and voting at the annual meeting of shareholders, the persons
named as proxy holders will vote the proxies in what they determine to be the
best interests of the bank. See "Where You Can Find More Information" below.
112
<PAGE>
-----------------------------------
Where You Can Find More Information
-----------------------------------
The Holding Company's Registration Statement
Fidelity D & D Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in Washington, D.C., a registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933 for its common stock to be issued in the proposed reorganization.
This proxy statement/prospectus is a part of the registration statement.
This document does not contain all of the information, exhibits and
undertakings contained in the registration statement, which is on file with the
SEC in Washington, D.C. The registration statement and exhibits may be examined
during normal business hours, or copies obtained by mail at prescribed rates, at
the SEC's public reference room located at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the
operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's Web site is
http://www.sec.gov. The registration statement may be accessed from this Web
site.
Prior Annual Reports Sent to Shareholders and Information Filed with the FDIC
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank previously mailed a copy of the
bank's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, to
shareholders with proxy materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
You may obtain a copy of the bank's 1996, 1997 or 1998 Annual Report, audited in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and containing financial
information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, promptly and without charge by contacting Robert P. Farrell, Cashier
and Comptroller, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker
Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512, telephone 570-342-8281.
The bank is subject to the information requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with the 1934 Act, the bank files periodic
reports, proxy statements and other information with the FDIC, including the
bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. You may
review or obtain copies of these documents at the public reference section of
the FDIC's Division of Supervision, located at 1776 F Street, N.W., Room F6043,
Washington, D.C. 20429, but with a mailing address of 550 17th Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20429, telephone 202-898-8913.
Periodic Reports and Information Filed with the SEC Following the Reorganization
Following the reorganization, Fidelity D & D Bancorp will be subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
You may inspect and copy such reports, proxy statements and other information at
the SEC's public reference facilities described above. You may also obtain these
documents at the SEC's Web site at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, the holding
company will provide consolidated annual financial reports to shareholders.
113
<PAGE>
The Fidelity Deposit & Discount Bank
Index to Financial Statements and
Supplementary Financial Information
Page
----
Summary Financial Data 12
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 87
Independent Auditor's Report F-2
Financial Statements
Balance Sheet for the Years Ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 F-3
Statement of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997 F-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 F-5
Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997 F-6
Notes to Financial Statements F-7
F-1
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Fidelity Deposit & Discount Bank
Dunmore, Pennsylvania:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Fidelity Deposit & Discount
Bank as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related statements of income,
changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Fidelity Deposit & Discount
Bank as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Parente Randolph, P.C.
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
January 31, 2000
F-2
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks $ 6,415,519 $ 3,315,306
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions 11,541,860 5,404,438
------------ ------------
Total cash and cash equivalents 17,957,379 8,719,744
Federal funds sold - 6,500,000
Available-for-sale securities 109,262,221 78,607,860
Loans and leases, net (allowance for loan losses of $3,172,375
and $3,007,713 in 1999 and 1998, respectively) 296,193,518 235,430,079
Loans available-for-sale (fair value $5,254,316 in
1999; $9,010,000 in 1998) 5,254,316 8,858,157
Accrued interest receivable 3,262,362 2,404,480
Bank premises and equipment, net 9,506,308 6,449,141
Foreclosed assets held for sale 412,922 201,261
Other assets 5,361,991 1,433,699
------------ ------------
Total assets $447,211,017 $348,604,421
============ ============
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing $ 37,575,183 $ 33,449,998
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 66,642,656 49,435,718
Other interest-bearing deposits 190,483,126 157,115,035
------------ ------------
Total deposits 294,700,965 240,000,751
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 2,829,770 2,932,666
Short-term borrowings 60,249,046 29,405,299
Long-term debt 57,305,000 42,252,000
------------ ------------
Total liabilities 415,084,781 314,590,716
------------ ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Capital stock authorized 1,000,000 shares with $1.5625 par value; issued
and outstanding, 900,392 and 893,647 shares
in 1999 and 1998, respectively 1,406,863 1,396,324
Surplus 7,266,168 6,826,669
Undivided profits 28,126,918 25,656,844
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (4,673,713) 133,868
------------ ------------
Total shareholders' equity 32,126,236 34,013,705
------------ ------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $447,211,017 $348,604,421
============ ============
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-3
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
STATEMENT OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
Loans:
Taxable $21,124,032 $18,016,230 $15,151,599
Nontaxable 662,857 307,265 248,111
Leases 262,452 125,227 86,496
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions 89,323 103,396 78,387
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury 204,705 585,108 655,334
U.S. government agency and corporations 4,701,262 2,833,672 3,680,356
States and political subdivisions (nontaxable) 1,173,783 1,020,335 902,749
Other securities 219,256 86,333 68,217
Federal funds sold 128,415 393,806 166,364
----------- ----------- -----------
Total interest income 28,566,085 23,471,372 21,037,613
----------- ----------- -----------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 3,558,826 2,823,061 2,329,777
Other deposits 7,299,315 6,730,882 6,219,283
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 1,519,054 1,396,244 1,350,892
Other short-term borrowings and long-term debt 2,973,266 1,335,896 721,007
Other 25,338 22,549 18,925
----------- ----------- -----------
Total interest expense 15,375,799 12,308,632 10,639,884
----------- ----------- -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME 13,190,286 11,162,740 10,397,729
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 530,000 646,000 622,800
----------- ----------- -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 12,660,286 10,516,740 9,774,929
----------- ----------- -----------
OTHER INCOME:
Service charges on deposit accounts 733,939 722,270 546,230
Gain on sale of:
Investment securities 1,400 109,940 123,611
Loans 196,813 160,740 3,124
Loss on loans available for sale (145,847)
Fees and other service charges 1,349,476 851,864 585,960
Other operating income 92,006 57,920 44,545
----------- ----------- -----------
Total other income 2,227,787 1,902,734 1,303,470
----------- ----------- -----------
OTHER EXPENSES:
Salaries and employee benefits 5,190,480 3,875,854 3,454,936
Premises and equipment 1,632,530 1,109,076 1,042,646
Shares tax expense 260,023 228,599 210,409
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessment 29,200 26,235 26,418
Loss on sale of:
Foreclosed assets held for sale 71,413 26,584 -
Bank premises and equipment - - 11,983
Other 2,986,812 2,342,814 1,836,942
----------- ----------- -----------
Total other expenses 10,170,458 7,609,162 6,583,334
----------- ----------- -----------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 4,717,615 4,810,312 4,495,065
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 903,400 1,246,760 1,185,008
----------- ----------- -----------
NET INCOME $ 3,814,215 $ 3,563,552 $ 3,310,057
=========== =========== ===========
Per share data:
Net income $4.26 $4.20 $3.97
Diluted $4.25 $4.20 $3.97
Dividends $1.50 $1.40 $1.28
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-4
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
..CAPITAL STOCK.. UNDIVIDED COMPREHENSIVE
SHARES AMOUNT SURPLUS PROFITS (LOSS) INCOME TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 413,889 $ 1,293,402 $ 3,164,306 $21,046,174 $ (137,500) $25,366,382
-----------
Comprehensive income:
Net income 3,310,057 3,310,057
Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities, net of
reclassification adjustment and tax effects 362,550 362,550
-----------
Comprehensive income 3,672,607
-----------
Issuance of stock 1,690 5,281 146,819 152,100
Dividends (1,062,530) (1,062,530)
Dividends reinvested 4,754 9,535 285,683 295,218
Two-for-one stock split (Note 2) 416,927 -
------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 837,260 1,308,218 3,596,808 23,293,701 225,050 28,423,777
-----------
Comprehensive income:
Net income 3,563,552 3,563,552
Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities, net of
reclassification adjustment and tax effects (91,182) (91,182)
-----------
Comprehensive income 3,472,370
-----------
Issuance of stock 50,025 78,165 2,862,750 2,940,915
Dividends (1,200,409) (1,200,409)
Dividends reinvested 6,362 9,941 367,111 377,052
------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 893,647 1,396,324 6,826,669 25,656,844 133,868 34,013,705
-----------
Comprehensive loss:
Net income 3,814,215 3,814,215
Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities, net of
reclassification adjustment and tax effects (4,807,581) (4,807,581)
-----------
Comprehensive loss (993,366)
-----------
Dividends (1,344,141) (1,344,141)
Dividends reinvested 6,745 10,539 439,499 450,038
------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1999 900,392 $ 1,406,863 $ 7,266,168 $28,126,918 $(4,673,713) $32,126,236
======= =========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-5
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $ 3,814,215 $ 3,563,552 $ 3,310,057
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
Depreciation 762,865 488,354 491,767
Amortization of securities (net of accretion) (119,263) (63,802) (21,075)
Provision for loan losses 530,000 646,000 622,800
Deferred income taxes 258,291 114,812 11,920
Gain on sale of investment securities (1,400) (109,940) (123,611)
Gain on sale of loans (196,813) (160,740) (3,124)
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets held for sale 71,413 26,584 -
Loss on loans available for sale 145,847
Loss on sale of bank premises and equipment - - 11,983
Change in:
Accrued interest receivable (857,882) (30,160) (158,443)
Other assets (1,709,959) (777,331) 82,806
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities (102,896) 481,462 371,029
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 2,594,418 4,178,791 4,596,109
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold 6,500,000 (6,500,000) 3,850,000
Held-to-maturity securities:
Proceeds from maturities and calls - 1,400,000 4,005,000
Purchases - (2,368,080) (7,168,147)
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from sales 201,400 3,947,560 14,101,904
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns 22,974,907 38,675,325 22,182,739
Purchases (57,409,856) (47,514,176) (18,024,813)
Proceeds from sale of loans available-for-sale 11,796,340 15,500,658 898,017
Net increase in loans and leases (73,501,527) (57,744,631) (41,904,533)
Acquisition of bank premises and equipment (3,820,032) (2,800,036) (263,397)
Improvements to foreclosed assets held for sale (33,239) (8,146)
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held for sale 232,366 245,944 -
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities (93,059,641) (57,165,582) (22,323,230)
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits 4,125,185 8,076,597 2,331,621
Net increase in certificates of deposit
of $100,000 or more 17,206,938 2,092,247 2,042,557
Net increase in other interest-bearing deposits 33,368,091 11,806,897 1,581,162
Net increase in short-term borrowings 243,747 304,848 9,510,675
Net increase in federal funds purchased 30,600,000
Increase in long-term debt 15,053,000 30,000,000 2,252,000
Dividends paid, net of dividend reinvestment (894,103) (823,357) (767,312)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock - 2,940,915 152,100
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities 99,702,858 54,398,147 17,102,803
------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
CASH EQUIVALENTS 9,237,635 1,411,356 (624,318)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 8,719,744 7,308,388 7,932,706
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $ 17,957,379 $ 8,719,744 $ 7,308,388
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-6
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
NATURE OF OPERATIONS
The Bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals and
corporate customers in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania.
This region has a diversified and fairly stable economy. The Bank's
primary deposit products are savings accounts, NOW accounts, money
market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and checking accounts.
Its primary lending products are single-family residential loans,
secured consumer loans, and secured loans to businesses. In addition to
these traditional banking services, the Bank also provides annuities,
mutual funds and trust services.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant
change relate to the determination for the allowance for losses on
loans and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with
foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the
determination of allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real
estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant
properties.
A significant portion of the Bank's loan portfolio consists of
single-family residential loans in its market area. Although the Bank
has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtor's
ability to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic sector in
which the Bank operates.
F-7
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
While management uses available information to recognize losses on
loans and foreclosed assets, future additions to the allowances may be
necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition,
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review the Bank's allowances for loan losses and
foreclosed assets. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize
additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information
available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these
factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowances for loan losses
and foreclosed assets may change materially in the near future.
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES
Debt securities for which the Bank has the positive intent and ability
to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and
discounts that are recognized in interest income over the period to
maturity.
TRADING SECURITIES
Debt and equity securities held principally for resale in the near term
are recorded at their fair values. Unrealized gains and losses are
included in other income. The Bank did not have any investment
securities held for trading purposes during 1998, 1997 or 1996.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES
Available-for-sale securities consist of debt and equity securities not
classified as either held-to-maturity securities or trading securities
and are reported at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses,
net of deferred income taxes, on available-for-sale securities are
reported as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders'
equity until realized. These net unrealized holding gains and losses
are the sole component of accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss).
Loans Held For Sale
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market
are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the
aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation
allowance by charges to income.
F-8
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOANS
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at face
value, net of unearned discount, unamortized loan fees and costs and
the allowance for loan losses. Interest on residential real estate
loans is recorded on an amortized schedule. Commercial loan interest is
accrued on the principal balance on an actual day basis. Interest on
consumer loans is determined using the actuarial method or the simple
interest method.
The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in the
opinion of management, there is an indication that the borrower may be
unable to meet payments as they become due. Any payments received on
impaired loans are applied, first to the outstanding loan amounts, then
to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated
as a recovery of lost interest.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for
loan losses. The allowance represents an amount which, in management's
judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans
and leases that may become uncollectible. Management's judgment in
determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of
the collectibility of the loans. These evaluations take into
consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the
loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the
borrower's ability to pay, overall portfolio quality and review of
specific impaired loans. Loans considered uncollectible are charged to
the allowance. Recoveries on loans previously charged off are added to
the allowance.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and
events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the
scheduled payments in accordance to the contractual terms of the loan.
Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status,
collateral value, and the probability of collecting payments when due.
The significance of payment delays and/or shortfalls, is determined on
a case by case basis. All circumstances surrounding the loan are taken
into account. Such factors include the length of the delinquency, the
underlying reasons and the borrower's prior payment record. Impairment
is measured on all loans on a loan by loan basis. The Bank does not
group homogeneous loans collectively for the purpose of determining
impairment.
LEASES
Financing of equipment and automobiles are provided to customers under
lease arrangements accounted for as direct financing leases. Income
earned is based on a constant periodic return on the net investment in
the lease.
LOAN FEES
Nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination
costs are recognized over the life of the related loans as an
adjustment of yield. The unamortized balance of these fees and costs
are included as part of the loan balance to which it relates.
F-9
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line and
accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
LOAN SERVICING AND LOAN SERVICING RIGHTS
The Bank services real estate loans for investors in the secondary
mortgage market, which are not included in the balance sheet. The cost
of mortgage servicing rights is amortized in proportion to, and over
the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. For purposes of
measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on the present
dominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans, stated term of
the loan and interest rate. The amount of impairment recognized is the
amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum
exceed their fair value. Fair values are estimated using discounted
cash flows based on a current market interest rate.
FORECLOSED ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
Foreclosed assets held for sale are carried at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less cost to sell. Losses from the acquisition of
property in full and partial satisfaction of debt are treated as credit
losses. Routine holding costs and subsequent declines in value are
included in other operating expenses.
TRUST FEES
Trust fees are recorded on the cash basis which is not materially
different from the accrual basis.
ADVERTISING COSTS
Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred and were $ 403,000
in 1999 and $288,700 in 1998.
F-10
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Cash and short-term instruments: The carrying amounts of cash and
short-term instruments approximate their fair value.
Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities: Fair values for
securities are based on bid prices received from securities dealers.
Restricted equity securities are carried at cost.
Loans receivable: The fair value of all loans is estimated by the net
present value of the future expected cash flows.
Loans available for sale: For loans available for sale, the fair value
is estimated using rates currently offer for similar borrowings and are
stated at the lower of cost or market.
Deposit liabilities: The fair value of demand deposits, NOW accounts,
savings accounts, and money market deposits is estimated by the net
present value of the future expected cash flows. For certificates of
deposit, the discount rates used reflect the Bank's current market
pricing. The discount rates used for nonmaturity deposits are the
current book rate of the deposits.
Short-term borrowings: For short-term borrowings, the fair value is
estimated using the rates currently offered for similar borrowings.
Long-term debt: For other borrowed funds, the fair value is estimated
using the rates currently offered for similar borrowings.
Accrued interest: The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate
their fair values.
Off-balance-sheet instruments: Commitments to extend credit are
generally short term and are priced to market. The rates on standby
letters of credit are priced on prime. Therefore, the estimated fair
value of these financial instruments is face value.
F-11
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted
income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax
assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As
changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.
CASH FLOWS
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents
includes cash on hand and amounts due from banks.
For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, the Bank paid
interest in cash on interest-bearing liabilities of $15,272,903,
$11,827,170 and $10,299,735, respectively. For the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, the Bank paid cash for income taxes of
$725,500, $1,241,283 and $1,068,646, respectively.
Noncash investing activities related to the acquisition of foreclosed
assets held for sale amounted to $482,201, $189,814 and $275,829 in
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. Noncash investing activities also
included transferring $3,603,841, $655,753 and $6,136,340 from loans to
loans available-for-sale in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
F-12
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
The components of other comprehensive (loss) income and related tax
effects are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on
available-for-sale securities $(7,282,815) $ (28,215) $ 549,318
Less reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in income (1,400) (109,940) -
----------- --------- --------
Net unrealized (losses) gains (7,284,215) (138,155) 549,318
Tax effect 2,476,634 46,973 (186,768)
----------- --------- ---------
Net of tax amount $(4,807,581) $ (91,182) $ 362,550
=========== ========= =========
</TABLE>
2. RESTRICTED CASH
The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal
Reserve Bank based on a percentage of deposits. The average amounts of
those reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 were
$2,466,000 and $1,123,000, respectively.
Deposits with any one financial institution are insured up to $100,000.
The Bank maintains cash and cash equivalents with certain other financial
institutions in excess of the insured amount.
F-13
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31,
1999 and 1998, are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
.............................1999..................................
GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED FAIR
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
---- ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government agencies and
corporations $ 79,293 $5,945 $73,348
U.S. treasury securities
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions 23,450 $84 977 22,557
Mortgage-backed securities 8,017 2 332 7,687
-------- ---- ------ -------
Total debt securities 110,760 86 7,254 103,592
Equity securities:
Restricted 5,343 - - 5,343
Other 241 130 44 327
-------- ---- ------ --------
Total $116,344 $216 $7,298 $109,262
======== ==== ====== ========
<CAPTION>
.............................1998..................................
GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED FAIR
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
---- ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government agencies and
corporations $ 39,697 $ 48 $ 280 $ 39,465
U.S. treasury securities 6,994 62 - 7,056
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions 24,215 449 213 24,451
Mortgage-backed securities 5,380 41 52 5,369
-------- ---- ------ --------
Total debt securities 76,286 600 545 76,341
Equity securities:
Restricted 2,113 - - 2,113
Other 6 148 - 154
-------- ---- ------ --------
Total $ 78,405 $748 $ 545 $ 78,608
======== ==== ====== ========
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There are no significant concentrations of investments (greater than 10
percent of shareholders' equity) in any individual security issuer other
than securities of the United States government and agencies.
Most of the Bank's debt and equity securities are pledged to secure trust
funds, public deposits, short-term borrowings, Federal Home Loan Bank of
Pittsburgh ("FHLB") borrowings and certain other deposits as required by
law. U.S. government securities pledged on repurchase agreements are under
the Bank's control.
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 1999
by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ
from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call
or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED FAIR
COST VALUE
---- -----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Available-for-sale securities:
Due in one year or less $ 590 $ 593
Due after one year through five years 2,525 2,546
Due after five years through ten years 32,811 31,071
Due after ten years 66,817 61,695
-------- --------
102,743 95,905
Mortgage-backed securities 8,017 7,687
-------- --------
Total $110,760 $103,592
======== ========
</TABLE>
Gross realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities,
determined using specific identification of the securities in 1999, 1998
and 1997, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Gross realized gains $1,400 $109,940 $143,518
Gross realized losses - - $ 19,907
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This
statement established accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts, (collectively referred to as "derivatives") and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments
at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a
derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting
designation. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be
specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the
fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm
commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a
forecasted transaction, or (c) a hedge of certain foreign currency
exposures.
On October 1, 1998, the Bank transferred certain held-to-maturity
securities to the available-for-sale investment portfolio. The amortized
cost of the securities was approximately $15,477,000 with an unrealized
gain, net of taxes of approximately $266,000. This transfer was in
accordance with special reassessment provision contained within SFAS No.
133 which was adopted by the Bank as of October 1, 1998.
The Bank does not have any derivative financial instruments requiring
disclosure under SFAS No. 133. The adoption of this statement did not
affect operating results of the Bank.
4. LOANS AND LEASES
The major classifications of loans and leases at December 31, 1999 and
1998 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Real estate $111,242,490 $ 99,955,640
Consumer 64,998,362 47,549,512
Commercial 113,061,093 85,425,708
Direct financing leases 5,710,579 2,248,990
Real estate construction 5,335,753 3,810,975
------------ ------------
Total 300,348,217 238,990,825
Less:
Unearned income 982,384 553,033
Allowance for loan losses 3,172,375 3,007,713
------------ ------------
Loans and leases, net $296,193,518 $235,430,079
============ ============
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Bank has no concentration of loans to borrowers engaged in similar
businesses or activities which exceed 5 percent of total assets at
December 31, 1999 or 1998.
Net unearned loan fees and costs of $144,781 and $67,285 have been
deducted from the carrying value of loans at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.
Impaired loans which are past due 90 days or more and still accruing
interest are $2,917,464 and $2,688,867 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.
Impaired loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued
amounted to $1,210,186 and $1,364,102 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively. The average balance of impaired loans was $1,213,263 in 1999
and $1,622,827 in 1998. The total allowance for loan losses related to
these loans was $161,670 and $707,391 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively. Cash payments of $66,837 and $114,655, received during 1999
and 1998, respectively, on these impaired loans were all applied to
principal. The Bank is not committed to lend additional funds to debtors
whose loans have been modified.
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998, and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning $3,007,713 $2,809,066 $2,589,976
Recoveries 115,623 132,649 80,462
Provision for loan losses 530,000 646,000 622,800
Losses charged to allowance (480,961) (580,002) (484,172)
---------- ---------- ----------
Balance, ending $3,172,375 $3,007,713 $2,809,066
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
For federal income tax purposes, the allowance for loan losses is $315,958
at December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997. The amounts deducted for loan losses
in the federal income tax returns were $365,338 in 1999, $447,353 in 1998
and $403,710 in 1997. These amounts were the maximum allowable deduction.
The Bank services real estate loans, which are not included in the
accompanying balance sheet, for investors in the secondary mortgage
market. The approximate amount of mortgages serviced amounted to
$29,234,000 and $20,252,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.
Mortgage servicing rights were $122,564 at December 31, 1999 and are
included in other assets. There were no mortgage servicing rights at
December 31, 1998.
F-17
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Components of premises and equipment at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Land $ 855,330 $ 855,330
Bank premises 5,906,164 4,401,551
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 5,920,656 3,957,005
Leasehold improvements 1,293,050 964,104
----------- -----------
Total 13,975,200 10,177,990
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 4,468,892 3,728,849
----------- -----------
Premises and equipment, net $ 9,506,308 $ 6,449,141
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
The Bank leases its Green Ridge, Scranton, Pittston, West Pittston,
Moosic and Clarks Summit branches under the terms of operating leases.
Rental expense was $223,281 for 1999, $157,434 for 1998 and $142,960
for 1997. The future minimum rental payments under these leases are as
follows:
YEAR AMOUNT
---- ------
2000 $ 288,000
2001 289,000
2002 286,000
2003 279,000
2004 254,000
----------
Total $1,396,000
==========
Amortization of leasehold improvements is included in depreciation
expense.
F-18
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. DEPOSITS
At December 31, 1999, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit
are as follows:
2000 $ 88,242,709
2001 55,446,969
2002 15,978,304
2003 4,824,950
2004 and thereafter 4,595,595
------------
$169,088,527
============
7. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term borrowings are as follows at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Federal funds purchased $30,600,000 $ -
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 28,487,585 28,872,826
Demand note, U.S. Treasury 1,161,461 532,473
----------- -----------
Total $60,249,046 $29,405,299
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
The maximum and average amounts of short-term borrowings outstanding
and related interest rates for the years ended December 31, 1999 and
1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM WEIGHTED
OUTSTANDING AVERAGE
AT ANY AVERAGE RATE DURING RATE AT
1999 MONTH END OUTSTANDING THE YEAR YEAR END
---- --------- ----------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal funds purchased $30,600,000 $10,581,431 5.06% 4.05%
Securities sold under repurchase
agreements 35,865,050 31,634,056 4.80% 5.04%
Demand note, U. S. Treasury 1,189,861 549,438 7.17% 4.54%
----------- -----------
Total $67,654,911 $42,764,925
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM WEIGHTED
OUTSTANDING AVERAGE
AT ANY AVERAGE RATE DURING RATE AT
1998 MONTH END OUTSTANDING THE YEAR YEAR END
---- --------- ----------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal funds purchased $ 6,000,000 $ 224,658 5.50%
Securities sold under repurchase
agreements 29,011,874 27,442,189 5.09% 4.76%
Demand note, U. S. Treasury 1,257,747 617,226 6.07% 4.12%
----------- -----------
Total $36,269,621 $28,284,073
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1999, the Bank has $5,000,000 available on an unsecured
line of credit from a financial institution.
At December 31, 1999, the Bank has available approximately $2,795,000 that
it can borrow at the discount window from the Federal Reserve Bank of
Philadelphia, which is secured by certain investments.
There were no borrowings on these lines at December 31, 1999 or 1998.
At December 31, 1999, the Bank has a $40,000,000 open repo plus with the
FHLB, which is secured by certain mortgage loans, and expires April 21,
2000. The borrowings at December 31, 1999 were $30,600,000.
At December 31, 1999, the Bank also has a $9,545,000 Y2K line of credit
which expires May 15, 2000. This line is secured by certain mortgage
loans. There were no borrowings at December 31, 1999.
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of advances from the FHLB with interest rates
ranging from 4.69% to 6.33% in 1999 and 3.81% to 6.15% in 1998. These
advances are secured by unencumbered U.S. government agency securities,
mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasury notes and certain residential
mortgages.
At December 31, 1999, the maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31
-----------------------
2000 $ 1,305,000
2003 10,000,000
2004 21,000,000
2008 20,000,000
2009 5,000,000
-----------
$57,305,000
===========
F-20
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. STOCK OPTION PLANS
The Bank has reserved 50,000 shares of its unissued capital stock for
issuance under a dividend reinvestment plan. Shares issued under this plan
are valued at fair value as of the dividend payment date. At December 31,
1999, 24,280 shares are available for future issuance.
The Bank has established the 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan
and has reserved 25,000 shares of its unissued capital stock for issuance
under the plan. Under the 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan,
each outside director will be awarded stock options to purchase 250 shares
of the Bank's common stock on the first business day of January, each
year, at the fair market value on date of grant. 2,250 stock options with
a ten-year life were awarded in 1999. No stock options were awarded in
1998.
The Bank has established the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and has reserved
25,000 shares of its unissued capital stock for issuance under the plan.
Under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, key officers and certain other
employees are eligible to be awarded qualified options to purchase the
Bank's common stock at the fair market value on the date of grant. 1,500
qualified stock options with a ten-year life were awarded in 1999. No
qualified options were awarded in 1998.
The Bank applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related
interpretations in accounting for the Option Plans. Accordingly, no
compensation expense has been recognized for the Option Plans. Had
compensation cost for the Option Plans been determined based on fair
values at the grant date for awards consistent with the method of SFAS No.
123, the Bank's net income and earnings per share would have been adjusted
to the pro forma amounts indicated below for the year ended December 31,
1999:
AS REPORTED PRO FORMA
----------- ---------
Net income (in thousands) $3,814 $3,790
Earnings per share - Basic 4.26 4.23
- Diluted 4.25 4.23
F-21
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For purposes of the pro forma calculations, the fair value of each option
is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following weighted-average assumptions for grants issued in 1999:
Dividend yield 2.48%
Expected volatility 6.85%
Risk-free interest rate 5.50%
Expected lives 5 years
A summary of the status of the Bank's option Plans as of December 31, 1999
and changes during the year ended is presented below:
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
------ --------------
Outstanding, beginning of year -
Granted 3,750 $62.00
Exercised -
Forfeited -
---- ------
Outstanding, end of year 3,750 $62.00
===== ======
F-22
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. INCOME TAXES
The following temporary differences gave rise to the deferred tax asset at
December 31, 1999 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Provision for loan losses $ 971,182 $ 915,197
Deferred compensation 104,244 90,104
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale loans 49,588 -
Other tax assets 14,395 -
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 2,407,670 (68,962)
---------- ---------
Total 3,547,079 936,339
---------- ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Leasing (686,734) (350,340)
Loan fees and costs (187,171) (133,250)
---------- ---------
Total (873,905) (483,590)
---------- ---------
Deferred tax asset, net $2,673,174 $ 452,749
========== =========
</TABLE>
The provision for income taxes is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current $645,109 $1,131,948 $1,173,088
Deferred 258,291 114,812 11,920
-------- ---------- ----------
Total provision $903,400 $1,246,760 $1,185,008
======== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
A reconciliation between the expected statutory income tax and the actual
provision for income taxes is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expected provision at the statutory rate $1,603,989 $1,635,506 $1,528,322
Tax-exempt income (660,622) (437,820) (383,916)
Nondeductible interest expense 95,891 66,618 54,659
Low income housing tax credits (73,910) - -
Other, net (61,948) (17,544) (14,057)
---------- ---------- ----------
Actual provision for income taxes $ 903,400 $1,246,760 $1,185,008
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. RETIREMENT PLAN
The Bank has a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all
employees of the Bank. It is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). Contributions to the Plan
for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were $212,898, $200,140 and $177,529,
respectively.
12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest
rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit
and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying
degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount
recognized in the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those
instruments reflect the extent of the Bank's involvement in particular
classes of financial instruments.
The Bank's exposure to credit loss from nonperformance by the other party
to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those
instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments
and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to
customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of fees. Since commitments may
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. The Bank evaluates
each customer's credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of
collateral obtained, if considered necessary by the Bank on extension of
credit, is based on management's credit assessment of the customer.
Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by
the Bank guaranteeing performance by a customer to a third party. The
credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same
as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
The Bank has not incurred any losses on its commitments in either 1999,
1998 or 1997.
F-24
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The carrying or notional amount and estimated fair values of the Bank's
financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 1999 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
............1999........... ...........1998............
CARRYING CARRYING
OR OR
NOTIONAL ESTIMATED NOTIONAL ESTIMATED
AMOUNT FAIR VALUE AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
------ ---------- ------ ----------
(IN THOUSANDS) (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 17,957 $ 17,957 $ 8,720 $ 8,720
Federal funds sold - - 6,500 6,500
Available-for-sale securities 109,262 109,262 78,608 78,608
Loans and leases 299,366 295,628 238,438 240,072
Loans available for sale 5,254 5,254 8,858 9,010
Accrued interest 3,262 3,262 2,404 2,404
Financial liabilities:
Deposit liabilities $294,701 $294,649 $240,001 $240,551
Accrued interest 1,767 1,767 2,742 2,742
Short-term borrowings 60,249 60,249 29,405 29,411
Long-term debt 57,305 56,805 42,252 42,256
Off-balance sheet liabilities:
Commitments to extend credit $56,018 $ 56,018 $ 75,070 $ 75,070
Standby letters of credit 4,398 4,398 1,443 1,443
</TABLE>
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share (EPS) is computed using the weighted-average number of
shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the assumed
exercise of stock options.
The following data shows the amounts used in computing earnings per share
and the effects on income and the weighted average number of shares of
dilutive potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998
and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCOME COMMON SHARES
NUMBERATOR DENOMINATOR EPS
---------- ----------- ---
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1999
----
Basic EPS $3,814,215 896,116 $4.26
=====
Dilutive effect of potential common stock
-----------------------------------------
Stock options:
Exercise of options outstanding 3,750
Hypothetical share repurchase at $70.25 (3,310)
---------- -------
Diluted EPS $3,814,215 896,556 $4.25
----------- ========== ======= =====
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME COMMON SHARES
NUMBERATOR DENOMINATOR EPS
---------- ----------- ---
1998
Basic and diluted EPS $3,563,552 848,554 $4.20
========== ======= =====
INCOME COMMON SHARES
NUMBERATOR DENOMINATOR EPS
---------- ----------- ---
1997
Basic and diluted EPS $3,310,057 832,994 $3.97
========== ======= =====
14. REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory-and possible
additional discretionary-actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could
have a direct material effect on the Bank's financial statements. Under
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that
involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and
certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting
practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject
to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the
table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations)
to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined)
to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 1999, the Bank meets
all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total
risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in
the table. The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented
in the table. No amounts were deducted from capital for interest-rate risk
in either 1999 or 1998.
F-26
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
To Be Well Capitalized
For Capital Under Prompt Corrective
Actual Adequacy Purposes: Action Provisions:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
------ ----- ------ ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
As of December 31, 1999:
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) $39,972,000 14.0% =>$23,073,000 =>8.0% =>$28,841,000 =>10.0%
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) $36,800,000 12.8% =>$11,536,000 =>4.0% =>$17,304,000 =>10.0%
Tier I Capital
(to Average Assets) $36,800,000 8.2% =>$16,170,000 =>4.0% =>$20,213,000 =>5.0%
As of December 31, 1998:
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) $36,493,000 17.5% =>$16,695,000 =>8.0% =>$20,869,000 =>10.0%
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) $33,880,000 16.2% =>$8,347,000 =>4.0% =>$12,521,000 =>10.0%
Tier I Capital
(to Average Assets) $33,880,000 9.7% =>$12,557,000 =>4.0% =>$15,696,000 =>5.0%
</TABLE>
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the ordinary course of business, loans are made to executive
officers, directors, shareholders and associates of such persons. These
transactions were made on substantially the same terms and at those rates
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others. These
loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or
present other unfavorable features. A summary of loan activity with
officers, directors, shareholders and associates of such persons is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning $ 4,337,908 $ 4,261,755 $ 3,910,681
Additions 1,981,163 1,597,121 2,266,427
Collections (2,194,036) (1,520,968) (1,915,353)
----------- ----------- -----------
Balance, ending $ 4,125,035 $ 4,337,908 $ 4,261,755
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate loans to directors and associates exceeding 2.5% of
shareholders' equity included in the table above are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Number of persons 1 2 3
Balance, beginning $2,447,527 $3,511,442 $ 2,616,784
Additions 689,343 590,547 2,088,447
Collections (375,165) (926,111) (1,807,055)
Prior loan balance now above threshold 613,266
Adjustment for loans no longer
exceeding 2.5% of shareholder's equity (890,347) (728,351) -
---------- ---------- -----------
Balance, ending $1,871,358 $2,447,527 $ 3,511,442
========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
In January 2000, the Bank granted 2,250 options to purchase the Bank's
capital stock at $71.25 per share under the terms of its 1998 Independent
Directors Stock Option Plan. In January 2000, the Bank also granted 1,700
options to purchase the Bank's capital stock at $71.25 per share under the
1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
F-28
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
The following is a summary of quarterly results of operations for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998
and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH
1999 QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER TOTAL
---- ------- ------- ------- ------- -----
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income $ 6,213 $ 6,883 $ 7,560 $ 7,949 $ 28,605
Interest expense (3,235) (3,670) (4,072) (4,399) (15,376)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net interest income 2,978 3,213 3,488 3,550 13,229
Provision for loan losses (180) (140) (85) (125) (530)
Other income 498 574 602 431 2,105
Other expenses (2,272) (2,484) (2,683) (2,648) (10,087)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Income before provision for
income taxes 1,024 1,163 1,322 1,208 4,717
Provision for income taxes (220) (261) (303) (119) (903)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income $ 804 $ 902 $ 1,019 $ 1,089 $ 3,814
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Net income per share $ .90 $ 1.00 $ 1.14 $ 1.22 $ 4.26
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH
1998 QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER TOTAL
---- ------- ------- ------- ------- -----
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income $ 5,530 $ 5,712 $ 5,974 $ 6,255 $ 23,471
Interest expense (2,915) (2,990) (3,193) (3,210) (12,308)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net interest income 2,615 2,722 2,781 3,045 11,163
Provision for loan losses (182) (182) (184) (98) (646)
Other income 389 415 457 641 1,902
Other expenses (1,711) (1,842) (1,978) (2,078) (7,609)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Income before provision for
income taxes 1,111 1,113 1,076 1,510 4,810
Provision for income taxes (284) (280) (270) (413) (1,247)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income $ 827 $ 833 $ 806 $ 1,097 $ 3,563
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Net income per share $ .98 $ .98 $ .95 $ 1.29 $ 4.20
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE>
FIDELITY DEPOSIT & DISCOUNT BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH
1997 QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER TOTAL
---- ------- ------- ------- ------- -----
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income $ 5,073 $ 5,188 $ 5,207 $ 5,569 $ 21,038
Interest expense (2,570) (2,617) (2,627) (2,825) (10,640)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net interest income 2,503 2,571 2,580 2,744 10,398
Provision for loan losses (90) (176) (138) (219) (623)
Other income 298 351 343 311 1,303
Other expenses (1,605) (1,648) (1,706) (1,624) (6,583)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Income before provision for
income taxes 1,106 1,098 1,079 1,212 4,495
Provision for income taxes (290) (289) (284) (322) (1,185)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income $ 816 $ 809 $ 795 $ 890 $ 3,310
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Net income per share $ .98 $ .97 $ .95 $ 1.07 $ 3.97
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F-30
<PAGE>
ANNEX A
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
AND PLAN OF MERGER
A-1
<PAGE>
PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
THIS AGREEMENT made as of this 21st day of December, 1999, among FIDELITY
D & D BANCORP, INC., a Pennsylvania business corporation (the "Holding
Company"), THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK, Dunmore, Pennsylvania, a
Pennsylvania-chartered bank and trust company (the "Bank"), and THE FIDELITY
DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT INTERIM BANK (In Organization), a Pennsylvania-chartered
banking institution and a subsidiary of the Holding Company (the "Interim
Bank"),
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Interim Bank desire to
effect the formation of a bank holding company whereby Bank and the Interim Bank
will be merged, the surviving bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Holding Company, and the present shareholders of the Bank (except for those who
perfect dissenters' rights) will become shareholders of the Holding Company, on
the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as
follows:
SECTION 1. MERGER.
1.1. AGREEMENT TO MERGE. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth, the parties hereto agree to effect a merger of the Bank and the
Interim Bank (the "Merger") pursuant to the provisions of the Pennsylvania
Banking Code of 1965, as amended, (the "Banking Code") in accordance with the
Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof (the "Plan of
Merger").
1.2. HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK. The Holding Company shall make available
to the Bank and the Interim Bank a sufficient number of shares of the Holding
Company's Common Stock to effect the Merger pursuant to the Plan of Merger.
SECTION 2. SHARES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY AND OF THE SURVIVING BANK.
2.1. CONVERSION OF SHARES. The manner of converting the shares of Common
Stock of the Bank into shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company and the
shares of Common Stock of the Interim Bank into shares of Common Stock of the
surviving bank in the Merger shall be as set forth in Section 2 of the Plan of
Merger.
SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY.
The Holding Company represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
A-2
<PAGE>
3.1. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. The Holding Company is a corporation duly
organized and validly existing under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law
of 1988, as amended.
3.2. CAPITALIZATION. The Holding Company is authorized to issue Ten Million
(10,000,000) shares of Common Stock, without par value, of which five (5) shares
are issued and outstanding, and Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred
stock, without par value, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. There
are no outstanding options, warrants, calls, convertible securities,
subscriptions or other commitments or rights of any nature with respect to the
Common Stock of the Holding Company.
3.3. AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Board of
Directors of the Holding Company. Subject to appropriate shareholder and
regulatory approvals, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor
the consummation of the transactions provided for herein will violate any
agreement to which the Holding Company is a party or by which it is bound or any
law, order or decree or any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or
By-laws.
3.4. ABSENCE OF LIABILITIES. Prior to the effective time of the Merger, the
Holding Company will have engaged only in the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Plan of Merger, will have no material liabilities and will
have incurred no material obligations except in connection with its performance
of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and in the Plan of Merger.
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK.
The Bank represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
4.1. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. The Bank is a state-chartered bank and
trust company duly organized and validly existing under the Pennsylvania Banking
Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code").
4.2. CAPITALIZATION. The Bank is authorized to issue Five Million
(5,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $1.5625 per share, of which
897,736.20888 shares are issued and outstanding. As of the date of this
Agreement, the Bank has issued 3,750 options at an exercise price of $62.00 per
share under its 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan and 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan. Each such option is exercisable for one share of Common Stock of
the Bank. The Bank may issue up to 25,000 shares of Common Stock under each of
these stock option plans. The Bank also has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan by
which participants' dividends are invested in additional shares of Common Stock.
The Bank may issue up to 50,000 shares of Common Stock under the Dividend
Reinvestment Plan. Other than as disclosed in this Section 4.2, there are no
other outstanding options, warrants, calls, convertible securities,
subscriptions or other commitments or rights of any nature with respect to the
Common Stock of Bank.
4.3. AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger have been duly authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Bank. Subject to appropriate shareholder and
regulatory approvals, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
the Plan of Merger nor the consummation of the transactions provided for herein
or therein will violate any agreement to which the Bank is a party or by which
it is bound or any law, order, or decree or any provision of its Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws.
A-3
<PAGE>
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INTERIM BANK.
The Interim Bank represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
5.1. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. The Interim Bank is a state-chartered
banking institution in the process of formation under the Banking Code.
5.2. CAPITALIZATION. Upon formation, the Interim Bank will be authorized to
issue Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $2.00 per
share, of which 50,000 shares will be issued and outstanding and owned by the
Holding Company and ten organizers immediately prior to the Merger.
5.3. AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger have been duly authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Interim Bank. Subject to appropriate
shareholder and regulatory approvals, neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the Plan of Merger nor the consummation of the transactions
provided for herein or therein will violate any agreement to which the Interim
Bank is a party or by which it is bound or any law, order, decree or any
provision of its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws.
5.4. ABSENCE OF LIABILITIES. Prior to the effective time of the Merger, the
Interim Bank will have engaged only in the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Plan of Merger, will have no material liabilities and will
have incurred no material obligations except in connection with its performance
of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and in the Plan of Merger.
SECTION 6. COVENANTS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY.
The Holding Company agrees that between the date hereof and the effective
time of the Merger:
6.1. CAPITALIZATION OF THE INTERIM BANK. The Holding Company shall purchase
a total of 45,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $2.00 per share, of Interim
Bank for $3.10 per share, and shall cause the Interim Bank to do all things
necessary to obtain a charter as a state banking institution pursuant to the
Banking Code so as to permit the consummation of the Merger provided for in the
Plan of Merger. The Holding Company shall also purchase the 5,000 shares of
Common Stock of the Organizers of the Interim Bank upon consummation of the
Merger for $3.10 per share.
6.2. APPROVAL OF MERGER. The Holding Company, as a shareholder of the
Interim Bank, shall approve this Agreement and the Plan of Merger in accordance
with applicable law.
6.3. ASSUMPTION OF STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK OPTION PLANS. The Holding
Company shall assume the obligations of the Bank under all stock options
outstanding as of the date of this Agreement to purchase 3,750 shares of Common
Stock of the Bank, to the extent that such options remain unexercised on the
effective date of this Agreement, as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Plan of
Merger. The Holding Company shall also assume the obligations of the Bank under
the Bank's 1998
A-4
<PAGE>
Independent Directors Stock Option Plan and 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as set
forth in Section 2.4 of the Plan of Merger.
6.4. BEST EFFORTS. The Holding Company will use its best efforts to take,
or cause to be taken, all actions or do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to
consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the Plan of Merger, subject, however, to the requisite vote of the
shareholders of the Bank in accordance with the requirements of the Banking Code
and applicable law.
SECTION 7. COVENANTS OF THE BANK.
The Bank agrees that between the date hereof and the effective time of the
Merger:
7.1. SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING. The Bank shall submit this Agreement and the
Plan of Merger to the vote of its shareholders as provided by the Banking Code
and other applicable laws at a meeting of shareholders to be held as soon as
practicable, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.
7.2. BEST EFFORTS. The Bank will use its best efforts to take, or cause to
be taken, all actions or do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper
or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Plan of
Merger, subject, however, to the requisite vote of the shareholders of the Bank
in accordance with the requirements of the Banking Code and applicable law.
SECTION 8. COVENANTS OF THE INTERIM BANK.
The Interim Bank agrees that between the date hereof and the effective time
of the Merger:
8.1. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Interim Bank shall submit this Agreement and
the Plan of Merger to its shareholder(s) for approval and adoption as provided
by the Banking Code and other applicable laws.
8.2. BEST EFFORTS. The Interim Bank will use its best efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions or do, or cause to be done, all things necessary,
proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Plan of
Merger, subject, however, to the requisite approval of the shareholder(s) of the
Interim Bank in accordance with the requirements of the Banking Code and
applicable law.
SECTION 9. CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES.
The obligations of the parties to consummate this Agreement and the Plan of
Merger shall be subject to the following conditions:
9.1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES: PERFORMANCE OF COVENANTS. The
representations and warranties and covenants contained in Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
and 8 hereof shall be true as of and at
A-5
<PAGE>
the effective time of the Merger, and each party shall have performed all
obligations required hereby to be performed by it prior to the effective time of
the Merger.
9.2. BANK SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The shareholders of Bank shall have duly
approved this Agreement and the Plan of Merger in accordance with applicable
laws.
9.3. REGULATORY APPROVALS. Any federal or state regulatory agency having
jurisdiction (banking or otherwise), to the extent that any consent or approval
is required by applicable laws or regulations for the consummation of this
Agreement and the Plan of Merger, shall have granted any necessary consent or
approval.
9.4. REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The registration statement (the "Registration
Statement") filed by the Holding Company, if required pursuant to the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, covering the shares of the Holding Company's Common
Stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan of Merger shall have been declared
effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission; and no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been
issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the
knowledge of the Holding Company, shall be contemplated or threatened by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
9.5. LITIGATION. There shall be no litigation or proceeding pending or
threatened for the purpose of enjoining, restraining or preventing the
consummation of the Merger, this Agreement or the Plan of Merger or otherwise
claiming that such consummation is improper.
9.6. TAX OPINION. A tax opinion shall have been obtained from Shumaker
Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to the Bank that the
conversion of Bank's Common Stock into the Holding Company's Common Stock will
be tax free for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that the
requirements of this Section 9.6 may be waived by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors of each of the parties hereto.
SECTION 10. TERMINATION, WAIVER AND AMENDMENT.
10.1. CIRCUMSTANCES OF TERMINATION. Anything herein or elsewhere to the
contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement and the Plan of Merger may be
terminated at any time before the effective time of the Merger (whether before
or after action with respect thereto by the Bank's shareholders) only:
(a) by the mutual consent of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the
Interim Bank and the Holding Company evidenced by an instrument in writing
signed on behalf of each by any two of their respective officers; or
(b) by the Board of Directors of the Bank if in its sole judgment the
Merger would be inadvisable because of the number of shareholders of the
Bank who perfect their dissenter's rights in accordance with applicable law
and the Plan of Merger, or if, in the sole judgment of such Board, the
Merger would not be in the best interests of the Bank or its employees,
depositors or shareholders for any reason whatsoever.
A-6
<PAGE>
10.2. EFFECT OF TERMINATION. In the event of the termination and
abandonment hereof, this Agreement and the Plan of Merger shall become void and
have no effect, without any liability on the part of any of the parties, their
directors, officers or shareholders, except as set forth in Section 11 hereof.
10.3. WAIVER. Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement and the Plan
of Merger may be waived in writing at any time by the Bank by action taken by
its Board of Directors, whether before or after action by the Bank's
shareholders; provided, however, that such action shall be taken only if, in the
judgment of the Board of Directors, such waiver will not have a materially
adverse effect on the benefits intended to be granted hereunder to the
shareholders of the Bank.
10.4. AMENDMENT. Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary
notwithstanding, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement and the Plan of
Merger may be amended at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Board of Directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and the Interim
Bank, whether before or after action with respect thereto by the Bank's
shareholders and without further approval of such amendment by the shareholders
of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Section 2.1 of this Agreement and
Section 2 of the Plan of Merger may not be amended after the meeting of the
Bank's shareholders referred to in Section 7.1 hereof except by the vote of Bank
shareholders required for the approval of the Merger by such shareholders.
SECTION 11. EXPENSES.
11.1. GENERAL. Each party hereto will pay its own expenses incurred in
connection with this Agreement and the Plan of Merger, whether or not the
transactions contemplated herein are effected.
11.2. SPECIAL DIVIDEND. Upon the effective time of the Merger, the
surviving bank shall pay a special dividend to the Holding Company in an amount
equal to the sum of:
(a) the expenses of the Holding Company in connection with the
transactions contemplated herein, if any;
(b) the principal amount of any loan that the Holding Company shall
have obtained to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Interim Bank as
provided in 6.1 hereof; and
(c) the amount of any interest incurred by the Holding Company on
account of any loans obtained by it for the purchase of shares of Common
Stock of the Interim Bank as provided in Section 6.1 hereof.
SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.
12.1. RESTRICTIONS ON AFFILIATES. The Holding Company may cause stock
certificates representing any shares issued to any shareholder who may be deemed
to be an affiliate of the Bank, within the meaning of Rule 145 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to bear a legend setting forth any
applicable restrictions on transfer thereof under Rule 145 and may cause
stop-transfer orders to be entered with its transfer agent with respect to any
such certificates.
A-7
<PAGE>
12.2. NO BROKERS. Each of the parties represents to the other that it has
not incurred and will not incur any liability for brokerage fees or agents'
commissions in connection with this Agreement, the Plan of Merger and the
transactions contemplated hereby.
12.3. RIGHT TO WITHHOLD DIVIDENDS. The Board of Directors of the Holding
Company reserves the right to withhold dividends from any former shareholder of
the Bank who fails to exchange certificates representing the shares of the Bank
for certificates representing the shares of the Holding Company in accordance
with Section 2 of the Plan of Merger.
12.4. FAILURE TO SURRENDER CERTIFICATES. Shareholders of the Holding
Company shall surrender certificates representing the shares of the Bank for
certificates representing the shares of the Holding Company within two (2) years
of the date of the letter of transmittal as provided in Section 2 of the Plan of
Merger. In the event that any certificates are not surrendered for exchange
within such two (2) year period, the shares, represented by appropriate
certificates of the Holding Company that would otherwise have been delivered in
exchange for the unsurrendered certificates, may be sold and the net proceeds of
the sale shall be held for the shareholders of the unsurrendered certificates to
be paid to them upon surrender of their outstanding certificates. From and after
such sale, the sole right of the holders of the unsurrendered outstanding
certificates shall be the right to collect the net sales proceeds held for their
account.
12.5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the Plan of Merger
attached as an exhibit hereto) contains the entire agreement among the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements,
written or oral, with respect thereto.
12.6. CAPTIONS. Descriptive headings are for convenience only and shall not
control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions of this
Agreement or the Plan of Merger.
12.7. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement and the Plan of Merger shall be
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to contracts
executed in and to be performed exclusively within the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, regardless of where they are executed.
12.8. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original
instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one
agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year
first above mentioned.
(SEAL)
ATTEST: FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
/s/ John Glinsky, Jr. By: /s/ Michael F, Marranca
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary Michael F. Marranca, President
(SEAL)
A-8
<PAGE>
ATTEST: THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND
DISCOUNT BANK
/s/ John Glinsky, Jr. By: /s/ Michael F. Marranca
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary Michael F. Marranca, President
(SEAL)
ATTEST: THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT
INTERIM BANK
(In Organization)
/s/ John F. Glinsky, Jr. By: /s/ Michael F. Marranca
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary Michael F. Marranca, President
A-9
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
PLAN OF MERGER
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT INTERIM BANK
WITH, INTO AND UNDER THE CHARTER OF
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
THIS PLAN OF MERGER made between The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank
(the "Bank"), a Pennsylvania-chartered bank and trust company, located at
Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, County of Lackawanna, in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, and The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank (in
organization) (the "Interim Bank"), a Pennsylvania-chartered bank, located at
Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, County of Lackawanna, in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania (the two parties being sometimes collectively referred to herein
as the "Constituent Banks").
WHEREAS, Bank, Interim Bank and Fidelity D&D Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding
Company"), a Pennsylvania business corporation of which Interim Bank is a
subsidiary, have entered into a Plan of Reorganization of even day herewith (the
"Plan of Reorganization"), providing for, among other things, the execution of
the Plan of Merger and for the merger (the "Merger") of Bank and Interim Bank in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Constituent Banks, intending to be legally bound
hereby, agree to effect the Merger in accordance with the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.
SECTION 1. General.
1.1 The Merger. On the Effective Date, as hereinafter defined, Interim Bank
shall be merged with, into and under the charter of the bank under the
Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code"), the
separate existence of Interim Bank shall cease, and Bank shall be the
surviving Bank (the "Surviving Bank"), in accordance with this Plan of
Merger.
1.2 Name. The name of the surviving Bank shall be The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank, and the location of its principal office shall be Blakely
and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512.
1.3 Articles of Incorporation. At the Effective Date, the Articles of
Incorporation of the bank, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective
Date, shall be the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Bank.
1.4 By-laws. At the Effective Date, the by-laws of the bank, as in effect
immediately prior to the Effective Date, shall be the by-laws of the
Surviving Bank.
A-10
<PAGE>
1.5 Effect of Merger. On the Effective Date, the Surviving Bank shall succeed,
without further act or deed, to all of the property, rights, powers, duties
and obligations of the Constituent Banks in accordance with the banking
Code. Any claim existing or action pending by or against either of the
Constituent Banks may be prosecuted to judgment as if the Merger had not
taken place, and the Surviving Bank may be substituted in its place.
1.6 Continuation in Business. The Surviving Bank shall continue in business
with the assets and liabilities of each of the Constituent Banks. The
Surviving Bank shall be a bank and trust company organized and having
perpetual existence under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any
branch offices of the Surviving Bank shall consist of the bank's present
branch offices and any other branch office or offices that Bank may be
authorized to have as of the Effective Date.
1.7 Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of Bank immediately prior to the
consummation of the Merger shall serve as the Board of Directors of the
Surviving Bank from and after the Effective Date and until such time as
their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
1.8 Officers. The persons who are executive or other officers of Bank
immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger shall serve as the
officers of the Surviving Bank from and after the Effective Date and until
such time as the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank shall otherwise
determine.
1.9 Employees. On the Effective Date, all persons who are employees of Bank and
of Interim Bank shall become employees of the Surviving Bank.
SECTION 2. Conversion of Shares. The manner and basis of converting shares of
Common Stock of the Constituent Banks shall be as follows:
2.1 Stock of Interim Bank. The shares of Common Stock, par value $2.00 per
share, of Interim Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Date shall be converted into fully paid and non-assessable shares
of Common Stock of the Surviving Bank so that the number of outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Surviving Bank at and after the Effective
Date shall equal the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
bank prior to the Effective Date and resulting in all outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Surviving Bank being held by the holding company at and
after the Effective Date.
2.2 Stock of the bank. Each share of Common Stock, par value $1.5625 per share,
of Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
(except for shares owned by shareholders who shall have duly perfected
dissenters' rights in accordance with this Plan of Merger and applicable
law and except for fractional shares) shall, on the Effective Date, by
virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder
thereof, be converted into and become two (2) shares of fully paid and
nonassessable Common Stock, without par value, of the holding company. No
fractional shares of Common Stock and no scrip or certificates therefor,
shall be issued in connection with the Merger. In lieu of the issuance of
any fractional share to which a shareholder would otherwise be entitled,
each former shareholder of Bank shall receive, in cash, an amount equal to
the fair market value of his or
A-11
<PAGE>
her fractional interest. From and after the Effective Date, each
certificate which, prior to the Effective Date, represented shares of
Common Stock of the bank shall evidence ownership of shares of Common Stock
of the holding company on the basis set forth herein.
2.3 Treasury Stock. Each share of Common Stock, par value $1.5625 per share, of
Bank held as a treasury share immediately prior to the Effective Date, if
any, shall thereupon and without notice be canceled.
2.4 Assumption of Stock Options. Holding Company shall assume the obligations
of Bank under stock options outstanding to the extent that such options
remain unexercised on the Effective Date, and further shall assume the
obligations of Bank under the bank's 1998 Independent Directors Stock
Option Plan and 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plans"). Such outstanding
stock options shall automatically be converted into the right to purchase
double the number of shares at half of the option exercise price per share,
had the option or warrant been exercised prior to the Merger, and in
accordance with the terms of the Plans. No fractional shares of Holding
Company Common Stock, and no scrip or certificates therefor, shall be
issued in connection with the assumption or exercise of such stock options.
The obligations of the bank, as assumed by the holding company, under the
Plans will automatically be adjusted to reflect the two-for-one exchange
ratio of Holding Company Common Stock for the bank's Common Stock.
Similarly, the number of shares which may be issued under the Plans will
automatically be adjusted.
2.5 Exchange Agent. Bank shall designate the Secretary or another officer of
the holding company or Bank to act as exchange agent to receive from the
holders thereof, certificates that, immediately prior to the Effective
Date, represented Bank's Common Stock and to exchange such certificates for
Common Stock of the holding company, as provided herein and, if applicable,
to pay cash for fractional shares of Bank Common Stock pursuant to Section
2.2 above.
2.6 Exchange Procedure. If appointed pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, the
exchange agent shall promptly mail to each record holder as of the date of
exchange of an outstanding certificate or certificates that, prior to the
Effective Date, represented shares of Bank's Common Stock, a letter of
transmittal (which shall specify how delivery shall be effected, and that
risk of loss and title to such certificate or certificates shall pass only
upon proper delivery of such certificate or certificates, together with a
properly executed letter of transmittal to the exchange agent at is address
stated therein) and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of such
certificate or certificates for exchange therefor. Upon surrender to the
exchange agent of such certificate or certificates, together with such
letter of transmittal, properly executed, the exchange agent shall exchange
such certificate or certificates for shares of common stock of the holding
company, as provided herein.
2.7 Failure to Surrender Certificates. Shareholders will be required to
surrender certificates representing shares of the bank for certificates
representing shares of the holding company. All Bank Common Stock
certificates must be surrendered within two (2) years after notice that
surrender will be required. In the event that any former shareholder of
Bank shall not have properly surrendered his Common Stock certificates
within two (2) years after such
A-12
<PAGE>
notice, the shares of Holding Company Common Stock that would otherwise
have been issued to him may, at the option of the holding company, be sold,
and the net proceeds of such sale, together with the cash (if any) to which
he is entitled in lieu of the issuance of a fractional share and any
previously accrued dividends, shall be held in a noninterest bearing
account for his benefit. From and after any such sale, the sole right of
such former shareholder of Bank shall be right to collect such net
proceeds, cash and accumulated dividends. Subject to all applicable laws of
escheat, such net proceeds, cash and accumulated dividends shall be paid to
such former shareholder of Bank, without interest, upon proper surrender of
his Common Stock certificates.
2.8 Dissenters' Rights. Shareholders of Bank shall be entitled to exercise the
rights provided in Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, (15 PA C.S.A.ss.1571 et. seq.)
("Dissenters' Rights") with respect to the Plan of Merger.
SECTION 3. Miscellaneous.
3.1 Conditions. The obligations of Bank and Interim Bank to effect the Merger
shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the Plan
of Reorganization.
3.2 Termination and Agreement. This Plan of Merger may be terminated or amended
prior to the Effective Date in the manner and upon the conditions set forth
in the Plan of Reorganization. If the Plan of Reorganization is terminated
pursuant to the terms thereof, this Plan of Merger shall terminate
simultaneously, and the Merger shall be abandoned without further action of
the parties hereto.
WITNESS the signatures and seals of said merging banks this 21st day of
December, 1999, each hereunto set by its President or a Vice President and
attested by its Cashier or Secretary, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of
Directors, acting by a majority thereof.
ATTEST: THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND
DISCOUNT BANK
/s/ John Glinsky, Jr. By: /s/ Michael F. Marranca
- ---------------------------------- -------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary Michael F. Marranca, President
ATTEST: THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND
DISCOUNT INTERIM BANK
/s/ John F. Glinsky, Jr. By: /s/ Michael F. Marranca
- ---------------------------------- -------------------------------
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary Michael F. Marranca, President
A-13
<PAGE>
ANNEX B
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
B-1
<PAGE>
[PG NUMBER]
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
1. The name of the Corporation is Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
2. The address, including street and number, if any, of this Corporation's
initial registered office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is Blakely &
Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512, and the county of venue is
Lackawanna.
3. The Corporation is incorporated under the provisions of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988 (15 PA C.S.A.ss.1101 et seq.), as the same may
be amended.
4. The purpose or purposes of the Corporation are to have unlimited power
to engage in and to do any lawful act concerning any or all business for which
corporations may be incorporated under the provisions of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988, as the same may be amended.
5. (a) The aggregate number of shares that the Corporation shall have
authority to issue is Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares, without par
value, divided into a class of Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of
common stock, without par value, and a class of Five Million
(5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, without par value. The
preferred stock shall be divided into one or more series as the Board
of Directors may determine as provided herein.
(b) The holders of common stock shall have one vote per share. The
common stock shall be subject to the prior rights of holders of any
series of preferred stock outstanding, according to the preferences,
if any, of such series.
(c) Each series of preferred stock may have full, limited, multiple or
fractional or no voting rights, and such designations, preferences,
limitations, and special rights as determined by the board of
directors as provided herein. The division of the preferred stock into
series, the determination of the designation and the number of shares
of any such series and the determination of the voting rights,
preferences, limitations, and special rights of the shares of any such
series may be accomplished by an amendment to this Article 5, which
amendment may be made solely by action of the board of directors,
which shall have the full authority permitted by law to make such
division and determinations.
(d) Unless otherwise provided in a resolution or resolutions
establishing any particular series of preferred stock, the aggregate
number of authorized shares of preferred stock may be increased by an
amendment to the articles approved solely by the holders of the common
stock and of any preferred stock
B-2
<PAGE>
who are entitled under voting rights designated by the board to vote
thereon, if at all, voting together as a class.
6. The name and address, including street and number, if any, of each of
the Incorporators, and the number and class of shares subscribed to by each
Incorporator is:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number and
Name Address Class of Shares
---- ------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Paul A. Barrett 2209 Jefferson Ave. 1 share of
Dunmore, PA 18509 common stock
Samuel C. Cali 303 W. Elm Street 1 share of
Dunmore, PA 18512 common stock
Patrick J. Dempsey 100 Swinck Drive 1 share of
Dunmore, PA 18512 common stock
Michael F. Marranca 119 Johnson Street 1 share of
Pittston, PA 18640 common stock
Michael J. McDonald 2016 Green Ridge Street 1 share of
Dunmore, PA 18512 common stock
</TABLE>
7. No merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the
Corporation, nor any action that would result in the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Corporation shall be valid unless first approved by the affirmative
vote of:
(a) the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the
outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
thereon; or
(b) the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding
shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, provided
that such transaction has received the prior approval of at least
eighty percent (80%) of all of the members of the Board of Directors.
8. Cumulative voting rights shall not exist with respect to the election of
directors.
9. A majority of the Board of Directors of this Corporation, or one or more
shareholders entitled to cast at least twenty percent (20%) of the votes that
all shareholders are entitled to cast at a particular meeting, shall be entitled
to call special meetings of the shareholders.
10. (a) The Board of Directors may, if it deems advisable, oppose a tender
or other offer for the corporation's securities, whether the offer is
in cash or in the securities of a corporation or otherwise. When
considering whether to oppose an offer, the Board of Directors may,
but is not legally obligated to, in
B-3
<PAGE>
considering the best interests of the corporation, consider any
relevant, germane or pertinent issue to the extent the Directors deem
appropriate; by way of illustration, but not to be considered any
limitation on the power of the Board of Directors to oppose a tender
or other offer for this Corporation's securities, the Board of
Directors may, but shall not be legally obligated to, consider any or
all of the following:
(i) Whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical
and present operating results or financial condition of the
Corporation;
(ii) Whether a more favorable price could be obtained for this
corporation's securities in the future;
(iii) The social and economic effects of the offer or transaction on
this Corporation and any of its subsidiaries, employees,
depositors, loan and other customers, creditors, shareholders
and other elements of the communities in which this Corporation
and any of its subsidiaries operate or are located;
(iv) The reputation and business practice of the offeror and its
management and affiliates as they would affect the shareholders,
employees, depositors and customers of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries and the future value of the Corporation's stock;
(v) The value of the securities (if any) which the offeror is
offering in exchange for the Corporation's securities, based on
an analysis of the worth of the Corporation or other entity
whose securities are being offered;
(vi) The business and financial conditions and earnings prospects of
the offeror, including, but not limited to, debt service and
other existing or likely financial obligations of the offeror,
and the possible effect of such conditions upon this Corporation
and any of its subsidiaries and the other elements of the
communities in which this Corporation and any of its
subsidiaries operate or are located;
(vii) Any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are
raised by the offer.
(b) If the Board of Directors determines that an offer should be rejected,
it may take any lawful action to accomplish its purpose including, but
not limited to, any or all of the following: advising shareholders not
to accept that offer; litigation against the offeror; filing
complaints with all governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring
the offeror corporation's securities; selling or otherwise issuing
authorized but unissued securities or treasury stock or granting
options with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an
B-4
<PAGE>
antitrust or other regulatory problem for the offeror; and obtaining a
more favorable offer from another individual or entity.
11. Articles 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 shall not be amended unless first approved
by the affirmative vote of:
(a) the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the
outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
thereon; or
(b) the holders of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding
shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, provided
that such amendment has received the prior approval of at least eighty
percent (80%) of all of the members of the Board of Directors.
B-5
<PAGE>
ANNEX C
BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
C-1
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS
OF
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
Article 1
CORPORATION OFFICE
Section 1.1 The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in
Pennsylvania a registered office. The registered office shall be Blakely and
Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512. The principal place of business of
the Corporation may be, but need not be, the same as the registered office. The
address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board
of Directors.
Section 1.2 The Corporation may also have offices at such other places as
the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the
Corporation may require.
Article 2
SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS
Section 2.1 All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the
registered office of the Corporation or at such other place as may be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors, and such meetings shall be held at such
time as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 2.2 The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held no later
than the thirty-first day of May in each year, when the shareholders shall elect
members to the Board of Directors and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 2.3 Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by a majority of the Board of Directors or by one or more shareholders entitled
to cast at least twenty percent (20%) of the votes which all shareholders are
entitled to cast at a particular meeting. At any time, upon written request of
any person who has called a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the
Secretary to fix the time of the meeting which, if the meeting is called
pursuant to a statutory right, shall be held not more than sixty (60) days after
the receipt of the request. If the Secretary refuses to fix the time of the
meeting or neglects to fix the time of the meeting within thirty (30) days after
the receipt of such a request, the person or persons making the request may
issue the call.
Section 2.4 Written notice of all shareholder meetings (other than
adjourned meetings of shareholders), shall state the place, date, hour, the
purpose thereof and shall be served upon, or mailed, postage prepaid, or
telegraphed, charges prepaid, at least ten (10) days before such meeting, unless
a greater period of notice is required by statute or by these By-laws, to each
shareholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the transfer
books for shares of the Corporation.
C-2
<PAGE>
Section 2.5 When a meeting of shareholders is adjourned, it shall not be
necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be
transacted at an adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which the adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.
Article 3
QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 3.1 The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled
to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to
cast on the particular matter shall constitute a quorum for purposes of
considering such matter, and unless otherwise provided by statute the acts of
such shareholders at a duly organized meeting shall be the acts of the
shareholders.
Section 3.2 If, however, any meeting of shareholders cannot be organized
because of lack of a quorum, those present, in person or by proxy, shall have
the power, except as otherwise provided by statute, to adjourn the meeting to
such time and place as they may determine, without notice other than an
announcement at the meeting, until the requisite number of shareholders for a
quorum shall be present, in person or by proxy, except that those shareholders
entitled to vote who attend a meeting of shareholders:
(1) At which directors are to be elected that has been previously
adjourned for lack of a quorum, although less than a quorum, shall
nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing
directors;
(2) That has been previously adjourned for one or more periods aggregating
at least fifteen (15) days because of an absence of a quorum, although
less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the
purpose of acting upon any matter set forth in the notice of the
meeting if the notice states that those shareholders who attend the
adjourned meeting shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the
purpose of acting upon the matter.
Section 3.3 At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or
so represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted
at the original meeting if a quorum had been present. The shareholders present,
in person or by proxy, at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business
until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to
leave less than a quorum.
Article 4
VOTING RIGHTS
Section 4.1 Except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the
Articles of Incorporation, at every shareholders meeting, every shareholder
entitled to vote thereat shall have the right to one vote for every share having
voting power standing in his name on the transfer books for shares of the
Corporation on the record date fixed for the meeting.
C-3
<PAGE>
Section 4.2 When a quorum is present at any meeting the voice vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present, in person or by
proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting except as provided
differently by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 4.3 Upon demand made by a shareholder entitled to vote at any
election for directors before the voting begins, the election shall be by
ballot.
Article 5
PROXIES
Section 5.1 Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders
or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every
proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder or his duly authorized
attorney in fact and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.
Section 5.2 A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at
will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the
contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until notice
thereof has been given to the Secretary of the Corporation. No unrevoked proxy
shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless a
longer time is expressly provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy, unless
coupled with an interest, be voted after three (3) years from the date of its
execution. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker,
unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice
of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Corporation.
Article 6
RECORD DATE
Section 6.1 The Board of Directors may fix a time, not more than ninety
(90) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the date fixed
for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment
of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will
be made or go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or
entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive
any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such
change, conversion or exchange of shares. In such case, only such shareholders
as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to
notice of, or to vote at, such meeting or to receive payment of such dividend or
distribution or to receive such allotment of rights or to exercise such rights,
as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the transfer
books for shares of the Corporation after any record date fixed as aforesaid.
Section 6.2 The Board of Directors may close the transfer books for shares
of the Corporation against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of
such period, and in such case written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed
at least ten (10) days before closing thereof to each shareholder
C-4
<PAGE>
of record at the address appearing on the records of the Corporation or supplied
by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. While the transfer books
for shares of the Corporation are closed, no transfer of shares shall be made
thereon. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors for the
determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, and vote at, a
shareholders meeting, transferees of shares which are transferred on the books
of the Corporation within ten (10) days next preceding the date of such meeting
shall not be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting.
Article 7
VOTING LISTS
Section 7.1 The Secretary shall have charge of the transfer books for
shares of the Corporation and shall make a complete list of the shareholders
entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order,
with the address of and the number of shares held by each. The list shall be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting for
the purposes thereof.
Section 7.2 Failure to comply with the requirements of Section 7.1 shall
not affect the validity of any action taken at a meeting prior to a demand at
the meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote thereat to examine the list. The
original share register or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the
shareholders entitled to examine the list or share register or transfer book or
to vote an any meeting of shareholders.
Article 8
JUDGES OF ELECTION
Section 8.1 In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of
Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act
at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election are not so
appointed, the presiding officer of the meeting may, and on the request of any
shareholder shall, appoint judges of election at the meeting. The number of
judges shall be one or three. A person who is a candidate for office to be
filled at the meeting shall not act as a judge.
Section 8.2 In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear or
fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the
Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting
by the presiding officer thereof.
Section 8.3 The judges of election shall determine the number of shares
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting,
the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies,
receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any
way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes,
C-5
<PAGE>
determine the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election
or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform
their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as
expeditiously as is practical. If there are three judges of election, the
decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as
the decision, act or certificate of all.
Section 8.4 On request of the presiding officer of the meeting, or of any
shareholder, the judges of election shall make a report in writing of any
challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of
any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by them shall be prima
facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
Article 9
DIRECTORS
Section 9.1 Nominations for election to the Board of Directors may be made
by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Any shareholder who intends to nominate or to cause to have nominated any
candidate for election to the Board of Directors (other than any candidate
proposed by the Corporation's then existing Board of Directors) shall so notify
the Secretary of the Corporation in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior
to the date of any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors.
Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known by
the notifying shareholder.
(a) the name and address of each proposed nominee;
(b) the age of each proposed nominee;
(c) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee;
(d) the number of shares of the Corporation owned by each proposed
nominee;
(e) the total number of shares that to the knowledge of the notifying
shareholder will be voted for each proposed nominee;
(f) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder; and
(g) the number of shares of the Corporation owned by the notifying
shareholder.
Any nomination for director not made in accordance with this Section shall
be disregarded by the presiding officer of the meeting, and votes cast for each
such nominee shall be disregarded by the judges of election. In the event that
the same person is nominated by more than one shareholder, if at
C-6
<PAGE>
least one nomination for such person complies with this Section, the nomination
shall be honored and all votes cast for such nominee shall be counted.
Section 9.2 The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board
of Directors shall be not less than three (3). The Board of Directors shall be
classified into three (3) classes, each class to be elected for a term of three
(3) years. The terms of the respective classes shall expire in successive years
as provided in Section 9.3 hereof. Within the foregoing limits, the Board of
Directors may from time to time fix the number of directors and their respective
classifications.
Section 9.3 At the 2001 annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation,
the shareholders shall elect ten (10) directors as follows: four (4) Class A
directors to serve until the 2003 annual meeting of shareholders, three (3)
Class B directors to serve until the 2002 annual meeting of shareholders, and
three (3) Class C directors to serve until the 2004 annual meeting of
shareholders. Each class shall be elected in a separate election. At each annual
meeting of shareholders thereafter, successors to the class of directors whose
term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term of three (3)
years, so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire in each
year. The Board of Directors shall have the sole discretion to increase the
number of Directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors; provided
however, that the total number of Directors in each class remains relatively
proportionate to the others.
Section 9.4 The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a
director who has been judicially declared of unsound mind or who has been
convicted of an offense punishable by imprisonment for a term of more than one
year or for any other proper cause which these By-laws may specify or if, within
sixty (60) days or such other time as these By-laws may specify after notice of
his selection, he does not accept the office either in writing or by attending a
meeting of the Board of Directors and fulfill such other requirements of
qualification as these By-laws may specify.
Section 9.5 Upon application of any shareholder or director, the court may
remove from office any director in case of fraudulent or dishonest acts, or
gross abuse of authority or discretion with reference to the Corporation, or for
any other proper cause, and may bar from office any director so removed for a
period prescribed by the court. The Corporation shall be made a party to the
action and, as a prerequisite to the maintenance of an action under this Section
9.5, a shareholder shall comply with Section 1782 of the Business Corporation
Law of 1988, and any amendments or supplements thereto.
Section 9.6 An act of the Board of Directors done during the period when a
director has been suspended or removed for cause shall not be impugned or
invalidated if the suspension or removal is thereafter rescinded by the
shareholders or by the Board of Directors or by the final judgment of a court.
Section 9.7 The Board of Directors may appoint a person who previously held
the position of Director to be a Director Emeritus. A Director Emeritus may
attend meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other rights and
privileges as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of
Directors.
C-7
<PAGE>
Article 10
VACANCIES ON BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Article 10.1 Vacancies on the Board of Directors, including vacancies
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a
majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, or by a sole
remaining director, though less than a quorum, and each person so appointed
shall be a director until the expiration of the term of office of the class of
directors to which he was appointed.
Article 11
POWERS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 11.1 The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation
and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles
of Incorporation or by these By-laws directed or required to be exercised and
done by the shareholders.
Section 11.2 A director shall stand in a fiduciary relation to the
Corporation and shall perform his duties as a director, including his duties as
a member of any committee of the Board of Directors upon which he may serve, in
good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of
the Corporation and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, skill and
diligence, as a person of ordinary prudence would use under similar
circumstances. In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely in
good faith on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial
statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by any
of the following:
(a) One or more officers or employees of the Corporation whom the director
reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented.
(b) Counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the
director reasonably believes to be within the professional or expert competence
of such persons.
(c) A committee of the Board of Directors upon which he does not serve,
duly designated in accordance with law, as to matters within its designated
authority, which committee the director reasonably believes to merit confidence.
A director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has
knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause his reliance to be
unwarranted.
In assessing whether the standard set forth herein has been satisfied,
there shall not be any greater obligation to justify, or higher burden of proof
with respect to, any act as the board of directors, any committee of the board
or any individual director relating to or affecting an acquisition or potential
or proposed acquisition of control of the corporation than is applied to any
other act as a board of directors, any committee of the board or any individual
director.
C-8
<PAGE>
Section 11.3 In discharging the duties of their respective positions, the
Board of Directors, committees of the Board of Directors and individual
directors may, in considering the best interests of the Corporation, consider
the effects of any action upon employees, upon suppliers, upon creditors and
customers of the Corporation and upon communities in which offices or other
establishments of the Corporation are located, and all other pertinent factors.
The consideration of those factors shall not constitute a violation of Section
11.2.
Section 11.4 Absent breach of fiduciary duty, lack of good faith or
self-dealing, actions taken as a director or any failure to take any action
shall be presumed to be in the best interests of the Corporation.
Section 11.5 A director shall not be personally liable, as such, for
monetary damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action,
unless:
(a) the director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his office
under this Article 11; and
(b) the breach or failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful
misconduct or recklessness.
Section 11.6 The provisions of Section 11.5 shall not apply to:
(a) the responsibility or liability of a director pursuant to any criminal
statute; or
(b) the liability of a director for the payment of taxes pursuant to local,
State or Federal law.
Section 11.7 A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of
the Board of Directors, or of a committee of the Board of Directors, at which
action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to
the action taken unless his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting or
unless he files his written dissent to the action with the Secretary of the
Corporation before the adjournment thereof or transmits the dissent in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the
meeting. The right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor
of the action. Nothing in this Section 11.7 shall bar a director from asserting
that minutes of any meeting incorrectly omitted his dissent if, promptly upon
receipt of a copy of such minutes, he notifies the Secretary of the Corporation,
in writing, of the asserted omission or inaccuracy.
Article 12
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 12.1 The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the directors in office, establish one or more committees to consist
of one or more directors of the Corporation. Any committee, to the extent
provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these By-laws, shall
have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors,
except that a committee shall not have any power or authority as to the
following:
C-9
<PAGE>
(a) The submission to shareholders of any action requiring approval of
shareholders under applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or
these By-laws.
(b) The creation or filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors.
(c) The adoption, amendment or repeal of these By-laws.
(d) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors
that by its terms is amendable or repealable only by the Board of
Directors.
(e) Action on matters committed by these By-laws or resolution of the
Board of Directors to another committee of the Board of Directors.
Section 12.2 The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified
member at any meeting of the committee or for the purposes of any written action
by the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and alternate
member or members of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the
place of the absent or disqualified member.
Section 12.3 Each committee of the Board of Directors shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors. The term "Board of Directors," when used in
any provision of this Article 12 relating to the organization or procedures of
or the manner of taking action by the Board of Directors, shall be construed to
include and refer to any executive or other committee of the Board of Directors.
Any provision of this Article 12 relating or referring to action to be taken by
the Board of Directors or the procedure required therefor shall be satisfied by
the taking of corresponding action by a committee of the Board of Directors to
the extent authority to take the action has been delegated to the committee
pursuant to this Article 12.
Article 13
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 13.1 An organization meeting may be held immediately following the
annual shareholders meeting without the necessity of notice to the directors to
constitute a legally convened meeting, or the directors may meet at such time
and place as may be fixed by either a notice or waiver of notice or consent
signed by all of such directors.
Section 13.2 Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held not
less often than semi-annually at a time and place determined by the Board of
Directors at the preceding meeting. One or more directors may participate in any
meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, by means of a
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear one another.
C-10
<PAGE>
Section 13.3 Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by
the President on one (1) day's notice to each director, either personally or in
the manner set forth under Article 32 hereof; special meetings shall be called
by the President in like manner and on like notice upon the written request of
three (3) directors.
Section 13.4 At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the
directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the
acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting in person or by
conference telephone or similar communications equipment at which a quorum is
present in person or by such communications equipment shall be the acts of the
Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute
or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-laws. If a quorum shall not
be present in person or by communications equipment at any meeting of the
directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time,
without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be
present or as permitted herein.
Article 14
INFORMAL ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 14.1 Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of
the directors may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the
action, a consent or consents thereto by all of the directors in office is filed
with the Secretary of the Corporation.
Article 15
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 15.1 Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their
services or a fixed sum and expenses for attendance at regular and special
meetings, or any combination of the foregoing as may be determined from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors, and nothing contained herein shall
be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Article 16
OFFICERS
Section 16.1 The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board
of Directors at its organizational meeting and shall be a President, Secretary
and Treasurer. The Board of Directors may elect one of its members as Chairman
of the Board. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents
and such other officers and appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary, who
shall hold their offices for such terms, have such authority and perform such
duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Any
number of offices may be held by the same person, except that the offices of
President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, if any, shall not be held by
the same person or persons.
Section 16.2 The compensation of all officers of the Corporation shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors.
C-11
<PAGE>
Section 16.3 Each officer shall hold office for a term of one year and
until his successor has been selected and qualified or until his earlier death,
resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Corporation. The resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by
the Corporation or at such subsequent time as may be specified in the notice of
resignation. The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of the
officers by bond or otherwise.
Section 16.4 Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed by the
Board of Directors with or without cause. The removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of any person so removed. Election or
appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.
Section 16.5 An officer shall perform his duties as an officer in good
faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the
Corporation and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, skill and
diligence, as a person of ordinary prudence would use under similar
circumstances. A person who so performs his duties shall not be liable by reason
of having been an officer of the Corporation.
Article 17
THE PRESIDENT
Section 17.1 The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members to be
President. He shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. He shall
supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board of
Directors; shall have general and active management of the business of the
Corporation; shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors
are put into effect, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors to
delegate any specific powers, except such as may be by statute exclusively
conferred on any particular officer or officers of the Corporation. The
President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal
under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to
be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution
thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other
officer or agent of the Corporation. He shall have general executory powers in
addition to those specific powers conferred by these by-laws. He shall also have
and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be
conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors. In the absence or
incapacity of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at meetings
of the shareholders and the directors.
Article 18
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Section 18.1 The Board of Directors may appoint one of its members to be
the Chairman of the Board. If elected, he shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and directors; shall supervise the carrying out of the policies
adopted or approved by the Board; shall have general executory powers in
addition to those specific powers conferred by these by-laws; and shall also
have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be
conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
C-12
<PAGE>
Article 19
THE VICE PRESIDENT
Section 19.1 The Vice President or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents
in the order established by the Board of Directors shall, in the absence or
incapacity of the President, exercise all powers and perform the duties of the
President. The Vice Presidents, respectively, shall also have such other
authority and perform such other duties as may be provided in these By-laws or
as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the President. Any Vice
President may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be designated as
"executive," "senior," or by departmental or functional classification.
Article 20
THE SECRETARY
Section 20.1 The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of
Directors and of the shareholders and keep accurate records thereof in one or
more minute books kept for that purpose, shall attend to the giving of all
notices required by these by-laws to be given, and shall perform the duties
customarily performed by the secretary of a corporation and such other duties as
may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.
Article 21
THE TREASURER
Section 21.1 The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall perform such other
duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President. He
shall give bond in such sum and with such surety as the Board of Directors may
from time to time direct.
Article 22
ASSISTANT OFFICERS
Section 22.1 Each assistant officer shall assist in the performance of the
duties of the officer to whom he is assistant and shall perform such duties in
the absence of the officer. He shall perform such additional duties as the Board
of Directors, the President, the Chairman of the Board or the officer to whom he
is assistant may from time to time assign him. Such officers may be given such
functional titles as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.
C-13
<PAGE>
Article 23
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 23.1 (Third Party Actions) The Corporation shall have power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a
representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a representative of another domestic or foreign corporation for
profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the
action or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and,
with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action or proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act
in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful.
Section 23.2 (Derivative Actions) The Corporation shall have power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party,
to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is
or was a representative of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request
of the Corporation as a representative of another domestic or foreign
corporation for profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the
action if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation. Indemnification
shall not be made under this section in respect of any claim, issue or matter as
to which the person has been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and
only to the extent that the court of common pleas of the judicial district
embracing the county in which the registered office of the Corporation is
located or the court in which the action was brought determines upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the
expenses that the court of common pleas or other court deems proper.
Section 23.3 (Mandatory Indemnification) To the extent that a
representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise
in defense of any action or proceeding referred to in Sections 23.1 (relating to
third party actions) or 23.2 (relating to derivative actions) or in defense of
any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith.
Section 23.4 (Procedure for Effecting Indemnification) Unless ordered by a
court, any indemnification under Sections 23.1 (relating to third party actions)
or 23.2 (relating to derivative actions) shall be made by the Corporation only
as authorized in the specific case upon a
C-14
<PAGE>
determination that indemnification of the person is proper in the circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in those
sections. The determination shall be made: (a) by the Board of Directors by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the
action or proceeding;
(b) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if obtainable and a majority vote
of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion; or
(c) by the shareholders.
Section 23.5 (Advancing Expenses) Expenses (including attorneys' fees)
incurred in defending any action or proceeding referred to in this Article 23
may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of the action
or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to
repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to be
indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article 23 or otherwise.
Section 23.6 (Supplementary Coverage) (a) The indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other sections
of this Article 23 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a
person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
any By-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding that office. The Corporation may create a fund of
any nature, which may, but need not be, under the control of a trustee, or
otherwise secure or insure in any manner its indemnification obligations,
whether arising under or pursuant to this Section 23.6 or otherwise.
(b) Indemnification pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 23.6 shall
not be made in any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim
for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted willful
misconduct or recklessness.
(c) Indemnification pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 23.6 under
any By-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, may be
granted for any action taken or any failure to take any action and may be made
whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify the person
under any other provision of law except as provided in this Section 23.6 and
whether or not the indemnified liability arises or arose from any threatened,
pending or completed action by or in the right of the Corporation.
Section 23.7 (Power to Purchase Insurance) The Corporation shall have power
to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
representative of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a representative of another domestic or foreign corporation for
profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation
would have the power to indemnify him against that liability under the
provisions of this Article 23.
C-15
<PAGE>
Section 23.8 (Application to Surviving or New Corporations) For the purpose
of this Article 23, references to "the Corporation" include all constituent
corporations absorbed in a consolidation, merger or division, as well as the
surviving or new corporations surviving or resulting therefrom, so that any
person who is or was a representative of the constituent, surviving or new
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the constituent, surviving
or new corporation as a representative of another domestic or foreign
corporation for profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this
Article 23 with respect to the surviving or new corporation as he would if he
had served the surviving or new corporation in the same capacity.
Section 23.9 (Application to Employee Benefit Plans) For purposes of this
Article 23:
(a) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans
and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any
service as a representative of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or
involves services by, the representative with respect to an employee benefit
plan, its participants or beneficiaries.
(b) Excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit
plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed "fines."
(c) Action with respect to an employee benefit plan taken or omitted in
good faith by a representative of the Corporation in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan
shall be deemed to be action in a manner that is not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation.
Section 23.10 (Duration and Extent of Coverage) The indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article 23
shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a representative of the Corporation and shall inure
to the benefit of the heirs and personal representative of that person.
Article 24
SHARE CERTIFICATES
Section 24.1 The share certificates of the Corporation shall be numbered
and registered in a share register as they are issued; shall bear the name of
the registered holder, the number and class of shares represented thereby, the
par value of each share or a statement that such shares are without par value,
as the case may be; shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the
President and the Secretary or the Treasurer or any other person properly
authorized by the Board of Directors, and shall bear the corporate seal, which
seal may be a facsimile engraved or printed. Where the certificate is signed by
a transfer agent or a registrar, the signature of any corporate officer on such
certificate may be a facsimile engraved or printed. In case any officer who has
signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, any share certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer because of death, resignation or otherwise
before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the
same effect as if the officer had not ceased to be such at the date of its
issue.
C-16
<PAGE>
Article 25
TRANSFER OF SHARES
Section 25.1 Upon surrender to the Corporation of a share certificate duly
endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney duly appointed in
writing and accompanied where necessary by proper evidence of succession,
assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the
person entitled thereto and the old certificate cancelled and the transfer
recorded upon the transfer books for shares of the Corporation. No transfer
shall be made if it would be inconsistent with the provisions of Article 8 of
the Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.
Article 26
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 26.1 Where a shareholder of the Corporation alleges the loss, theft
or destruction of one or more certificates for shares of the Corporation and
requests the issuance of a substitute certificate therefor, the Board of
Directors may direct a new certificate of the same tenor and for the same number
of shares to be issued to such person upon such person's making of an affidavit
in form satisfactory to the Board of Directors setting forth the facts in
connection therewith, provided that prior to the receipt of such request the
Corporation shall not have either registered a transfer of such certificate or
received notice that such certificate has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate the Board of
Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his
heirs or legal representatives, as the case may be, to advertise the same in
such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such form
and with surety or sureties, with fixed or open penalty, as shall be
satisfactory to the Board of Directors, as indemnity for any liability or
expense which it may incur by reason of the original certificate remaining
outstanding.
Article 27
DIVIDENDS
Section 27.1 The Board of Directors may, from time to time, at any duly
convened regular or special meeting or by unanimous consent in writing, declare
and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Corporation in cash, property or shares of the Corporation, so long as any
dividend shall not be in violation of law and the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 27.2 Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of
any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper
as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other
purposes as the Board of Directors shall believe to be for the best interests of
the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may reduce or abolish any such
reserve in the manner in which it was created.
C-17
<PAGE>
Article 28
FINANCIAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Section 28.1 The President and the Board of Directors shall present prior
to each annual meeting of the shareholders a full and complete statement of the
business and affairs of the Corporation for the preceding year.
Article 29
INSTRUMENTS
Section 29.1 Any note, mortgage, evidence of indebtedness, contract or
other document, or any assignment or endorsement thereof, executed or entered
into between the Corporation and any other person, when signed by one or more
officers or agents having actual or apparent authority to sign it, or by the
President or the Vice President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary or
Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, shall be held to have been
properly executed for and in behalf of the Corporation.
Section 29.2 The affixation of the corporate seal shall not be necessary to
the valid execution, assignment or endorsement by the Corporation of any
instrument or other document.
Article 30
FISCAL YEAR
Section 30.1 The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.
Article 31
SEAL
Section 31.1 The President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant
Treasurer or Assistant Secretary, or any other officer designated by the Board
of Directors, shall have the authority to affix the corporate seal to any
document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The corporate seal shall
have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization
and the words "Corporate Seal, Pennsylvania." Such seal may be used by causing
it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed in any manner reproduced.
Article 32
NOTICES AND WAIVERS THEREOF
Section 32.1 Whenever written notice is required to be given to any person
under the provisions of applicable law, by the Articles of Incorporation or of
these By-laws, it may be given to the person either personally or by sending a
copy thereof by first class or express mail, postage prepaid, or by telegram
(with messenger service specified), telex or TWX (with answer-back
C-18
<PAGE>
received) or courier service, charges prepaid, or by telecopier, to his address
(or to his telex, TWX, telecopier or telephone number) appearing on the books of
the Corporation or, in the case of directors, supplied by him to the Corporation
for the purpose of notice. If the notice if sent by mail, telegraph or courier
service, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto
when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office or courier
service for delivery to that person or, in the case of telex or TWX, when
dispatched. A notice of meeting shall specify the place, day and hour of the
meeting and any other information required by any other provision of these
By-laws.
Section 32.2 Whenever any written notice is required to be given under the
provisions of applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or of these By-laws,
a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the
notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent to the giving of the notice. Except as otherwise required by these
By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a meeting
need be specified in the waiver of notice of the meeting. In the case of a
special meeting of shareholders, the waiver of notice shall specify the general
nature of the business to be transacted.
Section 32.3 Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or
convened.
Section 32.4 Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given
to any person under the provisions of applicable law, the Articles of
Incorporation, these By-laws, the terms of any agreement and any other
instrument or as a condition precedent to taking any corporate action, and
communication with that person is then unlawful, the giving of the notice or
communication to that person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to
apply for a license or other permission to do so. Any action or meeting that is
taken or held without notice or communication to that person shall have the same
validity as if the notice or communication had been duly given. If the action
taken is such as to require the filing of any document with respect thereto
under any provision of law or any agreement or other instrument, it shall be
sufficient, if such is the fact and if notice or communication in required, to
state therein that notice or communication was given to all persons entitled to
receive notice or communication except persons with whom communication was
unlawful.
Section 32.5 Section 32.4 shall also be applicable to any shareholder with
whom the Corporation has been unable to communicate for more than twenty-four
(24) consecutive months because communications to the shareholder are returned
unclaimed or the shareholder has otherwise failed to provide the Corporation
with a current address. Whenever the shareholder provides the Corporation with a
current address, Section 32.4 shall cease to be applicable to the shareholder
under this Section 32.5.
Article 33
EMERGENCIES
Section 33.1 The Board of Directors may adopt emergency By-laws, subject to
repeal or change by action of the shareholders, which shall, notwithstanding any
different provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or of these
By-laws, be effective during any emergency resulting from
C-19
<PAGE>
an attack on the United States, a nuclear disaster or another catastrophe as a
result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot readily be assembled.
The emergency By-laws may make any provision that may be appropriate for the
circumstances of the emergency including, procedures for calling meetings of the
Board of Directors, quorum requirements for meetings and procedures for
designating additional or substitute directors.
Section 33.2 The Board of Directors, either before or during any emergency,
may provide, and from time to time modify, lines of succession in the event that
during the emergency any or all officers or agents of the Corporation shall for
any reason be rendered incapable of discharging their duties and may, effective
in the emergency, change the head offices or designate several alternative head
offices or regional offices of the Corporation or authorize the officers to do
so.
Section 33.3 A representative of the Corporation acting in accordance with
any emergency By-laws shall not be liable except for willful misconduct and
shall not be liable for any action taken by him in good faith in an emergency in
furtherance of the ordinary business affairs of the Corporation even though not
authorized by the emergency or other By-laws then in effect. Section 33.4 To the
extent not inconsistent with any emergency By-laws so adopted, the By-laws of
the Corporation shall remain in effect during any emergency and, upon its
termination, the emergency By-laws shall cease to be effective.
Section 33.5 Unless otherwise provided in emergency By-laws, notice of any
meeting of the Board of Directors during an emergency shall be given only to
those directors to whom it is feasible to reach at the time and by such means as
are feasible at the time, including publication, radio or television. To the
extent required to constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors
during any emergency, the officers of the Corporation who are present shall,
unless otherwise provided in emergency By-laws, be deemed, in order of rank and
within the same rank in order of seniority, directors for the meeting.
Article 34
AMENDMENTS
Section 34.1 These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock at any regular or special meeting duly
convened after notice to the shareholders of that purpose, or by a majority vote
of the members of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting
thereof duly convened after notice to the directors of that purpose (except that
the directors shall not make or alter any by-laws fixing their qualification,
classification or term of office), subject always to the power of the
shareholders to change such action of the Board of Directors by the affirmative
vote of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock.
C-20
<PAGE>
ANNEX D
STATUTES REGARDING
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
D-1
<PAGE>
PENNSYLVANIA BANKING CODE OF 1965, AS AMENDED
EXCERPT FROM CHAPTER 12
Section 1222. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders.
If a shareholder of an institution shall object to a proposed plan of
action of the institution authorized under a section of this act and such
section provides that the shareholder shall be entitled to rights and remedies
of a dissenting shareholder, the rights and remedies of such shareholder shall
be governed by the provisions of the Business Corporation Law applicable to
dissenting shareholders and shall be subject to the limitations on such rights
and remedies under those provisions. Shares acquired by an institution as a
result of the exercise of such rights by a dissenting shareholder may be held
and disposed of as treasury shares, or, in the case of a merger or
consolidation, as otherwise provided in the plan of merger or consolidation.
EXCERPT FROM CHAPTER 16
Section 1607. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders.
(a) A shareholder of an institution which is a party to a plan in which the
proposed merger or consolidation will result in an institution subject to this
act who objects to the plan shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a
dissenting shareholder provided under, and subject to compliance with, the
provisions of section 1222 of this act.
THE PENNSYLVANIA BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW OF 1988, AS AMENDED
EXCERPT FROM SUBCHATER 19C
Section 1930. Dissenters Rights
(a) General Rule. If any shareholder of a domestic business corporation
that is to be a party to a merger or consolidation pursuant to a plan
of merger or consolidation objects to the plan of merger or
consolidation and complies with the provisions of Subchapter D of
Chapter 15 (relating to dissenters rights), the shareholder shall be
entitled to the rights and remedies of dissenting shareholders therein
provided, if any. See also section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters
rights upon special treatment).
SUBCHAPTER 15D - DISSENTERS RIGHTS
Section 1571. Application and effect of subchapter.
(a) General rule. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b), any
shareholder of a business corporation shall have the right to dissent from, and
to obtain payment of the fair value of his shares in the event of, any corporate
action, or to otherwise obtain fair value for his shares, where this part
expressly provides that a shareholder shall have the rights and remedies
provided in this subchapter. See:
D-2
<PAGE>
Section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon special treatment).
Section 1930 (relating to dissenters rights).
Section 1931(d) (relating to dissenters rights in share exchanges).
Section 1932(c) (relating to dissenters rights in asset transfers).
Section 1952(d) (relating to dissenters rights in division).
Section 1962(c) (relating to dissenters rights in conversion).
Section 2104(b) (relating to procedure).
Section 2324 (relating to corporation option where a restriction on
transfer of a security is held invalid).
Section 2325(b) (relating to minimum vote requirement).
Section 2704(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon election).
Section 2705(d) (relating to dissenters rights upon renewal of election).
Section 2907(a) (relating to proceedings to terminate breach of qualifying
conditions).
Section 7104(b)(3) (relating to procedure).
(b) Exceptions.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2), the holders of the
shares of any class or series of shares that, at the record date fixed to
determine the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting
at which a plan specified in any of section 1930, 1931(d), 1932(c) or
1952(d) is to be voted on, are either:
(i) listed on a national securities exchange; or
(ii) held of record by more than 2,000 shareholders; shall not have
the right to obtain payment of the fair value of any such shares
under this subchapter.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to and dissenters rights shall be
available without regard to the exception provided in that paragraph in the
case of:
(i) shares converted by a plan if the shares are not converted solely
into shares of the acquiring, surviving, new or other corporation
or solely into such shares and money in lieu of fractional
shares;
(ii) shares of any preferred or special class unless the articles, the
plan or the terms of the transaction entitle all shareholders of
the class to vote thereon and require for the adoption of the
plan or the effectuation of the transaction the affirmative vote
of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders of the class;
(iii) shares entitled to dissenters rights under section 1906(c)
(relating to dissenters rights upon special treatment).
(3) The shareholders of a corporation that acquires by purchase, lease,
exchange or other disposition all or substantially all of the shares,
property or assets of another corporation by the issuance of shares,
obligations or otherwise, with or without
D-3
<PAGE>
assuming the liabilities of the other corporation and with or without the
intervention of another corporation or other person, shall not be entitled
to the rights and remedies of dissenting shareholders provided in this
subchapter regardless of the fact, if it be the case, that the acquisition
was accomplished by the issuance of voting shares of the corporation to be
outstanding immediately after the acquisition sufficient to elect a
majority or more of the directors of the corporation.
(c) Grant of optional dissenters rights. The bylaws or a resolution of the
board of directors may direct that all or a part of the shareholders shall have
dissenters rights in connection with any corporate action or other transaction
that would otherwise not entitle such shareholders to dissenters rights.
(d) Notice of dissenters rights. Unless otherwise provided by statute, if a
proposed corporate action that would give rise to dissenters rights under this
subpart is submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, there shall be
included in or enclosed with the notice of meeting:
(1) a statement of the proposed action and a statement that the
shareholders have a right to dissent and obtain payment of the fair
value of their shares by complying with the terms of this subchapter;
and
(2) a copy of this subchapter.
(e) Other statutes. The procedures of this subchapter shall also be
applicable to any transaction described in any statute other than this part that
makes reference to this subchapter for the purpose of granting dissenters
rights.
(f) Certain provisions of articles ineffective. This subchapter may not be
relaxed by any provision of the articles.
(g) Cross references. See sections 1105 (relating to restriction on
equitable relief), 1904 (relating to de facto transaction doctrine abolished)
and 2512 (relating to dissenters rights procedure).
Section 1572. Definitions.
The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter shall have the
meanings given to them in this section unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:
"Corporation." The issuer of the shares held or owned by the dissenter
before the corporate action or the successor by merger, consolidation,
division, conversion or otherwise of that issuer. A plan of division may
designate which of the resulting corporations is the successor corporation
for the purposes of this subchapter. The successor corporation in a
division shall have sole responsibility for payments to dissenters and
other liabilities under this subchapter except as otherwise provided in the
plan of division.
"Dissenter." A shareholder or beneficial owner who is entitled to and
does assert dissenters rights under this subchapter and who has performed
every act required up to the time involved for the assertion of those
rights.
D-4
<PAGE>
"Fair value." The fair value of shares immediately before the
effectuation of the corporate action to which the dissenter objects taking
into account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or
depreciation in anticipation of the corporate action.
"Interest." Interest from the effective date of the corporate action
until the date of payment at such rate as is fair and equitable under all
of the circumstances, taking into account all relevant factors including
the average rate currently paid by the corporation on its principal bank
loans.
Section 1573 Record and beneficial holders and owners.
(a) Record holders of shares. A record holder of shares of a business
corporation may assert dissenters rights as to fewer than all of the shares
registered in his name only if he dissents with respect to all the shares
beneficially owned by any one person and discloses the name and address of the
person or persons on whose behalf he dissents. In that event, his rights shall
be determined as if the shares as to which he has dissented and his other shares
were registered in the names of different shareholders.
(b) Beneficial owners of shares. A beneficial owner of shares of a business
corporation who is not the record holder may assert dissenters rights with
respect to shares held on his behalf and shall be treated as a dissenting
shareholder under the terms of this subchapter if he submits to the corporation
not later than the time of the assertion of dissenters rights a written consent
of the record holder. A beneficial owner may not dissent with respect to some
but less than all shares of the same class or series owned by the owner, whether
or not the shares so owned by him are registered in his name.
Section 1574. Notice of intention to dissent.
If the proposed corporate action is submitted to a vote at a meeting of
shareholders of a business corporation, any person who wishes to dissent and
obtain payment of the fair value of his shares must file with the corporation,
prior to the vote, a written notice of intention to demand that he be paid the
fair value of his shares if the proposed action is effectuated, must effect no
change in the beneficial ownership of his shares from the date of such filing
continuously through the effective date of the proposed action and must refrain
from voting his shares in approval of such action. A dissenter who fails in any
respect shall not acquire any right to payment of the fair value of his shares
under this subchapter. Neither a proxy nor a vote against the proposed corporate
action shall constitute the written notice required by this section.
Section 1575. Notice to demand payment.
(a) General rule. If the proposed corporate action is approved by the
required vote at a meeting of shareholders of a business corporation, the
corporation shall mail a further notice to all dissenters who gave due notice of
intention to demand payment of the fair value of their shares and who refrained
from voting in favor of the proposed action. If the proposed corporate action is
to be taken without a vote of shareholders, the corporation shall send to all
shareholders who are entitled to dissent and demand payment of the fair value of
their shares a notice of the adoption of the plan or other corporate action. In
either case, the notice shall:
D-5
<PAGE>
(1) State where and when a demand for payment must be sent and
certificates for certificated shares must be deposited in order to
obtain payment.
(2) Inform holders of uncertificated shares to what extent transfer of
shares will be restricted from the time that demand for payment is
received.
(3) Supply a form for demanding payment that includes a request for
certification of the date on which the shareholder, or the person on
whose beneficial shareholder dissents, acquired beneficial ownership
of the shares.
(4) Be accompanied by a copy of this subchapter.
(b) Time for receipt of demand for payment. The time set for receipt of the
demand and deposit of certificated shares shall be not less than 30 days from
the mailing of the notice.
Section 1576. Failure to comply with notice to demand payment, etc.
(a) Effect of failure of shareholder to act. A shareholder who fails to
timely demand payment, or fails (in the case of certificated shares) to timely
deposit certificates, as required by a notice pursuant to section 1575 (relating
to notice to demand payment) shall not have any right under this subchapter to
receive payment of the fair value of his shares.
(b) Restriction on uncertificated shares. If the shares are not represented
by certificates, the business corporation may restrict their transfer from the
time of receipt of demand for payment until effectuation of the proposed
corporate action or the release of restrictions under the terms of section
1577(a) (relating to failure to effectuate corporate action).
(c) Rights retained by shareholder. The dissenter shall retain all other
rights of a shareholder until those rights are modified by effectuation of the
proposed corporate action.
Section 1577. Release of restrictions or payment for shares.
(a) Failure to effectuate corporate action. Within 60 days after the date
set for demanding payment and depositing certificates, if the business
corporation has not effectuated the proposed corporate action, it shall return
any certificates that have been deposited and release uncertificated shares from
any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the demand for payment.
(b) Renewal of notice to demand payment. When uncertified shares have been
released from transfer restrictions and deposited certificates have been
returned, the corporation may at any later time send a new notice conforming to
the requirements of section 1575 (relating to notice to demand payment), with
like effect.
(c) Payment of fair value of shares. Promptly after effectuation of the
proposed corporate action, or upon timely receipt of demand for payment if the
corporate action has already been effectuated, the corporation shall either
remit to dissenters who have made demand and (if their shares are certificated)
have deposited their certificates the amount that the corporation estimates to
D-6
<PAGE>
be the fair value of the shares, or give written notice that no remittance under
this section will be made. The remittance or notice shall be accompanied by:
(1) The closing balance sheet and statement of income of the issuer of
the shares held or owned by the dissenter or a fiscal year ending not
more than 16 months before the date of remittance or notice together
with the latest available interim financial statements.
(2) A statement of the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the
shares.
(3) A notice of the right of the dissenter to demand payment or
supplemental payment, as the case may be, accompanied by a copy of
this subchapter.
(d) Failure to make payment. If the corporation does not remit the amount
of its estimate of the fair value of the shares as provided by subsection (c),
it shall return any certificates that have been deposited and release
uncertificated shares from any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the
demand for payment. The corporation may make a notation on any such certificate
or on the records of the corporation relating to any such uncertificated shares
that such demand has been made. If shares with respect to which notation has
been so made shall be transferred, each new certificate issued therefor or the
records relating to any transferred uncertificated shares shall bear a similar
notation, together with the name of the original dissenting holder or owner of
such shares. A transferee of such shares shall not acquire by such transfer any
rights in the corporation other than those which the original dissenter had
after making demand for payment of their fair value.
Section 1578. Estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares.
(a) General rule. If the business corporation gives notice of its estimate
of the fair value of the shares, without remitting such amount, or remits
payment of its estimate of the fair value of a dissenter's shares as permitted
by section 1577(c) (relating to payment of fair value of shares) and the
dissenter believes that the amount stated or remitted is less than the fair
value of his shares, he may send to the corporation his own estimate of the fair
value of the shares, which shall be deemed a demand for payment of the amount or
the deficiency.
(b) Effect of failure to file estimate. Where the dissenter does not file
his own estimate under subsection (a) within 30 days after the mailing by the
corporation of its remittance or notice, the dissenter shall be entitled to no
more than the amount stated in the notice or remitted to him by the corporation.
Section 1579. Valuation proceedings generally.
(a) General rule. Within 60 days after the latest of:
(1) effectuation of the proposed corporate action;
(2) timely receipt of any demands for payment under Section 1575
(relating to notice to demand payment); or
D-7
<PAGE>
(3) timely receipt of any estimates pursuant to Section 1578 (relating
to estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares).
If any demands for payment remain unsettled, the business corporation may
file in court an application for relief requesting that the fair value of the
shares be determined by the court.
(b) Mandatory joinder of dissenters. All dissenters, wherever residing,
whose demands have not been settled shall be made parties to the proceeding as
in an action against their shares. A copy of the application shall be served on
each such dissenter. If a dissenter is a nonresident, the copy may be served on
him in the manner provided or prescribed by or pursuant to 42 Pacs Ch. 53
(relating to bases of jurisdiction and interstate and international procedure).
(c) Jurisdiction of the court. The jurisdiction of the court shall be
plenary and exclusive. The court may appoint an appraiser to receive evidence
and recommend a decision on the issue of fair value. The appraiser shall have
such power and authority as may be specified in the order of appointment or in
any amendment thereof.
(d) Measure of recovery. Each dissenter who is made a party shall be
entitled to recover the amount by which the fair value of his shares is found to
exceed the amount, if any, previously remitted, plus interest.
(e) Effect of corporation's failure to file application. If the corporation
fails to file an application as provided in subsection (a), any dissenter who
made a demand and who has not already settled his claim against the corporation
may do so in the name of the corporation at any time within 30 days after the
expiration of the 60-day period. If a dissenter does not file an application
within the 30-day period, each dissenter entitled to file an application shall
be paid the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the shares and no more,
and may bring an action to recover any amount not previously remitted.
Section 1580. Costs and expenses of valuation proceedings.
(a) General rule. The costs and expenses of any proceeding under section
1579 (relating to valuation proceedings generally) including the reasonable
compensation and expenses of the appraiser appointed by the court, shall be
determined by the court and assessed against the business corporation except
that any part of the costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed as the
court deems appropriate against all or some of the dissenters who are parties
and whose action in demanding supplemental payment under section 1578 (relating
to estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares) the court finds to be
dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary, vexatious or in bad faith.
(b) Assessment of counsel fees and expert fees where lack of good faith
appears. Fees and expenses of counsel and of experts for the respective parties
may be assessed as the court deems appropriate against the corporation and in
favor of any or all dissenters if the corporation failed to comply substantially
with the requirements of this subchapter and may be assessed against either the
corporation or a dissenter, in favor of any other party, if the court finds that
the party against whom the fees and expenses arc assessed acted in bad faith or
in a dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary or vexatious manner in respect to the rights
provided by this subchapter.
(c) Award of fees for benefits to other dissenters. If the court finds that
the services of counsel for any dissenter were of substantial benefit to other
dissenters similarly situated and should not be assessed against the
corporation, it may award to those counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the
amounts awarded to the dissenters who were benefitted.
D-8
<PAGE>
PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
- ------- -----------------------------------------
Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of
1988, as amended (15 PA. C.S.A. Sections 1741-1750) provides that a business
corporation shall have the power under certain circumstances to indemnify
directors, officers, employees and agents against certain expenses incurred by
them in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding. The full text of Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988 is attached as Exhibit 99.4.
Section 1741 (relating to third party actions) provides that a business
corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party,
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a representative of the corporation, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
the action or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the
person did not act in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and with
respect to any criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was not unlawful.
Section 1742 (relating to derivative actions) provides that a business
corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party,
or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed
action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
by reason of the fact that such person is or was a representative of the
corporation, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement
of the action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
Indemnification shall not be made under this section in respect of any claim,
issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the court of common pleas of
the judicial district embracing the county in which the registered office of the
corporation is located or the court in which such action was brought determines
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court of common pleas or such other court
shall deem proper.
II-1
<PAGE>
Section 1743 (relating to mandatory indemnification) provides for mandatory
indemnification of directors and officers such that to the extent that a
representative of the business corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action or proceeding referred to in Sections 1741
(relating to third party actions) or 1742 (relating to derivative actions), or
in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 1744 (relating to procedure for effecting indemnification) provides
the procedure for effecting indemnification. Under this section unless ordered
by a court, any indemnification under Section 1741 (relating to third party
actions) or 1742 (relating to derivative actions) shall be made by the business
corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the representative is proper in the circumstances because
such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in those
sections. The determination shall be made:
1. by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting
of directors who were not parties to the action or proceeding;
2. if such quorum is not obtainable, or, if obtainable and a majority
vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion; or
3. by the shareholders.
Section 1745 (relating to advancing expenses) provides that expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending any action or proceeding
referred to above may be paid by the business corporation in advance of the
final disposition of the action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by
or on behalf of the representative to repay such amount if it is ultimately
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the
corporation.
Section 1746 (relating to supplementary coverage) provides that the
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to
the other sections of the BCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights
to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be
entitled under any other by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.
Section 1746 also provides that indemnification referred to above shall not
be made in any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for
indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted willful misconduct
or recklessness.
Section 1746 further declares that indemnification under any bylaw,
agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, may be granted for
any action taken or any failure to take any action and may be made whether or
not the corporation would have the power to indemnify
II-2
<PAGE>
the person under any other provision of law except as provided in this section
and whether or not the indemnified liability arises or arose from any
threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of the corporation.
Such indemnification is declared to be consistent with the public policy of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Section 1747 (relating to the power to purchase insurance) provides that a
business corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a representative of the corporation against
any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the
power to indemnify him against that liability under the provisions of the
Business Corporation Law. Such insurance is declared to be consistent with the
public policy of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Article 23 of the By-laws of the Registrant provides for the
indemnification of its directors, officers, employees and agents in accordance
with, and to the maximum extent permitted by, the provision of Subchapter D of
Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended. In
addition, Registrant intends to purchase and maintain insurance against
liability for acts by these persons, as permitted by law.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
- ------- ------------------------------------------
(a) Exhibits:
2.1 Plan of Reorganization dated as of December 21, 1999,
among Registrant, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount
Bank and The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim
Bank (included as Annex A to the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
2.2 Plan of Merger dated as of December 21, 1999, between
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank (included
as Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus
contained herein).
3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of
Registrant (included as Annex B to the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
3(ii) By-laws of Registrant (included as Annex C to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
5 Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill,
Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to Registrant, dated
March 16, 2000, as to the legality of the
shares of Registrant's stock being registered.
II-3
<PAGE>
8 Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill,
Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to Registrant, dated
March 16, 2000, as to the tax treatment of the
proposed transactions.
10.1 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank.
10.2 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank.
10.3 The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank Dividend
Reinvestment Plan.
23.1 Consent of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill,
Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to Registrant (included
in Opinion Letter as Exhibit 5).
23.2 Consent of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public
Accountants.
24 Power of Attorney given by the Officers and Directors
of the Registrant (included on Signature Page of the
Registration Statement).
27 Financial Data Schedule.
99.1 Letter to Shareholders of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank.
99.2 Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank.
99.3 Form of Proxy for use by the Shareholders of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank.
99.4 Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, (15 PA.
C.S.A. Sections 1741-1750) relating to
indemnification.
99.5 Statutes Relating to Dissenters' Rights (included as
Annex D to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained
herein).
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
The Financial Data Schedule required by Item 601(c) is
included as Exhibit 27.
(c) Opinions:
The opinions of Shumaker Williams, P.C., Special Counsel to Registrant, are
included as Exhibits 5 and 8.
II-4
<PAGE>
Item 22. Undertakings.
- -------
(a) Undertakings furnished pursuant to Item 512 of Regulation S-K:
(1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(A) To file, during any period in which offers or sales
are being made, a post-effective amendment to this
registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of
1933;
(ii) To reflect in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the
registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a
fundamental change in the information set
forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if
the total dollar value of securities offered
would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated maximum offering range may be
reflected in the form of prospectus filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)
(Section 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in
the aggregate, the changes in volume and price
represent no more than a 20% change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in
the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not
previously disclosed in the registration
statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement;
(B) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such
post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof.
(C) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being
registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.
(b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes
of determining
II-5
<PAGE>
any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of
the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where
applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual
report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration
statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(c) Not applicable.
(d) Not applicable.
(e) Not applicable.
(f) Not applicable.
(g) (1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered
hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this
registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to
be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer
undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the
information called for by the applicable registration form with
respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed
underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the
other Items of the applicable form.
(2) The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is
filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii)
that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of
the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities
subject to Rule 415 (ss.230.415 of this chapter), will be filed
as part of an amendment to the registration statement and will
not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for the
purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
(b) Undertakings furnished pursuant to Item 22(b) and (c):
(1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to
requests for information that is incorporated by reference into
the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11,
or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such
request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class
mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information
contained in documents
II-6
<PAGE>
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration
statement through the date of responding to the request.
(2) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by
means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a
transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
that was not the subject of and included in the registration
statement when it became effective.
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement No. 333-90273
on Form S-4, to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in Dunmore, Lackawanna County, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the
23rd day of March, 2000.
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ Robert P. Farrell
----------------------
Robert P. Farrell,
Treasurer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature and Capacity Date
---------------------- ----
<S> <C>
Michael F. Marranca, President and March 23, 2000
Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Robert P. Farrell, Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) March 23, 2000
Samuel C. Cali, March 23, 2000
Chairman of the Board, Director
Paul A. Barrett, Director March 23, 2000
Patrick A. Calvey, Jr., Director March 23, 2000
John T. Cognetti, Director March 23, 2000
Patrick J. Dempsey, Director March 23, 2000
John F. Glinsky, Jr., Secretary, Director March 23, 2000
Herbert M. McDonald, Director March 23, 2000
Michael J. McDonald, Director March 23, 2000
</TABLE>
II-8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
David L. Tressler, Sr., Director March 23, 2000
/s/ Robert P. Farrell March 23, 2000
- ---------------------------------------------------
Robert P. Farrell
(Attorney-in-Fact)
</TABLE>
II-9
<PAGE>
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number
2.1 Plan of Reorganization dated as of December 21, 1999, among
Registrant, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank (included as Annex A
to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
2.2 Plan of Merger dated as of December 21, 1999, between The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Interim Bank (included as Annex A to the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant
(included as Annex B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained
herein).
3(ii) By-laws of Registrant (included as Annex C to the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
5 Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill, Pennsylvania,
Special Counsel to Registrant, dated March 16, 2000, as to
the legality of the shares of Registrant's stock being
registered.
8 Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill, Pennsylvania,
Special Counsel to Registrant, dated March 16, 2000, as to the
tax treatment of the proposed transactions.
10.1 1998 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan of The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank.*
10.2 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount
Bank.*
10.3 The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank Dividend Reinvestment
Plan.*
23.1 Consent of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill, Pennsylvania,
Special Counsel to Registrant (included in Opinion Letter as
Exhibit 5).
23.2 Consent of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public Accountants.
i
<PAGE>
24 Power of Attorney given by the Officers and Directors of the
Registrant (included on Signature Page of the Registration
Statement).*
27 Financial Data Schedule.
99.1 Letter to Shareholders of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount
Bank.
99.2 Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders of The Fidelity Deposit
and Discount Bank.
99.3 Form of Proxy for use by the Shareholders of The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank.
99.4 Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, (15 PA C.S.A. Sections
1741-1750) relating to indemnification.*
99.5 Statutes Relating to Dissenters' Rights (included as Annex D to
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus contained herein).
*Previously filed.
ii
EXHIBIT 5
OPINION OF SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
OF CAMP HILL, PENNSYLVANIA,
SPECIAL COUNSEL TO REGISTRANT, DATED MARCH 16, 2000, AS TO
THE LEGALITY OF THE SHARES
OF REGISTRANT'S STOCK BEING REGISTERED
<PAGE>
SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
P.O. Box 88
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17108
March 16, 2000
Mr. Michael F. Marranca
President and Chief Executive Officer
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
RE: The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank
Formation of a One-Bank Holding Company
Dear Mr. Marranca:
We have been engaged as Special Counsel to The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank (the "Bank") and Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania
business corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the organization of the
Company as a bank holding company and the preparation and filing of all relevant
documents with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Federal Reserve
Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, applicable state securities
law administrators, and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
We have prepared a Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC
on November 3, 1999, and Pre-Effective Amendment Nos. 1 and 2 thereto, filed
with the SEC on January 4, 2000, and March 16, 2000, respectively, that includes
a Proxy Statement/Prospectus, under the provisions and regulations of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering by the Company of a
maximum of 1,903,900 shares of its common stock, without par value (the "Common
Stock"). The Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization
dated December 21, 1999 (the "Plan of Reorganization") among the Company, the
Bank, and The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank (the "Interim Bank").
Under the Plan of Reorganization, the Interim Bank will merge with and into the
Bank, and each whole share of the Bank's outstanding common stock, par value
$1.5625 per share, (other than shares as to which dissenters' rights have been
perfected) will be exchanged for two shares of the Common Stock, without par
value, of the Company.
As Special Counsel to the Company and the Bank, we have supervised all
corporate proceedings in connection with the preparation and filing of the
Registration Statement, including the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, with the SEC
and with the appropriate state securities administrators. We have reviewed the
Company's Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, as presently in effect. We have
prepared and reviewed an executed copy of the Plan of
1
<PAGE>
Reorganization, copies of the Company's corporate minutes and other proceedings
and records relating to the authorization and issuance of the Common Stock, and
such other documents and matters of law as we have deemed necessary in order to
render this opinion.
Based upon the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our opinion that,
upon the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization and the Plan of Merger in
accordance with their respective terms, each of the shares of Common Stock
issued pursuant to the Registration Statement will be duly authorized, legally
and validly issued and outstanding, and fully paid and non-assessable on the
basis of present legislation.
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in the Registration Statement,
and we further consent to the reference to our name in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus included in the Registration Statement under the caption
"Description of the Holding Company's Capital Securities - Legal Opinion."
Sincerely yours,
SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
By /s/ Nicholas Bybel, Jr.
------------------------
Nicholas Bybel, Jr.
2
EXHIBIT 8
OPINION OF SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C. OF CAMP HILL, PENNSYLVANIA,
SPECIAL COUNSEL TO REGISTRANT, DATED MARCH 16, 2000, AS TO THE
TAX TREATMENT OF THE PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS
<PAGE>
SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
P.O. Box 88
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17108
March 16, 2000
The Board of Directors The Board of Directors
FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC. THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND
Blakely and Drinker Streets DISCOUNT BANK
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512 Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
Re: Merger of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank,
a Subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. with and into
The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank
Dear Members of the Boards:
You have asked for our opinion regarding material federal income tax
consequences of the merger of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank
(the "Interim Bank") with and into The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (the
"Bank") pursuant to which the shareholders of the Bank on the effective date of
the merger will receive voting common stock of the Interim Bank's parent,
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company").
In rendering our opinion, we have examined and relied upon the accuracy and
completeness of the facts, information, covenants, and representations contained
in originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction,
of the Plan of Reorganization, dated December 21, 1999, among the Holding
Company, the Bank and the Interim Bank, the Plan of Merger, dated December 21,
1999, by and between the Bank and the Interim Bank, the Registration Statement
of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on November 3,
1999, the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to said Registration Statement on Form
S-4, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2000, and such other documents as we have
deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below. In
addition, we have relied upon the facts contained in certain statements and
representations previously made by executives of the Holding Company and the
Bank, including facts contained in certain statements and representations made
in letters received by us from Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank dated as of the date of this opinion. The transactions
under the Plan of Reorganization and the Plan of Merger are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "merger transaction."
In rendering our opinion, we have assumed: (a) that all parties have the
legal right, power, capacity and authority to enter into and perform all
obligations under the Plan of Reorganization and the Plan of Merger; (b) the due
and proper execution and delivery of all relevant or necessary
1
<PAGE>
instruments and documents; (c) the receipt of all federal and state regulatory
approvals necessary to consummate the merger transaction; and (d) the
satisfaction or proper waiver of any other conditions under the Plan of
Reorganization and the Plan of Merger so that the merger transaction may be
consummated. All statements in this letter regarding the federal income tax
consequences of this merger transaction are based upon the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Treasury Regulations promulgated by the
United States Department of Treasury (the "Regulations"), current positions of
the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") as contained in published Revenue
Rulings and Procedures, current published administrative positions of the IRS,
and existing court decisions, all as in effect as of this date and each of which
is subject to change at any time.
Our opinion is based upon and assumes the following factual background and
assumptions relating to the merger transaction:
I. Factual Background
A. The Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered bank and trust company. The Bank
is a full- service commercial bank which commenced operations in 1903.
In 1997 the Pennsylvania Department of Banking granted the Bank trust
powers. Its principal place of business is located at Blakely and
Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512. The Bank is authorized to
issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.5625 per share, of
which on December 31, 1999, 900,392.1402 shares were issued and
outstanding (the "Bank Common Stock"). The Bank Common Stock is the
only class of security, authorized or outstanding, of the Bank. The
Bank has approximately 1,264 shareholders. The Bank Common Stock is
publicly traded in the local over-the- counter market, and price quotes
are not readily available. Recent sales of the Bank Common Stock have
occurred solely between individuals in limited over-the-counter
transactions and in direct, privately negotiated transactions. The most
recent sale prior to the public announcement of the merger on October
18, 1999, as to which management of the Bank is aware of the sales
price, occurred on October 5, 1999, at a price of Sixty-Nine Dollars
and Fifty Cents ($69.50) per share.
B. The Interim Bank is a Pennsylvania-chartered banking institution. The
Interim Bank is being organized solely to engage in the merger
transaction. The Interim Bank is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares
of common stock, par value Two Dollars ($2.00) per share (the "Interim
Bank Common Stock"). The Interim Bank Common Stock is the only class of
security, authorized or outstanding, of the Interim Bank. In accordance
with the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended, ten organizers
of the Interim Bank each have subscribed to purchase 500 shares of
Interim Bank Common Stock for Three Dollars and Ten Cents ($3.10) per
share. The organizers have executed a Stock Repurchase Agreement which
requires that, at consummation of the merger transaction, the Holding
Company will purchase the 5,000 shares held or to be purchased by these
ten organizers for Three Dollars and Ten Cents ($3.10) per share. In
addition, the Holding Company will purchase 45,000 shares of Interim
Bank Common Stock for Three Dollars and Ten Cents ($3.10) per share.
2
<PAGE>
C. The Holding Company is a business corporation organized on August 10,
1999, under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Holding
Company is solely organized to engage in the business and activities
associated with bank holding companies. The Holding Company is
authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock, without par
value (the "Holding Company Common Stock") and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, without par value. The Board of Directors has the
authority to issue preferred stock without prior shareholder approval
and to determine the rights, qualifications, limitations and
restrictions on each series of preferred stock at the time of issuance.
If the reorganization had occurred as of December 31, 1999, the Holding
Company would have issued approximately 1,800,784 shares of Holding
Company Common Stock to be exchanged for approximately 900,392
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock on a 2 to 1 basis in connection
with the merger transaction pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Plan of
Merger. The five incorporators of the holding company have each
purchased one share of Holding Company Common Stock for One Dollar
($1.00) per share. The five incorporators have executed a Stock
Repurchase Agreement which requires that, at consummation of the merger
transaction, the Holding Company will purchase the 5 shares held by
these five incorporators for One Dollar ($1.00) per share. After the
consummation of the merger transaction, the holding company will have
approximately 1,264 shareholders of record, less any dissenting
shareholders who exercise their rights of appraisal and payment in cash
for their stock pursuant to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as
amended, and the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as
amended.
D. In order to comply with minimum capitalization requirements under state
banking laws, the Interim Bank will be initially capitalized as
follows: One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in capital stock
and Fifty-Five Thousand Dollars ($55,000.00) in surplus, which amount
shall include an expense fund of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00). In
order to provide the Interim Bank with this required minimum
capitalization at the time of the consummation of the merger
transaction, the holding company temporarily will borrow One Hundred
Fifty-Five Thousand Dollars ($155,000.00) from a non-affiliated
Pennsylvania bank. The Holding Company will then purchase 45,000 shares
of Interim Bank Common Stock for Three Dollars and Ten Cents ($3.10)
per share, which share will then be cancelled by the Holding Company.
Under the Stock Repurchase Agreement, the organizers of the Interim
Bank may transfer their subscription rights for 5,000 shares of Interim
Bank Common Stock to the Holding Company prior to the effective date of
the merger transaction so that the Holding Company can purchase such
shares for Fifteen Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($15,500.00), or Three
Dollars and Ten Cents ($3.10) per share, which share will then be
cancelled by the Holding Company.
E. In accordance with the Banking Code of 1965, the Interim Bank will
merge with and into the Bank. Upon the effective date of the merger:
(a) the separate corporate existence of the Interim Bank will
terminate; (b) the Bank will survive and acquire all of the assets and
assume all of the liabilities of the Interim Bank; (c) the surviving
bank will continue to operate under the name, "The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank"; and (c) the surviving
3
<PAGE>
bank will continue to carry on the Bank's banking business at the same
principal offices. The approval of shareholders owning at least
two-thirds of the outstanding stock of both the Bank and the Interim
Bank are required by law to approve the merger.
F. The shareholders of the Bank will be entitled to receive 2 shares of
Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for each whole share of the
Bank Common Stock held by the shareholder on the effective date of the
merger. Pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Plan of Merger, each outstanding
whole share of the Bank will be deemed to be exchanged for 2 shares of
the Holding Company Common Stock without any action on the part of the
shareholder, and the outstanding certificates representing shares of
stock of the Bank will thereafter represent shares of stock of the
Holding Company at the one-to- two exchange ratio.
G. Shareholders of the Bank who dissent to the merger, if any, will
receive cash for their shares of stock in the Bank, pursuant to the
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988.
H. After the consummation of the merger transaction, the Bank and the
Holding Company will file a consolidated return for federal income tax
purposes.
II. Assumptions
A. The operation of the Bank, via the merger with the Interim Bank and as
a subsidiary of the Holding Company, will provide greater flexibility
in financing, in engaging in non-banking activities, in protecting
against an unfriendly takeover, and in responding to changes in
Pennsylvania and federal law that provide for expanded branching and
multi-bank holding companies.
B. The fair market value of the Holding Company Common Stock and other
consideration received by each shareholder of the Bank will be
approximately equal to the fair market value of the Bank Common Stock
surrendered in exchange.
C. There is no plan or intention by the shareholders of Bank to sell,
exchange or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Holding Company
Common Stock received in the transaction that would reduce the Bank
shareholders' ownership of Holding Company Common Stock to a number of
shares having a value, as of the effective date of the merger
transaction, of less than fifty percent (50%) of the value of all of
the formerly outstanding Bank Common Stock as of the same date. In
addition, there have not been to date any transfers of Bank Common
Stock by any shareholders thereof which have been made in contemplation
of the merger transaction.
D. The Bank will acquire at least ninety percent (90%) of the fair market
value of the net
4
<PAGE>
assets and at least seventy percent (70%) of the fair market value of
the gross assets held by the Interim Bank immediately prior to the
merger transaction. For the purposes of this assumption, amounts paid
by the Bank to shareholders who receive cash or other property, assets
of the Bank used to pay its reorganization expenses, and all
redemptions and distributions (except for regular, normal dividends)
made by the Bank immediately preceding the merger transaction, are and
will be included as assets of the Bank held immediately prior to the
merger transaction. The Bank has not redeemed any Bank Common Stock,
has not made any distribution with respect to any Bank Common Stock,
and has not disposed of any of its assets in anticipation of or as a
part of a plan for the acquisition of the Interim Bank by the Bank.
E. The Holding Company has no plan or intention to redeem or otherwise
reacquire any of its stock to be issued in the merger transaction.
F. The assumption by the Bank of the liabilities of Interim Bank pursuant
to the merger transaction will be for a bona fide business purpose and
the principal purpose of any such assumption will not be the avoidance
of federal income tax on the transfer of assets of the Interim Bank to
the Bank pursuant to the merger transaction.
G. The liabilities of the Interim Bank assumed by the Bank and the
liabilities to which the transferred assets of the Interim Bank are
subject will be incurred by the Bank in the ordinary course of its
business, and will be associated with the assets to be transferred. No
liabilities of any person other than Interim Bank will be assumed by
the Bank or Holding Company in the merger transaction, and none of the
shares of Bank to be surrendered in exchange for Holding Company Common
Stock in the merger transaction will be subject to any liabilities.
H. Following the merger transaction, the Bank will continue the historic
business of the Bank or use a significant portion of the Bank's
business assets in a business.
I. The Holding Company, the Interim Bank, the Bank and the shareholders of
the Bank will pay their respective expenses, if any, incurred in
connection with the merger transaction.
J. There is no intercorporate indebtedness existing between the Holding
Company and the Interim Bank or between the Bank and the Interim Bank
that was issued or acquired, or will be settled at a discount.
K. The Bank is not under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or
similar case within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(3)(A).
L. On the date of the Merger, the fair market value of the assets of the
Interim Bank will exceed the sum of its liabilities (including any
liabilities to which its assets are subject).
5
<PAGE>
M. No stock of the Bank will be issued to any of the shareholders of the
Bank in the merger transaction.
N. There is no larger integrated transaction of which the merger
transaction constitutes only one step.
O. The expenses of the merger transaction and the amount to be paid to
dissenters, if any, will not exceed ten percent (10%) of the fair
market value of the net assets of the bank.
P. No fractional shares will be issued or redeemed in the merger
transaction. Holders of fractional interests in Bank Common Stock will
receive cash in lieu thereof.
Q. The payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of stock of Bank was
not separately bargained for consideration and is being made for the
purpose of saving Holding Company the expense and inconvenience of
issuing fractional shares.
R. None of the compensation received by any shareholder-employees of the
Bank will be separate consideration for, or allocable to, any of their
shares of the Bank Common Stock; none of the shares of the Holding
Company Common Stock received by any shareholder-employees will be
separate consideration for, or allocable to, any employment agreement;
and the compensation paid to any shareholder-employees will be for
services actually rendered and will be commensurate with amounts paid
to third parties bargaining at arm's-length for similar services.
S. There is no present plan or intention to issue any of the authorized
common stock of the Holding Company in excess of the amounts described
in this letter in the merger transaction, nor is there any present plan
or intention to issue any of the authorized preferred stock of the
Holding Company.
T. Prior to the effective date of the merger transaction, neither the
Holding Company nor the Interim Bank will hold either directly or
indirectly any stock or securities in the Bank.
U. The Interim Bank has no liabilities.
V. Holding Company, Interim Bank and Bank will pay their respective
expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the Merger. None of
Holding Company, Interim Bank, and Bank will pay any of the expenses of
the shareholders of Bank incurred in connection with the Merger.
W. Interim Bank has not done business prior to the Merger.
Based on the foregoing and subject to and specifically relying upon the
aforesaid factual background and assumptions and other matters herein referred
to, and to the extent that this factual
6
<PAGE>
background and these assumptions remain unchanged between the date of this
opinion and the date of the merger, it is our opinion that:
1. The merger will, under current law, constitute a tax-free
reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, and Holding Company
Interim Bank and Bank will each be a party to the reorganization within
the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.
2. No gain or loss will be recognized to either the Holding Company, the
Bank or the Interim Bank on the transfer of substantially all of the
Interim Bank's assets to the Bank in exchange for the Holding Company
Common Stock and the assumption by the Bank of all of the liabilities
of the Interim Bank plus the liabilities, if any, to which the acquired
assets of the Interim Bank may be subject.
3. No gain or loss will be recognized to the shareholders of the Bank upon
the exchange of their Bank Common Stock solely for the Holding Company
Common Stock pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and Plan of Merger,
except for that gain or loss which is recognized due to the receipt of
cash which is received in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of
Holding Company Common Stock. Any cash received by a shareholder of
Bank in lieu of a fractional share, other than a dissenting shareholder
as described in paragraph four hereinafter, will be treated as received
in exchange for such fractional share and not as a dividend, and any
gain or loss recognized as a result of the receipt of such cash will be
capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received
and the portion of the shareholder's basis in Bank shares allocable to
such fractional interest, so long as the shares of the recipient
exchanged qualify as a capital asset.
4. The shareholders of the Bank who dissent to the merger, if any, and who
receive cash for their shares of Bank Common Stock will recognize gain
or loss to the extent of the difference between the amount the cash
received and the adjusted tax basis of such shares, provided that the
surrender of Bank Common Stock is treated as a redemption of stock to
which Section 302(a) of the Code applies. It is possible, however, that
the provisions of Section 302(a) will not apply to a particular
dissenting shareholder due to Code rules that require that certain
shareholders be treated as owning shares actually owned by other
individuals and entities (i.e., certain individuals related to the
shareholder and certain partnerships, estates, trusts and corporations
in which the shareholder has an interest); if so, the amounts paid to
the dissenting shareholder may be taxable as dividends because they
would be treated as distributions to which Code Section 301 applies and
not as a redemption under Code Section 302(a).
5. The tax basis of the shares of the Holding Company Common Stock to be
received by the shareholders of the Bank will be equal to the tax
basis of the shareholder's shares of Bank Common Stock, reduced by any
amount allocable to fractional share interests (in which cash is
received) in the merger.
7
<PAGE>
6. The holding period of the shares of the Holding Company Common Stock to
be received by the shareholders of the Bank will include the period
during which the Bank Common Stock, surrendered in exchange therefor,
was held by the shareholders of the Bank, provided the Bank Common
Stock was held as a capital asset in the hands of the shareholders of
the Bank at the time of the exchange.
7. Subject to limitations under Code Sections 381 and 382 and certain U.
S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 1502, where
applicable, the Bank, as the surviving bank to the merger, will
carry-over and take into account all accounting items and tax
attributes, and tax basis and holding periods of the assets of the
Interim Bank.
The opinions set forth in this letter are given and based upon the factual
background and the existence of the assumed facts as herein above set forth, all
as of the date of this letter. Should any facts or assumptions be otherwise than
as herein above set forth or change after the date of this letter, no opinion is
made or expressed with respect thereto or as to the legal, tax or other
consequences thereof. We express no opinion as to the tax consequences to any
party, wether Federal, State, Local or Foreign of the merger or of any
transactions related to the merger as contemplated by the agreements and
disclaim any opinion as to any facts occurring after the date of this letter or
as to the legal, tax or other consequences thereof. We assume no obligation to
investigate, research or determine any facts or laws, rules or regulations
occurring, existing or in effect after the date hereof, or to update or
supplement any of the opinions herein expressed to reflect any facts or
circumstances or changes in law that hereafter may occur or come to our
attention.
The Holding Company, the Interim Bank, the Bank and their respective
shareholders may rely upon this opinion letter. No other person, whether natural
or otherwise, may rely upon this opinion letter, and it may not be disclosed to
any other persons without our prior written consent. The opinions set forth in
this opinion letter are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.
Sincerely,
/s/ SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
---------------------------
SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
8
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF PARENTE RANDOLPH, P.C.
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
<PAGE>
[Parente Randolph, P.C. Letterhead]
We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Amendment No. 3 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, of our report dated January 31,
2000, on The Fidelity Deposit & Discount Bank's financials statements as of
December 31, 1999 and 1998, and for each of the years in the 3-year period
ending December 31, 1999. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the
caption "Proposal No. 4: Ratification of Independent Auditors" in the related
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
PARENTE RANDOLPH, P.C.
/s/ Parente Randolph, P.C.
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania
March 23, 2000
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 9
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1999 DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1999 DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 6,415,519 3,315,306
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 11,541,860 5,404,438
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 0 6,500,000
<TRADING-ASSETS> 0 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 0 0
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 109,262,221 78,405,030
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 109,262,221 78,607,860
<LOANS> 304,620,209 247,295,949
<ALLOWANCE> 3,172,375 3,007,713
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 447,211,017 348,604,421
<DEPOSITS> 294,700,965 240,000,751
<SHORT-TERM> 60,249,046 29,405,299
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 2,829,770 2,932,666
<LONG-TERM> 57,305,000 42,252,000
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 1,406,863 1,396,324
<OTHER-SE> 30,719,373 32,617,381
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 447,211,017 348,604,421
<INTEREST-LOAN> 22,338,509 18,765,825
<INTEREST-INVEST> 6,299,006 4,525,448
<INTEREST-OTHER> 217,738 497,202
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 28,855,253 23,788,475
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 10,858,141 9,553,943
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 15,375,799 12,308,632
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 13,479,454 11,479,843
<LOAN-LOSSES> 530,000 646,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 1,400 109,940
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 10,274,020 7,609,162
<INCOME-PRETAX> 4,717,615 4,810,312
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> 3,814,215 3,563,552
<EPS-BASIC> 4.26 4.20
<EPS-DILUTED> 4.25 4.20
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 3.27 3.56
<LOANS-NON> 1,210,186 1,364,102
<LOANS-PAST> 2,917,464 2,688,867
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 0 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 3,007,713 2,809,066
<CHARGE-OFFS> 480,962 580,002
<RECOVERIES> 115,624 132,649
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 3,172,375 3,007,713
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 3,172,375 3,007,713
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 0 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 22,930 467,981
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT 99.1
LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS OF
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
<PAGE>
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
Blakely and Drinker Streets
Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512
(570) 342-8281
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
March 31, 2000
To Our Shareholders:
The Board of Directors of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank cordially
invites you to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders at 3:00 p.m., Eastern
Time, on Tuesday, May 2, 2000, at the main office of The Fidelity Deposit and
Discount Bank, Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512.
The principal business of this year's meeting will be:
o To vote on a proposal to reorganize the bank into a bank holding company
structure,
o To fix the number of Class A directors to be elected at 4,
o To elect 4 new directors to the bank's Board of Directors, and
o To ratify the selection of the bank's independent auditors for the 2000 fiscal
year.
The Board of Directors recommends that you vote in favor of the proposal to
approve and adopt a plan of reorganization and related plan of merger that will
reorganize the bank as the wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp,
Inc. The Board of Directors believes that the formation of a bank holding
company at this time is an important and necessary part of the bank's plans for
the future.
Under the proposed plan of reorganization, we will exchange each share of
common stock of the bank presently held by you into 2 shares of common stock of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. If you approve and adopt the plan of
reorganization, the bank's shareholders will automatically become shareholders
of the holding company. The holding company will own all of the outstanding
shares of the bank.
Therefore, your interest in the bank after the reorganization will remain
essentially the same, except that it will be through the holding company. The
exchange of common stock of the bank into common stock of the holding company
will be tax free for federal income tax purposes.
To facilitate the reorganization, we established an interim bank as a
subsidiary of the holding company. The interim bank will merge into the bank as
provided for by the plan of merger. The proposal does not involve a merger
between the bank and another bank or company
1
<PAGE>
already in operation. After the proposed reorganization, the bank will continue
its banking business substantially unchanged and under the same management.
The Board of Directors believes that the plan of reorganization and plan of
merger are in the best interests of the bank and its shareholders and urges you
to vote in favor of these agreements and the reorganization they provide. The
approval of the reorganization proposal requires an affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares of the bank's common stock.
You are, of course, welcome to attend the Annual Meeting, but we understand
that this may not be possible. It is important that your shares be represented
and voted at the meeting whether or not you plan to attend. If enough
shareholders do not return their proxies, the bank may have to incur the expense
of additional solicitation. To ensure your proper representation at the meeting,
please take a moment to sign, date and promptly mail the enclosed proxy in the
pre- addressed and stamped envelope. Even if you return your proxy, you may vote
in person if you give written notice to the Secretary of the bank and attend the
Annual Meeting.
We urge you to carefully review the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus
that describes the reorganization proposal in detail. The reorganization
involves elements of risk that are described under "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 9.
Again, the Board of Directors strongly recommends that you vote FOR all the
proposals. On behalf of the Board of Directors, thank you for your cooperation
and continued support.
Very truly yours,
Michael F. Marranca, President and
Chief Executive Officer
2
EXHIBIT 99.2
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
<PAGE>
-----------------------------------------
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON MAY 2, 2000
-----------------------------------------
To the Shareholders of the Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank:
The Board of Directors will hold the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of The
Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank at 3:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on Tuesday, May
2, 2000, at the bank's main office at Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore,
Pennsylvania 18512, for the following purposes:
1. To consider and act upon a proposal to approve and adopt the plan of
reorganization and plan of merger, providing for:
o The reorganization of the bank as the wholly owned subsidiary of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation organized
by the bank to become the bank's holding company, through the
merger of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank, a
Pennsylvania chartered banking institution and subsidiary of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., into the bank, and
o The exchange of each share of common stock of the bank for 2 shares
of common stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
2. To fix the number of Class A directors to be elected at 4.
3. To elect 4 Class A directors of the bank to serve for a 3-year term and
until their successors are properly elected and qualified.
4. To ratify the selection of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified Public
Accountants, of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, as the bank's independent
auditors for the year ending December 31, 2000.
5. To adjourn the meeting to a later date, if necessary, to permit further
solicitation of proxies if there are not sufficient votes at the time
of the meeting to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of
reorganization and plan of merger; and
6. To transact any other business that lawfully comes before the meeting
and any adjournment of the meeting.
1
<PAGE>
Shareholders as of March 24, 2000, are entitled to notice of and to vote at
the Annual Meeting, either in person or in proxy.
We describe the reorganization to be voted upon at the meeting more fully
in the attached proxy statement/prospectus. Annex A consists of a copy of the
plan of reorganization and plan of merger. The proxy statement/prospectus also
contains information about the election of directors and other proposals. Please
read these materials carefully.
We welcome your attendance at the Annual Meeting. Whether or not you expect
to attend the meeting in person, you are requested to sign, date and promptly
return the enclosed proxy in the accompanying postage-prepaid envelope. The
prompt return of your proxy will save the bank expenses involved in further
communications. Even if you return a proxy, you may vote in person if you give
written notice to the Secretary of the bank and attend the Annual Meeting.
Returning your proxy will ensure your proper representation at the meeting.
The bank's Board of Directors is distributing the proxy
statement/prospectus, form of proxy and the bank's 1999 Annual Report to
shareholders on or about March 31, 2000.
By Order of the Board of Directors,
Michael F. Marranca, President and
Chief Executive Officer
March 31, 2000
2
EXHIBIT 99.3
FORM OF PROXY FOR USE BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
<PAGE>
THE FIDELITY DEPOSIT AND DISCOUNT BANK
PROXY
FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON MAY 2, 2000
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Samuel C. Cali, Herbert M.
McDonald and David L. Tressler, each or any of them, proxies of the undersigned,
with full power of substitution, to vote all of the shares of The Fidelity
Deposit and Discount Bank (the "Bank") that the undersigned may be entitled to
vote at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the bank to be held at the Bank's
main office at Blakely and Drinker Streets, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512 on
Tuesday, May 2, 2000, at 3:00 p.m., Eastern Time, and at any adjournment or
postponement thereof as follows:
1. Proposal to approve and adopt the Plan of Reorganization and Plan of
Merger, dated December 21, 1999, providing for:
o The reorganization of the Bank as the wholly owned subsidiary of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation organized
by the Bank to become the Bank's holding company, through the
merger of the Fidelity Deposit and Discount Interim Bank, a
Pennsylvania chartered banking institution and subsidiary of
Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., into the bank, and
o The exchange of each share of common stock of the Bank for 2 shares
of common stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.
[ ] FOR [ ] AGAINST [ ] ABSTAIN
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
2. Proposal to fix the number of Class A directors to be elected at the
Annual Meeting at 4.
[ ] FOR [ ] AGAINST [ ] ABSTAIN
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
1
<PAGE>
3. Proposal to elect 4 Class A directors to serve on the Bank's Board of
Directors for a 3-year term, as follows:
o Paul A. Barrett, Esquire
o John T. Cognetti
o John F. Glinsky, Jr.
o Michael J. McDonald, Esquire
[ ] FOR all nominees listed [ ] WITHHOLD AUTHORITY
above (except as marked to vote for ALL nominees
to the contrary below)* listed above
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR the election of these
nominees.
*Instruction: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee,
write that nominee's name on the space provided below:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Proposal to ratify the selection of Parente Randolph, P.C., Certified
Public Accountants, of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, as the independent
auditors for the bank for the year ending December 31, 2000.
[ ] FOR [ ] AGAINST [ ] ABSTAIN
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Proposal to adjourn the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to a later date
to permit further solicitation of proxies if there are not sufficient
votes at the time of the meeting to constitute a quorum or to approve
the Plan of Reorganization and Plan of Merger.
[ ] FOR [ ] AGAINST [ ] ABSTAIN
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. In their discretion, the proxy holders are authorized to vote upon such
other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and any adjournment.
2
<PAGE>
This proxy, when properly signed, will be voted in the manner directed
herein by the undersigned shareholder(s). If no direction is made, this proxy
will be voted FOR proposals 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
Dated: , 2000
-----------------------------
-----------------------------------------
Signature
-----------------------------------------
Signature
Number of Shares Held of Record on March 24, 2000:
o This proxy must be dated, signed by the shareholder(s) and returned
promptly to the Bank in the enclosed envelope.
o When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian,
please give full title.
o If more than one trustee, all should sign.
o If stock is held jointly, each owner should sign.
3
